grepcent / static financial knowledge base

HUNTINGTON BANCSHARES INC /MD/ (HBAN)

CIK: 0000049196. SIC: 6021 National Commercial Banks. Latest 10-K as of: 2026-02-13.

SIC breadcrumb: Finance, Insurance, And Real Estate > Depository Institutions > SIC 6021 National Commercial Banks

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=49196. Latest filing source: 0000049196-26-000015.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue10,310,000,000USD20252026-02-13
Net income2,211,000,000USD20252026-02-13
Assets225,106,000,000USD20252026-02-13

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-02-13. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000049196.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric2016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Revenue2,632,000,0003,433,000,0003,949,000,0004,201,000,0003,647,000,0004,191,000,0005,969,000,0008,916,000,0009,921,000,00010,310,000,000
Net income712,000,0001,186,000,0001,393,000,0001,411,000,000817,000,0001,295,000,0002,238,000,0001,951,000,0001,940,000,0002,211,000,000
Diluted EPS0.701.001.201.270.690.901.451.241.221.39
Operating cash flow1,215,000,0001,954,000,0001,726,000,0001,574,000,0001,323,000,0002,062,000,0004,027,000,0002,657,000,0001,836,000,0002,482,000,000
Capital expenditures120,000,000194,000,000110,000,000107,000,000119,000,000247,000,000214,000,000140,000,000143,000,000267,000,000
Dividends paid245,000,000349,000,000514,000,000597,000,000614,000,000750,000,000897,000,000900,000,000903,000,000908,000,000
Assets99,714,000,000104,185,000,000108,781,000,000109,002,000,000123,038,000,000174,064,000,000182,906,000,000189,368,000,000204,230,000,000225,106,000,000
Liabilities89,406,000,00093,371,000,00097,679,000,00097,207,000,000110,045,000,000154,746,000,000165,137,000,000169,970,000,000184,448,000,000200,727,000,000
Stockholders' equity10,308,000,00010,814,000,00011,102,000,00011,795,000,00012,993,000,00019,297,000,00017,731,000,00019,353,000,00019,740,000,00024,342,000,000
Free cash flow1,095,000,0001,760,000,0001,616,000,0001,467,000,0001,204,000,0001,815,000,0003,813,000,0002,517,000,0001,693,000,0002,215,000,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric2016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Net margin27.05%34.55%35.27%33.59%22.40%30.90%37.49%21.88%19.55%21.45%
Return on equity6.91%10.97%12.55%11.96%6.29%6.71%12.62%10.08%9.83%9.08%
Return on assets0.71%1.14%1.28%1.29%0.66%0.74%1.22%1.03%0.95%0.98%
Liabilities / equity8.678.638.808.248.478.029.318.789.348.25

Financial Charts

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-04-30. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000049196.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2022-Q22022-06-300.35reported discrete quarter
2022-Q32022-09-300.39reported discrete quarter
2023-Q12023-03-310.39reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-06-302,225,000,000559,000,0000.35reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-09-302,313,000,000547,000,0000.35reported discrete quarter
2023-Q42023-12-312,350,000,000243,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2024-Q12024-03-312,380,000,000419,000,0000.26reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-06-302,476,000,000474,000,0000.30reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-09-302,555,000,000517,000,0000.33reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-12-312,510,000,000530,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q12025-03-312,489,000,000527,000,0000.34reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-06-302,556,000,000536,000,0000.34reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-09-302,600,000,000629,000,0000.41reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-12-312,665,000,000519,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12026-03-313,086,000,000523,000,0000.25reported discrete quarter

Quarterly Charts

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0000049196-26-000043.

Extracted structurally from real Item 2 body heading to real Item 3/4 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-04-30. Report date: 2026-03-31.

Item 2: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

INTRODUCTION

We are a multi-state diversified regional bank holding company organized under Maryland law in 1966 and

headquartered in Columbus, Ohio. Through the Bank, we are committed to making people’s lives better, helping

businesses thrive, and strengthening the communities we serve, and we have been servicing the financial needs of

our customers since 1866. Through our subsidiaries, we provide full-service commercial and consumer deposit,

lending, and other banking and financial services. These include, but are not limited to, payments, mortgage

banking, direct and indirect consumer financing, investment banking, capital markets, advisory, equipment

financing, distribution finance, investment management, trust, brokerage, insurance, and other financial products

and services. As of March 31, 2026, we operated over 1,400 branches in 21 states, with our Commercial and Vehicle

Finance businesses delivering expertise nationally.

This MD&A provides information we believe necessary for understanding our financial condition, changes in

financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. This MD&A provides only material updates to the MD&A

included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 (the “2025 Annual Report on

Form 10-K”), and therefore, should be read in conjunction with the 2025 Annual Report on Form 10-K. This MD&A

should also be read in conjunction with the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements, Notes to Unaudited

Consolidated Financial Statements, and other information contained in this report.

In this MD&A we refer to FTE net interest income and FTE total revenue. These financial measures are not

required by, or calculated in accordance with GAAP, and may not be calculated the same as similarly titled measures

used by other companies. These financial measures should thus be considered as supplemental in nature and not

considered in isolation or as a substitute for the related financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. For

a further description of these non-GAAP financial measures, see the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" within the

“Additional Disclosures” section below.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Veritex and Cadence Acquisitions

Effective October 20, 2025, Huntington completed the acquisition of Veritex Holdings, Inc. (“Veritex”), a bank

holding company headquartered in Dallas, Texas, whereby Veritex merged with and into Huntington, with

Huntington as the surviving entity. Upon completion of the merger, Huntington issued 107 million shares of its

common stock to Veritex shareholders of record as of the merger date, in addition to 1 million shares issued upon

the conversion of certain Veritex equity awards, resulting in total consideration from the transaction of $1.7 billion.

Effective February 1, 2026, Huntington completed the acquisition of Cadence Bank (“Cadence”), a regional bank

headquartered in Houston, Texas and Tupelo, Mississippi, whereby Cadence merged with and into Huntington

National Bank, with Huntington National Bank as the surviving bank. Upon completion of the merger, Huntington

issued 462 million shares of its common stock to Cadence shareholders of record as of the merger date, in addition

to the conversion of certain Cadence equity awards into Huntington equity awards. Further, each outstanding share

of 5.50% Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of Cadence was converted into the right to receive one

depositary share representing 1/1000 of a share of a newly created 5.50% Series L Non-Cumulative Perpetual

Preferred Stock of Huntington. Consideration from the transaction totaled $8.3 billion.

Historical periods reflect results of legacy Huntington operations. Subsequent to the closing of each respective

acquisition, results reflect combined post-acquisition activity. For further information on the Veritex and Cadence

acquisitions, refer to Note 3 - “Business Combinations” of the Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial

Statements.

2026 1Q Form 10-Q    5

Table of Contents

Financial Performance Review

Selected Financial Data

Table 1 - Selected Quarterly Income Statement Data
Three Months Ended
(amounts in millions, except per share data)March 31, 2026March 31, 2025Change
AmountPercent
Interest income$3,086$2,489$59724%
Interest expense1,1951,06313212
Net interest income1,8911,42646533
Provision for credit losses1581154337
Net interest income after provision for credit losses1,7331,31142232
Noninterest income68249418838
Noninterest expense1,7741,15262254
Income before income taxes641653(12)(2)
Provision for income taxes114122(8)(7)
Income after income taxes527531(4)(1)
Income attributable to non-controlling interest44
Net income attributable to Huntington523527(4)(1)
Dividends on preferred shares41271452
Net income applicable to common shares$482$500$(18)(4)%
Average common shares—basic1,8691,45441529%
Average common shares—diluted1,9011,48241928
Net income per common share—basic$0.26$0.34$(0.08)(24)
Net income per common share—diluted0.250.34(0.09)(26)
Cash dividends declared per common share0.1550.155
Return on average total assets0.81%1.04%
Return on average common shareholders’ equity7.211.3
Return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity (1)11.616.7
Net interest margin (2)3.243.10
Efficiency ratio (3)67.258.9
Revenue and Net Interest Income—FTE (non-GAAP)
Net interest income$1,891$1,426$46533%
FTE adjustment (2)1915427
Net interest income, FTE (non-GAAP) (2)1,9101,44146933
Noninterest income68249418838
Total revenue, FTE (non-GAAP) (2)$2,592$1,935$65734%

(1)Net income applicable to common shares excluding expense for amortization of intangibles for the period divided by average tangible common

shareholders’ equity, which represents a non-GAAP measure. Average tangible common shareholders’ equity equals average total common shareholders’

equity less average intangible assets and goodwill. Expense for amortization of intangibles and average intangible assets are net of deferred taxes and

calculated assuming a 21% tax rate.

(2)Calculated on an FTE basis, which represents a non-GAAP measure, assuming a 21% tax rate.

(3)Noninterest expense less amortization of intangibles divided by the sum of FTE net interest income and noninterest income excluding securities gains

(losses), which represents a non-GAAP measure.

6    Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Summary of 2026 First Quarter Results Compared to 2025 First Quarter

For the first quarter of 2026, we reported net income attributable to Huntington of $523 million, or $0.25 per

diluted common share, compared with $527 million, or $0.34 per diluted common share, in the year-ago quarter.

The first quarter of 2026 reported net income was impacted by $263 million, or $210 million after tax, of acquisition-

related expenses and $8 million, or $6 million after tax, of CECL initial provision expense related to the Cadence

acquisition, which reduced diluted earnings by $0.12 per common share.

Net interest income was $1.9 billion for the first quarter of 2026, an increase of $465 million, or 33%, from the

year-ago quarter. FTE net interest income, a non-GAAP financial measure, increased $469 million, or 33%, from the

year-ago quarter. The increase in FTE net interest income primarily reflected a $50.7 billion, or 27%, increase in

average earning assets and a 14 basis point increase in the FTE NIM to 3.24%, partially offset by a $40.1 billion, or

27%, increase in average interest-bearing liabilities. The increases in average earning assets and interest-bearing

liabilities were attributable to a combination of the Cadence and Veritex acquisitions, as well as organic growth. The

NIM increase was primarily due to a decrease in funding costs, partially offset by a decrease in yields on earning

assets.

The provision for credit losses increased $43 million, or 37%, from the year-ago quarter to $158 million in the

first quarter of 2026. The ACL increased $890 million from the year-ago quarter to $3.4 billion, or 1.78% of total

loans and leases, in the first quarter of 2026, compared to $2.5 billion, or 1.87% of total loans and leases, for the

year-ago quarter. The increase in the ACL was driven by the ACL recorded for loans acquired in the Cadence and

Veritex transactions, in addition to loan and lease growth, partially offset by a decrease in the overall ACL coverage

ratio.

Noninterest income, inclusive of the impact from the Cadence and Veritex acquisitions, was $682 million, an

increase of $188 million, or 38%, from the year-ago quarter. The increase in noninterest income was driven by

increases across all major noninterest income categories. Noninterest expense, inclusive of the impact from the

Cadence and Veritex acquisitions, was $1.8 billion, an increase of $622 million, or 54%, from the year-ago quarter.

The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to $263 million of acquisition-related expenses, in addition to

higher personnel costs, outside data processing and other services, and amortization of intangibles.

Consolidated Balance Sheet and Capital Ratios as of March 31, 2026 Compared to Prior Year End

Total assets at March 31, 2026 were $285.4 billion, an increase of $60.3 billion, or 27%, compared to

December 31, 2025. The increase in total assets was primarily driven by $51.3 billion of assets acquired as a result of

the completion of the Cadence acquisition, an increase in interest-earning deposits with banks, goodwill resulting

from the Cadence acquisition, and organic loan growth. Total liabilities at March 31, 2026 were $252.8 billion, an

increase of $52.1 billion, or 26%, compared to December 31, 2025. The increase in total liabilities was primarily

driven by $46.5 billion of liabilities assumed as a result of the completion of the Cadence acquisition, additional

short- and long-term borrowings, and organic deposit growth.

The tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio, a non-GAAP measure, was 7.0% at March 31, 2026, down

slightly compared to 7.1% at December 31, 2025, as an increase in tangible common equity from current period

earnings, net of dividends, and the impact of the Cadence acquisition, were offset by a decline in AOCI, common

share repurchases, and an increase in tangible assets. The CET1 risk-based capital ratio was 10.2% at March 31,

2026, compared to 10.4% at December 31, 2025, with the decrease driven by the impact of the Cadence acquisition

and share repurchases, partially offset by an increase in regulatory capital from current period earnings, net of

dividends.

2026 1Q Form 10-Q    7

Table of Contents

General

Our general business objectives are to:

•Deliver our Culture, Purpose, and Vision through a Differentiated Operating Model;

•Build on our vision to be the leading People-First, Customer-Centered bank in the country;

•Deliver top quartile performance through sustainable long-term profitable growth;

•Differentiate our culture, brand, and customer experience through expanded product off

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-02-13. Report date: 2025-12-31.

Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

INTRODUCTION

This MD&A provides information we believe necessary for understanding our financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. The MD&A should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, and other information contained in this report. The forward-looking statements in this section and other parts of this report involve assumptions, risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including statements regarding our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, and financial performance. Our actual results could differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of factors set forth under the caption “Forward-Looking Statements” and those set forth in “Item 1A: Risk Factors”.

In this MD&A we refer to FTE net interest income and FTE total revenue. These financial measures are not required by, or calculated in accordance with GAAP and may not be calculated the same as similarly titled measures used by other companies. These financial measures should thus be considered as supplemental in nature and not considered in isolation or as a substitute for the related financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. For a further description of these non-GAAP financial measures, see the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” within the “Additional Disclosures” section below.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Acquisitions and Divestitures

Veritex Acquisition

Effective October 20, 2025, Huntington completed the acquisition of Veritex Holdings, Inc. (“Veritex”), a bank holding company headquartered in Dallas, Texas, whereby Veritex merged with and into Huntington, with Huntington as the surviving entity. Upon completion of the merger, Huntington issued 107 million shares of its common stock to Veritex shareholders of record as of the merger date, in addition to 1 million shares issued upon the conversion of certain Veritex equity awards, resulting in total consideration from the transaction of $1.7 billion. Historical periods prior to October 20, 2025 reflect results of legacy Huntington operations. Subsequent to closing, results reflect all combined post-acquisition activity. For further information, refer to Note 3 - “Business Combinations” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Cadence Acquisition

Effective February 1, 2026, Huntington completed its previously announced acquisition of Cadence Bank (“Cadence”), a regional bank headquartered in Houston, Texas and Tupelo, Mississippi, whereby Cadence merged with and into Huntington National Bank, with Huntington National Bank as the surviving bank. Under the terms of the agreement, Huntington issued 2.475 shares for each outstanding share of Cadence in a 100% stock transaction. Based on Huntington’s closing price of $17.48 as of January 30, 2026, the consideration is valued at approximately $8.1 billion. Each outstanding share of 5.50% Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of Cadence was converted into the right to receive 1/1000 of a share of a newly created 5.50% Series L Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of Huntington. As of December 31, 2025, Cadence had $54 billion in assets, including $37 billion in loans, and $44 billion in deposits.

2025 Form 10-K 51

Table of Contents

2025 Financial Performance Review

Selected Financial Data

Table 1 - Selected Year-to-Date Income Statement Data
Year Ended December 31,
Change from 2024Change from 2023
(amounts in millions, except per share data)2025AmountPercent2024AmountPercent2023
Interest income$10,310$3894%$9,921$1,00511%$8,916
Interest expense4,319(257)(6)4,5761,099323,477
Net interest income5,991646125,345(94)(2)5,439
Provision for credit losses4634310420184402
Net interest income after provision for credit losses5,528603124,925(112)(2)5,037
Noninterest income2,17513572,04011961,921
Noninterest expense5,015453104,562(12)4,574
Income before income taxes2,688285122,4031912,384
Provision for income taxes459164443307413
Income after income taxes2,229269141,960(11)(1)1,971
Income attributable to non-controlling interest18(2)(10)2020
Net income attributable to Huntington2,211271141,940(11)(1)1,951
Dividends on preferred shares124(10)(7)134(8)(6)142
Impact of preferred stock redemptions and repurchases(5)NM513NM(8)
Net income applicable to common shares$2,087$28616%$1,801$(16)(1)%$1,817
Average common shares—basic1,479282%1,4515%1,446
Average common shares—diluted1,5052921,476811,468
Net income per common share—basic$1.41$0.1714$1.24$(0.02)(2)$1.26
Net income per common share—diluted1.390.17141.22(0.02)(2)1.24
Cash dividends declared per common share0.620.620.62
Return on average assets1.05%0.99%1.04%
Return on average common shareholders’ equity10.810.411.2
Return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity (1)15.715.717.6
Net interest margin (2)3.133.003.19
Efficiency ratio (3)59.960.561.0
Revenue and Net Interest Income—FTE (Non-GAAP)
Net interest income$5,991$64612%$5,345$(94)(2)%$5,439
FTE adjustment (2)65122353112642
Net interest income, FTE (non-GAAP) (2)6,056658125,398(83)(2)5,481
Noninterest income2,17513572,04011961,921
Total revenue, FTE (non-GAAP) (2)$8,231$79311%$7,438$36%$7,402

(1)    Net income applicable to common shares excluding expense for amortization of intangibles for the period divided by average tangible common shareholders’ equity. Average tangible common shareholders’ equity equals average total common shareholders’ equity less average intangible assets and goodwill. Expense for amortization of intangibles and average intangible assets are net of deferred taxes and calculated assuming a 21% tax rate.

(2)    Calculated on an FTE basis, which represents a non-GAAP measure, assuming a 21% tax rate.

(3)    Noninterest expense less amortization of intangibles divided by the sum of FTE net interest income and noninterest income excluding securities gains (losses).

52 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Summary of Results

In 2025, we reported net income of $2.2 billion, or $1.39 per diluted common share, compared with net income in 2024 of $1.9 billion, or $1.22 per diluted common share. The current year reported net income was impacted by acquisition-related expenses totaling $168 million, or $129 million after tax, which reduced diluted earnings by $0.09 per common share.

Net interest income was $6.0 billion in 2025, an increase of $646 million, or 12%, from 2024. FTE net interest income, a non-GAAP financial measure, increased $658 million, or 12%, from 2024. The increase in FTE net interest income reflected a 13 basis point increase in the FTE NIM to 3.13% and a $13.9 billion, or 8%, increase in average earning assets, partially offset by a $12.9 billion, or 9%, increase in average interest-bearing liabilities. The NIM increase was primarily due to a decrease in the cost of funding, partially offset by a decrease in yields on earning assets and net hedging activity.

The provision for credit losses increased $43 million, or 10%, to $463 million for 2025. The ACL was $2.7 billion, or 1.83% of total loans and leases, at December 31, 2025, compared to $2.4 billion, or 1.88% of total loans and leases, at December 31, 2024. The increase in the ACL was driven by current year loan and lease growth, in addition to an ACL recorded for loans acquired in the Veritex transaction, partially offset by a decrease in the overall ACL coverage ratio.

Noninterest income was $2.2 billion, an increase of $135 million, or 7%, from the prior year, driven by a $24 million gain on the sale of a portion of our trust and custody business and increases in customer deposit and loan fees, wealth and asset management revenue, payments and cash management revenue, and capital markets and advisory fees, partially offset by an increase in net losses on sales of securities. Noninterest expense was $5.0 billion, an increase of $453 million, or 10%, from the prior year primarily due to higher personnel costs and outside data processing and other services, in addition to $168 million of acquisition-related expenses, partially offset by lower deposit insurance expense driven by a reduction in the amount of expense associated with the FDIC DIF special assessment due to ongoing adjustments to uninsured deposit losses by the FDIC.

Consolidated Balance Sheet and Capital Ratios

Total assets at December 31, 2025 were $225.1 billion, an increase of $20.9 billion, or 10%, compared to December 31, 2024. The increase in total assets was driven by $10.3 billion of organic loan growth and $9.3 billion of loans acquired as a result of the completion of the Veritex acquisition. Total liabilities at December 31, 2025 were $200.7 billion, an increase of $16.3 billion, or 9%, compared to December 31, 2024. The increase in total liabilities was largely driven by $10.8 billion of liabilities assumed as a result of the completion of the Veritex acquisition and organic deposit growth, partially offset by the run-off of certain higher-cost Veritex deposits.

The tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio increased to 7.1% at December 31, 2025, compared to 6.1% at December 31, 2024, primarily due to an increase in tangible common equity from earnings, net of dividends, an improvement in AOCI, and the net impact of the Veritex acquisition, partially offset by an increase in tangible assets. The CET1 risk-based capital ratio was 10.4% at December 31, 2025, down from 10.5% at December 31, 2024, with the decrease primarily due to an increase in risk-weighted assets and the CECL transition adjustment, partially offset by current period earnings, net of dividends.

2025 Form 10-K 53

Table of Contents

Business Overview

General

Our general business objectives are to:

•Deliver our Culture, Purpose, and Vision through a Differentiated Operating Model;

•Build on our vision to be the leading People-First, Customer-Centered bank in the country;

•Deliver top quartile performance through sustainable long-term profitable growth;

•Differentiate our culture, brand, and customer experience through expanded product offerings to drive digital acquisition, deepening, and retention, and leveraging partnerships and technology to grow customers and market share;

•Leverage our regional banking model and national franchise to drive scale, growth and expansion;

•Anticipate evolving customer needs to drive profitable growth;

•Maintain positive operating leverage and execute disciplined capital management; and

•Provide stability and resilience through disciplined risk management, while maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low risk appetite.

Our 2025 results reflect strong growth across loans, deposits, and value-added fee services, supported by the combination of existing and new businesses, and our partnership with Veritex. Driven by our robust liquidity, capital, and credit, we continued to invest in building existing business relationships, adding new relationships, and expanding capabilities and expertise through both geographic expansion and the addition of new commercial verticals. Credit continues to perform well, consistent with our aggregate moderate-to-low risk appetite. We remain focused on driving our flywheel of value creation to deliver profitable growth and long-term value for our customers, colleagues, and shareholders.

Economy

Economic conditions remained overall healthy during the fourth quarter of 2025, demonstrating resilience despite uncertainty stemming from the longest government shutdown on record and disruptions in the availability of certain economic data. Financial markets reflected this underlying strength, with broad equity indices remaining near record levels and corporate credit spreads continuing to trade near historically tight levels. Trade policy developments, including the use of tariffs, remain an evolving factor for both financial markets and economic activity. While legal and geopolitical developments bear monitoring, market participants have demonstrated an ability to absorb these uncertainties, supported by generally favorable global financial conditions, even amid periods of increased volatility in select international markets.

At its December 2025 meeting, the Federal Reserve lowered the federal funds rate by 25 basis points, marking the third such reduction in 2025. The decision reflects the Federal Reserve’s confidence that inflation, while still above the stated 2% target, remains manageable over the medium term, and that a modest easing in the policy can help sustain economic expansion as labor market conditions normalize. With economic growth continuing at a healthy pace, monetary policy is increasingly viewed as well-positioned to support continued expansion.

Labor market conditions moderated during 2025, with the unemployment rate peaking at 4.5% before improving modestly to 4.4% at the end of the year. Despite some softening in the labor market, overall economic activity remained resilient, with real GDP expanding by 2.0%-2.3% through the first three quarters of 2025. The manufacturing sector showed signs of stabilization following a period of mild contraction and is well-positioned to benefit from renewed investment, supply-chain normalization, and technological advancement. The services sector continued its slow and steady expansion, reinforcing the durability of domestic demand. Consumer spending remained resilient throughout the year, driven by strong spending from higher income households. Looking ahead, government spending initiatives and tax provisions expected to take effect in early 2026 have further improved the economic outlook, leading many economists to reduce their assessed probability for a recession in 2026.

Legislative and Regulatory

A comprehensive discussion of legislative and regulatory matters affecting us can be found in Item 1: Business - “Regulatory Matters” section of this Form 10-K.

54 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

DISCUSSION OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section provides a review of financial performance on a consolidated basis. Key consolidated balance sheet and income statement trends are discussed. All earnings per share data are reported on a diluted basis. For additional insight on financial performance, please read this section in conjunction with the “Business Segment Discussion.”

For a discussion of our results of operations for 2024 versus 2023, see “Part II, Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” Discussion of Results of Operations included in our 2024 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 14, 2025.

Average Balance Sheet / Net Interest Income

Our primary source of revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between interest income from earning assets (primarily loans and leases and securities), and interest expense from funding sources (primarily interest-bearing deposits and borrowings). Earning asset balances and related funding sources, as well as changes in the levels of interest rates, impact net interest income. The difference between the average yield on earning assets and the average rate paid for interest-bearing liabilities is the net interest spread. Noninterest-bearing sources of funds, such as demand deposits and shareholders’ equity, also support earning assets. The impact of the noninterest-bearing sources of funds, often referred to as “free funds”, is captured in the net interest margin, which is calculated as net interest income divided by average earning assets. Both the net interest margin and net interest spread are presented on an FTE basis, which means that tax-free interest income has been adjusted to a pretax equivalent income, assuming a 21% tax rate. Information related to major components of our net interest income (FTE) and related yields are presented on the following table.

2025 Form 10-K 55

Table of Contents

Table 2 - Consolidated Average Balance Sheet and Net Interest Margin Analysis
Year Ended December 31,
20252024
AverageInterest Income/ExpenseYield/AverageInterest Income/ ExpenseYield/Change in Average Balances
(dollar amounts in millions)Balances(FTE) (1)Rate (1)(2)Balances(FTE) (1)Rate (1)(2)AmountPercent
Assets:
Interest-earning deposits with banks$11,989$5264.38%$11,113$5985.38%$8768%
Securities:
Trading account securities465173.75265135.0420075
Available-for-sale securities:
Taxable23,6521,0234.3324,2321,2515.16(580)(2)
Tax-exempt3,3071675.042,7791415.0852819
Total available-for-sale securities26,9591,1904.4127,0111,3925.15(52)
Held-to-maturity securities—taxable15,9064232.6615,4783852.494283
Other securities899475.28789425.3311014
Total securities44,2291,6773.7943,5431,8324.216862
Loans held for sale790506.37597406.6319332
Loans and leases (3):
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial61,4683,7696.1352,4263,3216.339,04217
Commercial real estate11,6987886.7411,9359077.60(237)(2)
Lease financing5,4793656.675,1903366.472896
Total commercial78,6454,9226.2669,5514,5646.569,09413
Consumer:
Residential mortgage24,5851,0314.2023,9569433.946293
Automobile15,4069015.8513,3727265.432,03415
Home equity10,2397437.2510,0887807.731511
RV and marine5,8693175.405,9793105.19(110)(2)
Other consumer1,94320810.631,55718111.6138625
Total consumer58,0423,2005.5154,9522,9405.353,0906
Total loans and leases136,6878,1225.94124,5037,5046.0312,18410
Total earning assets193,69510,3755.36179,7569,9745.5513,9398
Cash and due from banks1,4131,397161
Goodwill and other intangible assets5,7405,680601
All other assets9,9159,4274885
Total assets$210,763$196,260$14,5037%
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand deposits—interest-bearing$45,368$8901.96%$40,401$8582.12%$4,96712%
Money market deposits62,1371,8252.9454,7021,9943.647,43514
Savings deposits15,100500.3315,141150.10(41)
Time deposits13,6785173.7815,3437054.60(1,665)(11)
Total interest-bearing deposits136,2833,2822.41125,5873,5722.8410,6969
Short-term borrowings1,215504.111,147695.99686
Long-term debt17,3639875.6815,2249356.142,13914
Total interest-bearing liabilities154,8614,3192.79141,9584,5763.2212,9039
Demand deposits—noninterest-bearing29,49529,47916
All other liabilities4,9055,123(218)(4)
Total liabilities189,261176,56012,7017
Total Huntington shareholders’ equity21,45819,6511,8079
Non-controlling interest4449(5)(10)
Total equity21,50219,7001,8029
Total liabilities and equity$210,763$196,260$14,5037%
Net interest rate spread2.572.33
Impact of noninterest-bearing funds on NIM0.560.67
NII/NIM (FTE)$6,0563.13%$5,3983.00%

(1)Calculated on an FTE basis, which represents a non-GAAP measure, assuming a 21% tax rate.

(2)Yield/rates include the impact of applicable derivatives. Loan and lease and deposit average yield/rates also include the impact of applicable non-deferrable and amortized fees.

(3)For purposes of this analysis, NALs are reflected in the average balances of loans and leases.

56 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Table 2 - Consolidated Average Balance Sheet and Net Interest Margin Analysis (Continued)
Year Ended December 31,
20242023
AverageInterest Income/ ExpenseYield/AverageInterest Income/ ExpenseYield/Change in Average Balances
(dollar amounts in millions)Balances(FTE) (1)Rate (1)(2)Balances(FTE) (1)Rate (1)(2)AmountPercent
Assets:
Interest-earning deposits with banks$11,113$5985.38%$9,309$4925.30%$1,80419%
Securities:
Trading account securities265135.047745.14188244
Available-for-sale securities:
Taxable24,2321,2515.1620,5391,0164.953,69318
Tax-exempt2,7791415.082,7201324.84592
Total available-for-sale securities27,0111,3925.1523,2591,1484.933,75216
Held-to-maturity securities—taxable15,4783852.4916,5074012.43(1,029)(6)
Other securities789425.33933535.70(144)(15)
Total securities43,5431,8324.2140,7761,6063.942,7677
Loans held for sale597406.63554356.34438
Loans and leases (3):
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial52,4263,3216.3349,6402,9916.032,7866
Commercial real estate11,9359077.6013,1409727.40(1,205)(9)
Lease financing5,1903366.475,1282895.63621
Total commercial69,5514,5646.5667,9084,2526.261,6432
Consumer:
Residential mortgage23,9569433.9422,9908253.599664
Automobile13,3727265.4312,8815614.364914
Home equity10,0887807.7310,1567607.48(68)(1)
RV and marine5,9793105.195,6502714.793296
Other consumer1,55718111.611,36215611.5319514
Total consumer54,9522,9405.3553,0392,5734.851,9134
Total loans and leases124,5037,5046.03120,9476,8255.643,5563
Total earning assets179,7569,9745.55171,5868,9585.228,1705
Cash and due from banks1,3971,576(179)(11)
Goodwill and other intangible assets5,6805,731(51)(1)
All other assets9,4278,6637649
Total assets$196,260$187,556$8,7045%
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand deposits—interest-bearing$40,401$8582.12%$39,901$7031.76%$5001%
Money market deposits54,7021,9943.6444,9581,3653.049,74422
Savings deposits15,141150.1017,50230.02(2,361)(13)
Time deposits15,3437054.6011,0424263.864,30139
Total interest-bearing deposits125,5873,5722.84113,4032,4972.2012,18411
Short-term borrowings1,147695.993,0811795.81(1,934)(63)
Long-term debt15,2249356.1413,3248016.011,90014
Total interest-bearing liabilities141,9584,5763.22129,8083,4772.6812,1509
Demand deposits—noninterest-bearing29,47933,985(4,506)(13)
All other liabilities5,1235,080431
Total liabilities176,560168,8737,6875
Total Huntington shareholders’ equity19,65118,6341,0175
Non-controlling interest4949
Total equity19,70018,6831,0175
Total liabilities and equity$196,260$187,556$8,7045%
Net interest rate spread2.332.54
Impact of noninterest-bearing funds on NIM0.670.65
NII/NIM (FTE)$5,3983.00%$5,4813.19%

(1)Calculated on an FTE basis, which represents a non-GAAP measure, assuming a 21% tax rate.

(2)Yield/rates include the impact of applicable derivatives. Loan and lease and deposit average yield/rates also include the impact of applicable non-deferrable and amortized fees.

(3)For purposes of this analysis, NALs are reflected in the average balances of loans and leases.

2025 Form 10-K 57

Table of Contents

The following table shows changes in fully-taxable equivalent interest income, interest expense, and net interest income due to volume and rate variances for major categories of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

Table 3 - Change in Net Interest Income Due to Changes in Average Volume and Interest Rates (1)
20252024
(dollar amounts in millions)Increase (Decrease) From Previous Year Due ToIncrease (Decrease) From Previous Year Due To
FTE basis (2)VolumeYield/RateTotalVolumeYield/RateTotal
Loans and leases$725$(107)$618$205$474$679
Investment securities20(179)(159)105112217
Other earning assets64(122)(58)11010120
Total interest income from earning assets809(408)4014205961,016
Deposits288(578)(290)2897861,075
Short-term borrowings4(23)(19)(116)6(110)
Long-term debt125(73)5211618134
Total interest expense of interest-bearing liabilities417(674)(257)2898101,099
Net interest income$392$266$658$131$(214)$(83)

(1)The change in interest income or expense due to both rate and volume has been allocated between the factors in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

(2)Calculated assuming a 21% tax rate.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income for 2025 was $6.0 billion, an increase of $646 million, or 12%, from 2024. FTE net interest income, a non-GAAP financial measure, increased $658 million, or 12%, from 2024. The increase in FTE net interest income reflected a 13 basis point increase in the FTE NIM to 3.13% and a $13.9 billion, or 8%, increase in average earning assets, partially offset by a $12.9 billion, or 9%, increase in average interest-bearing liabilities. The NIM increase was primarily due to a decrease in cost of funding, partially offset by a decrease in yields on earning assets and net hedging activity. The increases in average earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities included the impact of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities acquired in connection with the Veritex transaction.

Average Balance Sheet

Average assets for 2025 were $210.8 billion, an increase of $14.5 billion, or 7%, from 2024. Average assets were impacted by the $12.0 billion of total assets acquired in connection with the Veritex transaction effective October 20, 2025. The increase in average assets was primarily due to increases in average loans and leases of $12.2 billion, or 10%, interest-earning deposits with banks of $876 million, or 8%, and total securities of $686 million, or 2%. The increase in average loans and leases, inclusive of acquired Veritex loans and leases, included growth in average commercial loans and leases of $9.1 billion, or 13%, and in average consumer loans of $3.1 billion, or 6%.

Average liabilities for 2025 were $159.8 billion, an increase of $12.7 billion, or 9%, from 2024. Average liability increases were also impacted by the Veritex acquisition. The increase in average liabilities was primarily due to an increase in average deposits of $12.9 billion, or 9%, driven by an increase in average interest-bearing deposits of $10.7 billion, or 9%, and an increase in average total debt of $2.2 billion, or 13%. The increase in average interest-bearing deposits was driven by increases in average money market deposits and interest-bearing demand deposits, partially offset by a decrease in average time deposits.

Average shareholders’ equity for 2025 was $21.5 billion, an increase of $1.8 billion, or 9%, from 2024, primarily due to earnings, net of dividends, the benefit from a decrease in average accumulated other comprehensive loss, and the impact of common stock issued in connection with the Veritex acquisition.

58 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Provision for Credit Losses

(This section should be read in conjunction with the “Credit Risk” section.)

The provision for credit losses is the expense necessary to maintain the ACL at levels appropriate to absorb our estimate of credit losses expected over the life of the loan and lease portfolio, securities portfolio, and unfunded lending commitments.

The provision for credit losses in 2025 was $463 million, an increase of $43 million, or 10%, from 2024. The increase in the provision for credit losses over the prior year was driven primarily by current year loan and lease growth, partially offset by a modest reduction in overall ACL coverage ratios in 2025.

The following table presents components of the provision for credit losses.

Table 4 - Provision for Credit Losses
Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)202520242023
Provision for loan and lease losses$466$361$407
Provision (benefit) for unfunded lending commitments57(5)
Provision (benefit) for securities(3)2
Total provision for credit losses$463$420$402

Noninterest Income

The following table reflects noninterest income for each of the periods presented.

Table 5 - Noninterest Income
Year Ended December 31,
Change from 2024Change from 2023
(dollar amounts in millions)2025AmountPercent2024AmountPercent2023
Payments and cash management revenue$664$447%$620$356%$585
Wealth and asset management revenue40945123643611328
Customer deposit and loan fees3905617334227312
Capital markets and advisory fees3461963277932248
Mortgage banking income1411181302119109
Insurance income8145773474
Leasing revenue66(13)(16)79(33)(29)112
Net gains (losses) on sales of securities(58)(37)NM(21)(14)NM(7)
Other noninterest income13665130(30)(19)160
Total noninterest income$2,175$1357%$2,040$1196%$1,921

Noninterest income was $2.2 billion, an increase of $135 million, or 7%, from the prior year. Customer deposit and loan fees increased $56 million, or 17%, primarily reflecting higher loan commitment fees. Wealth and asset management revenue increased $45 million, or 12%, reflecting higher trust and investment management account income. Payments and cash management revenue increased $44 million, or 7%, reflecting higher merchant acquiring, commercial treasury management, and card transaction revenue. Capital markets and advisory fees increased $19 million, or 6%, primarily due to higher syndication fees and commercial loan production related activities, partially offset by lower advisory fees. Mortgage banking income increased $11 million, or 8%, largely reflecting an increase in saleable spreads. Other noninterest income increased $6 million, or 5%, primarily due to a $24 million gain in 2025 on the sale of a portion of our trust and custody business, partially offset by a decrease in revenue from tax credit syndications. Partially offsetting these increases, net gains (losses) on sales of securities included a net loss of $58 million in 2025, compared to $21 million in 2024, as a result of corporate debt securities repositioning completed in each respective period, and leasing revenue decreased $13 million, or 16%, driven by lower operating lease income.

2025 Form 10-K 59

Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense

The following table reflects noninterest expense for each of the periods presented.

Table 6 - Noninterest Expense
Year Ended December 31,
Change from 2024Change from 2023
(dollar amounts in millions)2025AmountPercent2024AmountPercent2023
Personnel costs$2,995$29411%$2,701$1727%$2,529
Outside data processing and other services772107166656010605
Equipment268126742263
Net occupancy232115221(25)(10)246
Professional services15556579999
Marketing12711911611115
Deposit and other insurance expense65(49)(43)114(188)(62)302
Amortization of intangibles46(1)(2)47(3)(6)50
Lease financing equipment depreciation13(2)(13)15(12)(44)27
Other noninterest expense342258317(21)(6)338
Total noninterest expense$5,015$45310%$4,562$(12)%$4,574
Number of employees (average full-time equivalent)20,4244922%19,932(23)%19,955

Noninterest expense was $5.0 billion, an increase of $453 million, or 10%, from the prior year. Noninterest expense for 2025 included $168 million of acquisition-related expenses, as detailed in the following table. There were no acquisition-related expenses in the years ended December 31, 2024 or 2023.

Table 7 - Impact of Acquisition-related ExpensesYear Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)2025
Personnel costs$50
Outside data processing and other services32
Equipment3
Professional services66
Marketing3
Deposit and other insurance expense1
Other noninterest expense13
Total impact of acquisition-related expenses$168

Excluding acquisition-related expenses, noninterest expense increased $285 million, or 6%, from the prior year. Personnel costs increased $244 million, or 9%, primarily due to increases in incentive compensation and salary expense, in addition to the impact from adding Veritex employees. Outside data processing increased $75 million, or 11%, primarily due to higher technology and data expense. Partially offsetting these increases, deposit and other insurance expense decreased $50 million, or 44%, driven by a reduction in the amount of expense associated with the FDIC DIF special assessment due to ongoing adjustments to uninsured deposit losses by the FDIC.

Provision for Income Taxes

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 1 - “Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 18 - “Income Taxes” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

The provision for income taxes was $459 million for 2025, compared with $443 million in 2024. The effective tax rates for 2025 and 2024 were 17.1% and 18.4%, respectively. Both years included the benefits from general business credits, tax-exempt income, tax-exempt bank owned life insurance income, and investments in qualified affordable housing projects. The decrease in the effective tax rate in 2025, compared to 2024, related primarily to increased benefits from general business credits and the benefits of capital losses recognized in 2025.

The net federal deferred tax asset was $856 million, and the net state deferred tax asset was $92 million at December 31, 2025.

60 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

RISK MANAGEMENT

Risk Management Structure

Our risk management program is structured using three lines of defense, each of which is independent of the others:

•First-line consists of business segments engaged in activities designed to generate revenue or reduce expenses, provide operational support or technology services, or deliver products or services to customers.

•Second-line is Corporate Risk Management.

•Third-line consists of Internal Audit and Credit Review.

Segment Risk Officers are embedded in the first-line and report directly to business unit senior management and indirectly to the Chief Risk Officer. They identify and monitor risk, elevate and remediate issues, establish controls, perform testing, and oversee the self-assessment process. Second-line Corporate Risk Management oversees first-line risk-taking activity, establishes policies, sets operating limits, reviews new or modified products and processes, and is responsible for producing an independent assessment of the Company’s risk position relative to the Board’s risk appetite. Third-line Internal Audit and Credit Review provides additional assurance that risk-related functions are operating as intended.

Risk Governance and Risk Appetite

Our Risk Governance Framework and Risk Appetite Statement are foundational to the risk management program. The Risk Governance Framework defines the three lines of defense structure, roles, responsibilities, and requirements. The Risk Appetite Statement is approved by our Board and defines the level and types of risks we are willing to assume to achieve our corporate objectives through defined risk limits for the seven key risk categories to which we are exposed:

•Credit risk, which is risk of loss due to loan and lease customers or other counterparties not being able to meet their financial obligations under agreed-upon terms.

•Market risk, which includes interest rate and price risk. Interest rate risk is the risk to current or projected financial condition arising from movements in interest rates and considers reprice risk, basis risk, yield curve risk, and options risk. Price risk results from changes in the value of either trading portfolios or other obligations that are entered into as part of distributing risk, primarily associated with market making, dealing, and position taking in interest rate, foreign exchange, equity, commodities, and credit markets.

•Liquidity risk, which is the risk that financial condition or overall safety and soundness is adversely affected by an inability, or perceived inability, to meet obligations when they come due, and includes the inability to access funding sources, manage fluctuations in funding levels, or failure to recognize or address changes in market conditions that affect the Company’s ability to liquidate assets quickly and with minimal loss in value.

•Operational risk, which is the risk of loss and resilience arising from inadequate or failed internal processes, systems, models, data, human error or misconduct, or adverse external events. Operational losses can result from internal fraud, external fraud, inadequate or inappropriate employment practices and workplace safety, failure to meet obligations involving customers, products, and business practices, damage to physical assets, business disruption and systems failures, and failures in execution, delivery, and process management.

•Compliance risk, which is risk arising from violations of laws, rules or regulations, or from non-conformance with laws, regulations, prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures, or ethical standards, and can expose the Company to fines, civil money penalties, payment of damages, and voiding of contracts.

•Strategic risk, which is risk arising from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions, or lack of responsiveness to changes in the banking industry and operating environment, and is a function of the Company’s strategic goals, business strategies, resources, and quality of implementation.

•Reputation risk, which is risk arising from negative public opinion that may impair the Company’s competitiveness by affecting its ability to establish new relationships or services or continue servicing existing relationships.

2025 Form 10-K 61

Table of Contents

The Board has defined our risk appetite as aggregate moderate-to-low on a through-the-cycle basis. While we engage in a limited amount of higher risk activity consistent with our strategic objectives, we ensure those positions are offset by lower risk positions. Our second-line Corporate Risk Management maintains and enforces risk limits established in our Risk Appetite Statement for each of our seven risk pillars, which helps ensure we achieve our aggregate moderate-to-low risk appetite objective.

We have a robust risk assessment process which includes qualitative and quantitative components that assess our inherent risk, control environment, and residual risk, and enables us to report to the Board if we are operating within the risk appetite. The process includes individual assessments from first-line business segments and independent second-line assessments for each risk pillar. These are combined to produce an overall Enterprise Risk Assessment that includes, among other things, top and emerging risks and a determination of whether the Company is operating within its risk appetite.

We have a broad range of controls that are factored into our assessments, including key controls, such as segregation of duties and access management, that are tested regularly. We also have robust authorization and reconciliation procedures, as well as staff education and a disciplined risk assessment process.

Board Oversight

While the Board has three committees that primarily oversee implementation of the risk governance framework and risk appetite, the Risk Oversight Committee, Audit Committee, and Technology Committee, the full Board is engaged in discussing risks and monitoring our risk profile. All committees report their deliberations and actions at each full Board meeting. In addition, all scheduled committee meetings are open to all members of the Board, and committees regularly meet in joint sessions to discuss issues that are broadly applicable. Our Board has unfettered access to senior executive officers, and the Board and committees regularly meet in executive session without management present.

•Our Risk Oversight Committee oversees implementation of the Risk Governance Framework and adherence to the Risk Appetite Statement, which takes the form of approving policies, frameworks, receiving regular reports, and engaging in discussion with Executive Management on topics for each of our risk pillars: credit, liquidity, market, operational, compliance, strategic, and reputation risk. The ROC also oversees capital management and ensures the amount and quality of capital are adequate in relation to expected and unexpected losses. ROC oversees the administration, effectiveness, and independence of our Credit Review function, and the Credit Review Director reports directly to the ROC. Our Chief Risk Officer reports to both the ROC and CEO.

•Our Audit Committee oversees integrity of our consolidated financial statements, including policies, procedures, and practices regarding the preparation of financial statements, the financial reporting process, disclosures, and internal control over financial reporting. The Audit Committee oversees the Internal Audit department and the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence; compliance with our Financial Code of Ethics for the CEO and senior financial officers; compliance with corporate securities trading policies; compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; and financial risk exposures in coordination with the ROC. Our Chief Auditor reports directly to the Audit Committee.

•Our Technology Committee oversees technology and cybersecurity strategies and plans and is charged with evaluating the Company’s ability to properly perform all technology functions necessary for its business plan, including projected growth, technology capacity, planning, operational execution, product development, and management capacity. It provides oversight of technology investments and plans to drive efficiency as well as to meet defined standards for risk, information security, and redundancy; oversees allocation of technology costs and ensures that they are understood by the Board; evaluates innovation and technology trends that may affect our strategic plans, including monitoring of overall industry trends; and reviews and provides oversight of our continuity and disaster recovery planning and preparedness.

62 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Overlapping or common topics are overseen by more than one committee. On a regular basis, the ROC and Audit Committee meet in joint session to cover matters relevant to both committees’ responsibilities, including reviews of annual and quarterly filings, the methodology and level of the ACL, conduct risk, and others. These committees routinely hold executive sessions with our key officers engaged in both accounting and risk management. In addition, the ROC, Audit Committee, and Technology Committee oversee the effectiveness of management’s efforts to address risk issues in a timely, comprehensive, and sustainable manner, and regularly meet in a joint session to discuss. All directors have access to information provided to each committee and all scheduled meetings are open to all directors.

Further, through our Human Resources and Compensation Committee, our Board seeks to ensure its overall compensation programs are balanced and align the interests of management, creditors, and shareholders. We utilize a variety of compensation-related tools to induce appropriate behavior, including common stock ownership thresholds for the CEO and certain members of senior management, equity deferrals, recoupment provisions, and the right to terminate compensation plans at any time. The Chief Risk Officer has significant input into the design and outcome of incentive compensation plans.

Our Risk Governance structure also includes executive level committees to manage and oversee risk, which include Asset & Liability Management, Risk Management (inclusive of credit risk and strategy), Capital Management, Allowance, Incentive Compensation, Sarbanes-Oxley, and Disclosure Review. These committees are strategic in nature and are supported by subcommittees that are tactical. We believe this structure helps ensure appropriate escalation of issues, overall communication of strategies, and adherence to the Board’s risk appetite.

A comprehensive discussion of risk management and capital matters affecting us can be found in the Risk Factors section included in Item 1A: Risk Factors and the “Regulatory Matters” section of Item 1: Business of this Form 10-K.

Some of the more significant processes used to manage and control credit, market, liquidity, operational, and compliance risks are described in the following sections.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a counterparty is not able to meet the agreed upon terms of the financial obligation. The majority of our credit risk is associated with lending activities, as the acceptance and management of credit risk is central to profitable lending. We also have credit risk associated with our investment securities portfolios (see Note 4 - "Investment Securities and Other Securities" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). We engage with other financial counterparties for a variety of purposes including investing, asset and liability management, mortgage banking, and trading activities. A variety of derivative financial instruments, principally interest rate swaps, swaptions, floors, forward contracts, and forward starting interest rate swaps, are used in asset and liability management activities to protect against the risk of adverse price or interest rate movements. We also use derivatives, principally loan sale commitments, in hedging our mortgage loan interest rate lock commitments and mortgage loans held for sale. Like other financial instruments, derivatives contain an element of credit risk, which is the possibility that we will incur a loss because the counterparty fails to meet its contractual obligations. Notional values of interest rate swaps and other off-balance sheet financial instruments significantly exceed the credit risk associated with these instruments and represent contractual balances on which calculations of amounts to be exchanged are based. Credit exposure is limited to the sum of the aggregate fair value of positions that have become favorable to us, including any accrued interest receivable due from counterparties. Potential credit losses are mitigated by derivatives through central clearing parties, careful evaluation of counterparty credit standing, selection of counterparties from a limited group of high quality institutions, collateral agreements, and other contract provisions.

We focus on the early identification, monitoring, and management of all aspects of our credit risk. In addition to the traditional credit risk mitigation strategies of credit policies and processes, market risk management activities, and portfolio diversification, we use quantitative measurement capabilities utilizing external data sources, enhanced modeling technology, and internal stress testing processes. Our disciplined portfolio management processes are central to our commitment to maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low risk appetite. In our efforts to identify risk mitigation techniques, we have focused on product design features, origination policies, and solutions for delinquent or stressed borrowers.

2025 Form 10-K 63

Table of Contents

The maximum level of credit exposure to individual credit borrowers is limited by policy guidelines based on the perceived risk of each borrower or related group of borrowers. Authority to grant commitments sits with the independent credit administration function, with limited exceptions, and is closely monitored and regularly updated. Concentration risk is managed through limits on loan type, industry, and loan quality factors. We focus predominantly on extending credit to consumer and commercial customers with existing or expandable relationships within our primary banking markets, although we will consider lending opportunities outside our primary markets if we believe the associated risks are acceptable and aligned with strategic initiatives. Although we offer a broad set of products, we continue to develop new lending products and opportunities. Each of these new products and opportunities goes through a rigorous development and approval process prior to implementation to ensure our overall objective of maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low risk portfolio profile.

The checks and balances in the credit process and the separation of the credit administration and risk management functions are designed to appropriately assess and sanction the level of credit risk being accepted, facilitate the early recognition of credit problems when they occur, and provide for effective problem asset management and resolution. For example, we do not extend additional credit to delinquent borrowers except in certain circumstances that substantially improve our overall repayment or collateral coverage position.

Loan and Lease Credit Exposure Mix

At December 31, 2025, our loans and leases totaled $149.6 billion, representing a $19.6 billion, or 15%, increase compared to $130.0 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase was driven by a combination of organic growth and the Veritex acquisition. As of the acquisition date, acquired loans totaled $9.3 billion, including $4.2 billion of commercial real estate loans, $4.0 billion of commercial and industrial loans, and $1.1 billion of residential mortgage loans.

The table below provides the composition of our total loan and lease portfolio.

Table 8 - Loan and Lease Portfolio Composition
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20252024
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$69,44246%$56,80943%
Commercial real estate15,2091011,0789
Lease financing5,72745,4544
Total commercial90,3786073,34156
Consumer:
Residential mortgage24,7771724,24219
Automobile16,1681114,56411
Home equity10,395710,1428
RV and marine5,68245,9825
Other consumer2,24211,7711
Total consumer59,2644056,70144
Total loans and leases$149,642100%$130,042100%

64 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The following table reflects the composition and maturities of the loan and lease portfolio and the interest rate sensitivity of loans and leases due after one year.

Table 9 - Maturity Schedule of Loans and Leases and Interest Rate Sensitivity
Loans and Leases Due After 1 YearContractual Maturity Range
(dollar amounts in millions)Fixed RateFloating or Adjustable RateOne Year or LessOne to Five YearsFive to Fifteen YearsAfter Fifteen YearsTotal
At December 31, 2025
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$10,479$45,949$16,254$41,249$10,209$1,730$69,442
Commercial real estate1,31011,0985,6008,36897226915,209
Lease financing4,9824123333,4621,1138195,727
Total commercial16,77157,45922,18753,07912,2942,81890,378
Consumer:
Residential mortgage9,92515,770611481,35923,20924,777
Automobile16,0051668,8537,14916,168
Home equity2,4907,7981541861,9378,11810,395
RV and marine5,68032473,0702,3625,682
Other consumer9787954701,3832291602,242
Total consumer35,07824,36385410,81713,74433,84959,264
Total loans and leases$51,849$81,822$23,041$63,896$26,038$36,667$149,642
Percent of total15%43%17%25%100%

Total commercial loans and leases were $90.4 billion at December 31, 2025 and represented 60% of our total loan and lease credit exposure at that date. Our commercial loan portfolio is diversified by product type, customer size, and geography, and is comprised of the following (see Commercial Credit discussion):

C&I – C&I loans are made to commercial customers for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases, or other projects, and to institutional sponsors supporting REITs. We focus on borrowers doing business within our geographic markets. C&I loans are generally underwritten individually and secured with the assets of the company and/or the personal guarantee of the business owners. The financing of owner-occupied facilities is considered a C&I loan even though there is improved real estate as collateral. This treatment is a result of the credit decision process, which focuses on cash flow from operations of the business to repay the debt. The operation, sale, rental, or refinancing of the real estate is not considered the primary repayment source for these types of loans. As we have expanded our C&I portfolio, we have developed a series of “vertical specialties” to ensure that new products or lending types are embedded within a structured, centralized Commercial Lending area with designated, experienced credit officers. These specialties are comprised of either targeted industries (for example, healthcare, technology & telecom, finance and insurance, etc.) and/or lending disciplines (equipment finance, distribution finance, asset-based lending, etc.), all of which require a high degree of expertise and oversight to effectively mitigate and monitor risk. As such, we have dedicated colleagues and teams focused on bringing value-added expertise to these specialty customers.

2025 Form 10-K 65

Table of Contents

CRE – The CRE portfolio includes both CRE commercial and CRE construction loans. CRE commercial loans are loans to developers. We mitigate our risk on these loans by requiring collateral values that exceed the loan amount and underwriting the loan with projected cash flow in excess of the debt service requirement. These loans are made to finance properties such as apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings, and retail shopping centers, and are repaid through cash flows related to the operation, sale, or refinance of the property. Appropriate appraisals are obtained at origination and updated on an as needed basis in compliance with regulatory requirements and our credit policies. CRE construction loans are loans to developers, companies, or individuals used for the construction of a commercial or residential property for which repayment will be generated by the sale or permanent financing of the property. Our CRE construction portfolio primarily consists of multi-family, retail, and warehouse property types. Generally, these loans are for construction projects that have been pre-sold or pre-leased, or have secured permanent financing, as well as loans to real estate companies with significant equity invested in each project. These loans are managed by a specialized real estate lending group that actively monitors the construction phase and manages the loan disbursements according to the predetermined construction schedule.

Lease Financing – Lease financing products are designed to address the diverse financing needs of small to large companies primarily for the acquisition of equipment. Our lease financing portfolio will utilize a variety of origination partners and third-party sources including equipment manufacturers, dealers, or vendors set up under program structures to generate transactions from a nationwide footprint. High level business lines comprise of industrial finance, specialty finance, healthcare finance, technology finance, and specialized transportation, franchise, and government.

Total consumer loans were $59.3 billion at December 31, 2025 and represented 40% of our total loan and lease credit exposure at that date. The consumer portfolio is comprised primarily of residential mortgages, automobile loans, home equity loans and lines-of-credit, and RV and marine finance (see Consumer Credit discussion).

Residential mortgage – Residential mortgage loans represent loans to consumers for the purchase or refinance of a residence. These loans, comprised of both fixed- and adjustable-rate mortgages, are generally financed over a 15-year to 30-year term, and in most cases, are extended to borrowers to finance their primary residence. Applications are underwritten centrally using consistent credit policies and processes. All residential mortgage loan decisions utilize a full appraisal for collateral valuation. Huntington has not originated or acquired residential mortgages that allow negative amortization or allow the borrower multiple payment options. The underwriting for adjustable-rate residential mortgages also incorporates a stress analysis for rising interest rates.

Automobile – Automobile loans are comprised primarily of indirect loans made through automotive dealerships and include exposure in selected states outside of our primary banking markets. The exposure outside of our core footprint states represents 23% of the total exposure, with no individual state representing more than 5% of the total exposure. Applications are underwritten using an automated underwriting system that applies consistent policies and processes across the portfolio.

Home equity – Home equity lending includes both home equity loans and lines-of-credit. This type of lending, which is secured by a first-lien or junior-lien on the borrower’s residence, allows customers to borrow against the equity in their home or refinance existing mortgage debt. Products include closed-end loans which are generally fixed-rate with principal and interest payments, and variable-rate, interest-only lines-of-credit which do not require payment of principal during the 10-year revolving period. The home equity line of credit converts to a 20-year amortizing structure at the end of the revolving period. Applications are underwritten centrally in conjunction with an automated underwriting system. The home equity underwriting criteria is based on minimum credit scores, debt-to-income ratios, and LTV ratios, with current collateral valuations. The underwriting for the floating rate lines of credit also incorporates a stress analysis for rising interest rates.

RV and marine – RV and marine includes loans provided to consumers primarily for the purpose of financing recreational vehicles and boats. Loans are originated on an indirect basis through a series of dealerships across 35 states. The loans are underwritten centrally using an application and decisioning system similar to automobile loans. The current portfolio includes 53% of the balances within our core footprint states.

66 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Other consumer – Other consumer loans primarily consist of consumer loans not included above, including credit cards, personal unsecured loans, and overdraft balances. We originate these products within our established set of credit policies and guidelines.

Our loan and lease portfolio is a managed mix of consumer and commercial credits. We manage the overall credit exposure and portfolio composition via a credit concentration policy. The policy designates specific loan types, collateral types, and loan structures to be formally tracked and assigned maximum exposure limits as a percentage of capital. Commercial lending by NAICS categories, specific limits for CRE project types, loans secured by residential real estate, large dollar exposures, and designated high risk loan categories represent examples of specifically tracked components of our concentration management process. As of December 31, 2025, there are no identified concentrations that exceed the assigned exposure limit. Our concentration management policy is approved by the ROC and is used to ensure a high quality, well diversified portfolio that is consistent with our overall objective of maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low risk appetite. Changes to existing concentration limits and incorporating specific information relating to the potential impact on the overall portfolio composition and performance metrics require the approval of the ROC prior to implementation.

The table below provides our total loan and lease portfolio segregated by industry type. The changes in the industry composition from December 31, 2024 are consistent with the portfolio growth metrics.

Table 10 - Loan and Lease Portfolio by Industry TypeAt December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20252024
Commercial loans and leases:
Real estate and rental and leasing$20,23714%$15,24212%
Retail trade (1)12,181811,8649
Finance and insurance10,48976,5895
Manufacturing8,26567,2616
Health care and social assistance5,92045,2954
Wholesale trade5,84244,9044
Accommodation and food services4,22833,2262
Other services3,61721,9622
Transportation and warehousing3,28823,3243
Utilities3,15622,4062
Construction2,36921,8901
Professional, scientific, and technical services2,29622,0532
Information1,93711,6471
Arts, entertainment, and recreation1,92311,6461
Admin./support/waste mgmt. and remediation services1,84411,6811
Public administration81617051
Educational services738539
Agriculture, forestry, fishing, and hunting410478
Management of companies and enterprises243251
Mining, quarrying, and oil and gas extraction147237
Unclassified/Other432141
Total commercial loans and leases by industry category90,3786073,34156
Residential mortgage24,7771724,24219
Automobile16,1681114,56411
Home equity10,395710,1428
RV and marine5,68245,9825
Other consumer loans2,24211,7711
Total loans and leases$149,642100%$130,042100%

(1)    Amounts include $4.3 billion and $4.2 billion of auto dealer services loans at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

2025 Form 10-K 67

Table of Contents

Commercial Credit

The primary factors considered in commercial credit approvals are the financial strength of the borrower, assessment of the borrower’s management capabilities, cash flows from operations, industry sector trends, type and sufficiency of collateral, type of exposure, transaction structure, and the general economic outlook. While these are the primary factors considered, there are a number of other factors that may be considered in the decision process. We require the signature approval of both the appropriate line of business leaders and independent credit executives. The risk rating, credit exposure amount, and complexity of the credit determines the threshold for approval. Credit officers who understand each local region and are experienced in the industries and loan structures of the requested credit exposure are involved in all loan decisions and have the primary credit authority, with the exception of small business loans. For small business loans, we utilize a centralized loan approval process for standard products and structures. In this centralized decision environment, certain individuals who understand each local region may make credit-extension decisions to preserve our commitment to the communities in which we operate. In addition to disciplined and consistent judgmental factors, a sophisticated credit scoring process is used as a primary evaluation tool in the determination of approving a loan.

In commercial lending, on-going credit management is dependent on the type and nature of the loan. We monitor all significant exposures. All commercial credit extensions are assigned internal risk ratings reflecting the borrower’s PD and LGD. This two-dimensional rating methodology provides granularity in the portfolio management process. The PD is rated and applied at the borrower level. The LGD is rated and applied based on the specific type of credit extension and the quality and lien position associated with the underlying collateral. The internal risk ratings are assessed at origination and updated at each periodic monitoring event. There is also extensive macro-portfolio management analysis. We review and adjust our risk-rating criteria based on actual experience, which provides us with the current risk level in the portfolio. A centralized portfolio management function monitors and reports on the performance of the entire commercial portfolio, including small business loans, to provide consistent oversight.

In addition to the initial credit analysis conducted during the approval process, our credit review group performs testing to provide an independent review and assessment of the quality and risk of new loan originations. This group is part of our Risk Management area and conducts portfolio reviews on a risk-based cycle to evaluate individual loans, validate risk ratings, and test the consistency of credit processes.

Our standardized loan grading system considers many components that directly correlate to loan quality and likelihood of repayment, one of which is guarantor support. On an at least annual basis, we consider, among other things, the guarantor’s reputation and creditworthiness, where available, along with various key financial metrics such as liquidity and net worth. Our assessment of the guarantor’s credit strength, or lack thereof, is reflected in our risk ratings for such loans, which is directly tied to, and an integral component of, our ACL methodology. When a loan goes to impaired status, viable guarantor support is considered in the determination of a credit loss.

If our assessment of the guarantor’s credit strength yields an inherent capacity to perform, we will seek repayment from the guarantor as part of the collection process and have done so successfully.

Substantially all loans categorized as Classified (See Note 5 - “Loans and Leases” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements) are managed by FRG. FRG is a specialized group of credit professionals that handle the day-to-day management of workouts, commercial recoveries, and problem loan sales. Its responsibilities include developing and implementing action plans, assessing risk ratings, and determining the appropriateness of the allowance, the accrual status, and the ultimate collectability of the Classified loan portfolio.

C&I PORTFOLIO

We manage the risks inherent in the C&I portfolio through origination policies, a defined loan concentration policy with established limits, on-going loan-level and portfolio-level reviews, recourse requirements, and continuous portfolio risk management activities. Our origination policies for the C&I portfolio include loan product-type specific policies such as LTV and debt service coverage ratios, as applicable.

68 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The C&I portfolio continues to have solid origination activity while we maintain a focus on high quality originations. We continue to maintain a proactive approach to identifying borrowers that may be facing financial difficulty in order to maximize the potential credit outcomes. Subsequent to the origination of the loan, the credit review group provides an independent review and assessment of the quality of the underwriting and risk of new loan originations.

CRE PORTFOLIO

We manage the risks inherent in this portfolio specific to CRE lending, focusing on the quality of the developer and the specifics associated with each project. Generally, we: (1) limit our loans to 80% of the appraised value of the commercial real estate at origination, (2) require net operating cash flows to be 120% of required interest and principal payments, and (3) if the commercial real estate is non-owner occupied, require that pre-leasing generates break-even interest-only debt service. We actively monitor property-type concentrations and both geographic and property-type performance metrics of all CRE loan types, with a focus on loans identified as higher risk based on the risk rating methodology. Both macro-level and loan-level stress-test scenarios based on existing and forecast market conditions are part of the on-going portfolio management process for the CRE portfolio.

Dedicated real estate professionals originate and manage the portfolio. The portfolio is diversified by property-type and loan size, and this diversification represents a significant portion of the credit risk management strategies employed for this portfolio. Subsequent to the origination of the loan, the credit review group provides an independent review and assessment of the quality of the underwriting and risk of new loan originations.

The following tables present our commercial real estate portfolio by property type and geographic location.

Table 12 - Commercial Real Estate Portfolio by Property Type
At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024
(dollar amounts in millions)Amount by Property Type% of Total Loans and LeasesAmount by Property Type% of Total Loans and Leases
Multi-family$4,8223%$4,4263%
Warehouse/Industrial3,05421,6042
Retail2,22411,4771
Office1,80411,5591
Hotel1,43818171
Other1,86711,1951
Total commercial real estate loans and leases$15,2099%$11,0789%
Table 13 - Commercial Real Estate Portfolio by Geographic Location
At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024
(dollar amounts in millions)Amount by Location (1)% of Total CRE loans and leasesAmount by Location (1)% of Total CRE loans and leases
Texas$4,09027%$4764%
Ohio2,176141,93817
Michigan1,872122,14819
Florida83051,06410
Illinois78756836
Colorado55543623
Pennsylvania49934264
Wisconsin48633423
California40633873
Indiana36022973
Other3,148222,95528
Total commercial real estate loans and leases$15,209100%$11,078100%

(1)Geographic location based on location of underlying collateral.

2025 Form 10-K 69

Table of Contents

Our CRE portfolio totaled $15.2 billion at December 31, 2025, an increase of $4.1 billion, or 37%, compared to December 31, 2024, driven by loans acquired as a result of the completion of the Veritex acquisition. The CRE portfolio had an associated allowance coverage of 3.7% and 4.3% at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

The office sector continues to be an area of uncertainty, and while the sector has begun to recover, the recovery is uneven by market and property type, and demand and property values continue to remain lower than normal. Our office portfolio, which is predominantly suburban and multi-tenant loans, totaled $1.8 billion, or 1% of total loans and leases, as of December 31, 2025, compared to $1.6 billion, or 1% of total loans and leases, at December 31, 2024. We have established ACL reserves of approximately 9% for our CRE office portfolio at both December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. At December 31, 2025, there was $14 million of outstanding balances in the office portfolio that were 30 or more days past due.

Appraisal values are obtained in conjunction with all originations and renewals, and on an as-needed basis, in compliance with regulatory requirements and to ensure appropriate decisions regarding the on-going management of the portfolio reflect the changing market conditions. Appraisals are obtained from approved vendors and are reviewed by an internal appraisal review group comprised of certified appraisers to ensure the quality of the valuation used in the underwriting process. We continue to perform on-going portfolio level reviews within the CRE portfolio. These reviews generate action plans based on occupancy levels or leasing revenues associated with the projects being reviewed. This highly individualized process requires working closely with all of our borrowers, as well as an in-depth knowledge of CRE project lending and the market environment.

LEASE FINANCING

We manage the risks inherent in the Lease Financing portfolio through external consumer and business credit scoring solutions, internally developed custom probability of default and loss given default models, continuous portfolio risk management activities, and equipment and customer diversification. Our origination policies are aligned by transaction size with increased use of the personal guarantee of principals and external credit scoring tools for smaller transactions and expanded financial analysis and reporting requirements for larger transactions. Our program focuses on high-quality manufacturer, distributor, vendor, or third party originations sources with in-depth partner diligence. The lease financing group may use manufacturer loss risk share programs that provide additional transaction support, but the origination strategy prioritizes strong customer financial condition.

High level business lines are comprised of Industrial Finance, Specialty Finance, Healthcare Finance, Technology Finance, and Specialized Transportation, Franchise, and Government with multiple segments under each main line. We also have specific equipment types or industries designated as low tolerance with additional front-end guidance and diligence requirements. Subsequent to the origination of the lease, the credit review group provides an independent review and assessment of the quality of the underwriting and risk of new lease originations.

Consumer Credit

Consumer credit approvals are based on, among other factors, the financial strength and payment history of the borrower, type of exposure, and transaction structure. Consumer credit decisions are generally made in a centralized environment utilizing decision models. Importantly, certain individuals who understand each local region have the authority to make credit extension decisions to preserve our focus on the local communities in which we operate. For all classes within the consumer loan portfolio, loans are assigned pool level PD factors based on the FICO range within which the borrower’s credit bureau score falls. The credit bureau score is widely accepted as the standard measure of consumer credit risk used by lenders, regulators, rating agencies, and consumers. The LGD is related to the type of collateral associated with the credit extension, which typically does not change over the course of the loan term. This allows Huntington to maintain a current view of the customer for credit risk management and ACL purposes.

In consumer lending, credit risk is managed from a segment (e.g., loan type, collateral position, geography, etc.) and vintage performance analysis. All portfolio segments are continuously monitored for changes in delinquency trends and other asset quality indicators. We make extensive use of portfolio assessment models to continuously monitor the quality of the portfolio, which may result in changes to future origination strategies. The credit review group conducts ongoing independent credit origination and process reviews to ensure the effectiveness and efficiency of the consumer credit processes.

70 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Collection actions by our customer assistance team are initiated as needed through a centrally managed collection and recovery function. We employ a series of collection methodologies designed to maintain a high level of effectiveness, while maximizing efficiency. In addition to the consumer loan portfolio, the customer assistance team is responsible for collection activity on all sold and securitized consumer loans and leases. Collection practices include a single contact point for the majority of the residential real estate secured portfolios.

RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE SECURED PORTFOLIOS

The properties securing our residential mortgage and home equity portfolios are primarily located within our geographic footprint. Huntington continues to support our local markets with consistent underwriting across all residential secured products. The residential secured portfolio originations continue to be of high quality. Our portfolio management strategies associated with our Home Savers group allow us to focus on effectively helping our customers with appropriate solutions for their specific circumstances.

Huntington underwrites all residential mortgage applications centrally, with a focus on higher quality borrowers. We do not originate residential mortgages that allow negative amortization or allow the borrower multiple payment options. Residential mortgages are originated based on a completed full appraisal during the credit underwriting process. We update values in compliance with applicable regulations to facilitate our portfolio management, as well as our workout and loss mitigation functions.

We are subject to repurchase risk associated with residential mortgage loans sold in the secondary market. An appropriate level of reserve for representations and warranties related to residential mortgage loans sold has been established to address this repurchase risk inherent in the portfolio.

AUTOMOBILE PORTFOLIO

Our strategy in the automobile portfolio continues to focus on high quality borrowers as measured by both FICO and internal custom scores, combined with appropriate LTVs, terms, and profitability. Our strategy and operational capabilities allow us to appropriately manage the origination quality across the entire portfolio, including our newer markets. Although increased origination volume and entering new markets can be associated with increased risk levels, we believe our disciplined strategy and operational processes significantly mitigate these risks.

We have continued to consistently execute our value proposition and take advantage of available market opportunities. Importantly, we have maintained our high credit quality standards while also maintaining strong origination volume.

RV AND MARINE PORTFOLIO

Our strategy in the RV and marine portfolio focuses on high quality borrowers, combined with appropriate LTVs, terms, and profitability. Although entering new markets can be associated with increased risk levels, we believe our disciplined strategy and operational processes significantly mitigate these risks.

Credit Quality

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 5 - “Loans and Leases” and Note 6 - “Allowance for Credit Losses” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

We believe the most meaningful way to assess overall credit quality performance is through an analysis of specific performance ratios. This approach forms the basis of the discussion in the sections immediately following: NALs and NPAs, ACL, and NCOs. In addition, we utilize delinquency rates, risk distribution and migration patterns, product segmentation, and origination trends in the analysis of our credit quality performance.

Credit quality performance in 2025 reflected NCOs of $316 million, or 0.23%, of average total loans and leases, a decrease of $56 million, compared to $372 million, or 0.30%, in the prior year. The decrease reflects a $66 million decrease in commercial NCOs, partially offset by a $10 million increase in consumer NCOs. NPAs increased from December 31, 2024 by $123 million, or 15%, to $945 million, with the increase primarily due to a $105 million increase in commercial and industrial NALs, a $24 million increase in residential mortgage NALs, and a $15 million increase in commercial real estate NALs, partially offset by a $30 million decrease in other NPAs. The increase in NPAs during 2025 was in part due to NALs assumed in the Veritex acquisition.

2025 Form 10-K 71

Table of Contents

NPAs and NALs

NPAs consist of (1) NALs, which represent loans and leases no longer accruing interest, (2) OREO properties, and (3) other NPAs. Any loan or lease in our portfolio may be placed on nonaccrual status prior to the policies described below when collection of principal or interest is in doubt. Also, when a borrower with discharged non-reaffirmed debt in a Chapter 7 bankruptcy is identified and the loan or lease is determined to be collateral dependent, the loan is placed on nonaccrual status.

Commercial loans and leases are placed on nonaccrual status at 90-days past due, or earlier if repayment of principal and interest is in doubt. With the exception of residential mortgage loans guaranteed by government organizations, which continue to accrue interest, first lien loans secured by residential mortgage collateral are placed on nonaccrual status at 150-days past due. Junior-lien home equity loans are placed on nonaccrual status at the earlier of 120-days past due or when the related first-lien loan has been identified as nonaccrual. Automobile, RV and marine, and other consumer loans are generally fully charged-off at 120-days past due, and if not fully charged-off are placed on non-accrual.

When loans and leases are placed on nonaccrual, any accrued interest is reversed against interest income. When, in our judgment, the borrower’s ability to make required interest and principal payments has resumed and collectability is no longer in doubt, the loan or lease could be returned to accrual status.

The following table presents the details of our NALs and NPAs.

Table 14 - Nonaccrual Loans and Leases and Nonperforming Assets
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20252024
Nonaccrual loans and leases (NALs):
Commercial and industrial$562$457
Commercial real estate133118
Lease financing810
Residential mortgage10783
Automobile66
Home equity113107
RV and marine22
Total nonaccrual loans and leases931783
Other real estate, net138
Other NPAs (1)131
Total nonperforming assets$945$822
Nonaccrual loans and leases as a % of total loans and leases0.62%0.60%
NPA ratio (2)0.630.63

(1)Other nonperforming assets include certain impaired investment securities and/or nonaccrual loans held-for-sale.

(2)Nonperforming assets divided by the sum of loans and leases, other real estate owned, and other NPAs.

ACL

Our ACL is comprised of two different components, the ALLL and the AULC, both of which in our judgment are appropriate to absorb lifetime expected credit losses in our loan and lease portfolio.

We use statistically based models that employ assumptions about current and future economic conditions throughout the contractual life of the loan. The process of estimating expected credit losses is based on three key parameters: PD, EAD, and LGD. Beyond the reasonable and supportable period (two to three years), the economic variables revert to a historical equilibrium at a pace dependent on the state of the economy reflected within the economic scenario.

72 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Future economic conditions consider multiple macroeconomic scenarios provided to us by an independent third party and are reviewed through the Allowance for Credit Loss Development Methodology Committee described below. These macroeconomic scenarios contain certain variables that are influential to our modeling process, the most significant being unemployment rates and GDP. Management uses a probability-weighted approach that incorporates a baseline, an adverse and a more favorable economic scenario when formulating the quantitative estimate for the allowance. Any changes in probability weights must be supported by appropriate documentation and approval of senior management. Additionally, we consider whether to adjust the modeled estimates to address possible limitations within the models or factors not captured within the macroeconomic scenarios. Lifetime losses for most of our loans and leases are evaluated collectively based on similar risk characteristics such as risk ratings, origination credit bureau scores, delinquency status, and remaining months within loan agreements, among other factors.

The baseline scenario used in the December 31, 2025 ACL determination assumes the labor market has softened with the unemployment rate peaking at 4.8% in the fourth quarter of 2026. Unemployment is expected to remain elevated with only a modest decline to 4.7% in the first half of 2027. The Federal Reserve is projected to continue the current cycle of rate cuts, with gradual cuts forecasted throughout 2026 and 2027 until reaching 2.75% in 2027. The rate is then expected to return to a neutral level of 3.0% by 2028. Inflation is forecasted to remain above the Federal Reserve’s target level of 2%, with only slight declines to 2.7% by the end of 2026. GDP data was limited in the fourth quarter of 2025 due to the government shutdown, with forecasted GDP expected to grow at 2% in 2026.

The table below is intended to show how the forecasted path of forecasted unemployment and forecasted change in GDP in the baseline scenario has changed since the end of 2024.

Table 15 - Forecasted Key Macroeconomic Variables
202420252026
Baseline scenario forecastQ4Q2Q4Q2Q4
Unemployment rate (1)
4Q 20244.2%4.1%4.1%4.0%4.0%
4Q 2025N/AN/A4.34.64.8
Gross Domestic Product (1)
4Q 20242.0%2.1%2.1%1.9%2.2%
4Q 2025N/AN/A0.52.31.8

(1)Values reflect the baseline scenario forecast inputs for each period presented, not updated for subsequent actual amounts.

Management continues to assess the uncertainty in the macroeconomic environment, including ongoing risks in the commercial real estate environment, current inflation levels, the impacts of U.S. trade policies including tariffs, political uncertainty, and geopolitical instability, considering multiple macroeconomic forecasts that reflect a range of possible outcomes. While we have incorporated estimates of economic uncertainty into our ACL, the ultimate impact of specific challenges will have on the economy remains unknown.

Management develops additional analytics to support adjustments to our modeled results. Our Allowance for Credit Loss Development Methodology Committee reviewed model results of each economic scenario for appropriate usage, concluding that the quantitative transaction reserve will continue to utilize scenario weighting. Given the uncertainty associated with key economic scenario assumptions, the December 31, 2025 ACL included a general reserve that consists of various risk profile components, including profiles to capture uncertainty not addressed within the quantitative transaction reserve.

The most significant risk profiles the Company maintains at December 31, 2025 relate to business banking loans within the C&I portfolio and office loans within the CRE portfolio. The business banking risk profile addresses a modest upward trend in default rates resulting from the current interest rate environment and inflationary impacts on business banking customers. The office portfolio risk profile addresses concerns relating to the current interest rate environment, upcoming maturities, falling property values, and uncertainty about demand for office space.

2025 Form 10-K 73

Table of Contents

Our Allowance for Credit Loss Development Methodology Committee is responsible for developing the methodology, assumptions, and estimates used in the calculation, as well as determining the appropriateness of the ACL. The ALLL represents the estimate of lifetime expected losses in the loan and lease portfolio at the reported date. The loss modeling process uses an EAD concept to calculate total expected losses on both funded balances and unfunded lending commitments, where appropriate. Losses related to the unfunded lending commitments are then recorded as AULC within other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. A liability for expected credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures is recognized if Huntington has a contractual obligation to extend the credit and the obligation is not unconditionally cancelable.

The AULC is determined by applying the same quantitative reserve determination process to the unfunded portion of the loan exposures adjusted by an applicable funding expectation.

Our ACL evaluation process includes the on-going assessment of credit quality metrics, and a comparison of certain ACL benchmarks to current performance. For further information, including the ALLL and AULC activity by portfolio segment, refer to Note 6 - “Allowance for Credit Losses” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The table below reflects the allocation of our ACL among our various loan and lease categories as well as certain coverage metrics of the reported ALLL and ACL.

Table 16 - Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses
At December 31,
20252024
(dollar amounts in millions)Allocation of Allowance% of Total ALLL% of Total Loans and Leases (1)Allocation of Allowance% of Total ALLL% of Total Loans and Leases (1)
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$1,07042%46%$94742%43%
Commercial real estate5692210473219
Lease financing92446434
Total commercial1,73168601,4846656
Consumer
Residential mortgage205917205919
Automobile181711145611
Home equity1496714878
RV and marine1365415075
Other consumer1355111251
Total consumer80632407603444
Total ALLL2,5372,244
AULC206202
Total ACL$2,743$2,446
Total ALLL as % of:
Total loans and leases1.70%1.73%
Nonaccrual loans and leases272286
NPAs269273
Total ACL as % of:
Total loans and leases1.83%1.88%
Nonaccrual loans and leases295312
NPAs290297

(1)Percentages represent the percentage of each loan and lease category to total loans and leases.

At December 31, 2025, the ACL was $2.7 billion, or 1.83%, of total loans and leases, compared to $2.4 billion, or 1.88%, at December 31, 2024. The increase in the ACL was driven by loan and lease growth throughout 2025, in addition to an increase recorded for loans acquired in the Veritex transaction, partially offset by a reduction in the ACL coverage ratio. The reduction in the ACL coverage ratio at December 31, 2025, compared to December 31, 2024, was due in part to the addition of Veritex loans, which were initially recognized at fair value, and changes in various risk profiles intended to capture uncertainty not addressed within the quantitative reserve.

74 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

NCOs

A loan in any portfolio may be charged off prior to reaching the past due status described below if a loss confirming event has occurred. Loss confirming events include, but are not limited to, bankruptcy (unsecured), continued delinquency, foreclosure, or receipt of an asset valuation indicating a collateral deficiency where that asset is the sole source of repayment. Additionally, discharged or collateral dependent non-reaffirmed debt in Chapter 7 bankruptcy filings will result in a charge-off to estimated collateral value, less anticipated selling costs at the time of discharge.

Commercial loans and leases are either charged-off or written down to net realizable value by 90-days past due with the exception of administrative small ticket lease delinquencies. Automobile, RV and marine, and other consumer loans are generally fully charged-off at 120-days past due. First-lien and junior-lien home equity loans are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral, less anticipated selling costs, at 150-days past due and 120-days past due, respectively. Residential mortgages are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral, less anticipated selling costs, at 150-days past due. The remaining balance is in delinquent status until a modification can be completed, or the loan goes through the foreclosure process.

The following table reflects NCO detail.

Table 17 - Net Charge-off Analysis
Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)202520242023
Net charge-offs (recoveries) by loan and lease type:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$159$166$107
Commercial real estate(7)5257
Lease financing(1)(1)(6)
Total commercial151217158
Consumer:
Residential mortgage112
Automobile443521
Home equity1(1)(1)
RV and marine222212
Other consumer979881
Total consumer165155115
Total net charge-offs$316$372$273
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial0.26%0.32%0.22%
Commercial real estate(0.06)0.430.43
Lease financing(0.01)(0.03)(0.12)
Total commercial0.190.310.23
Consumer:
Residential mortgage0.010.010.01
Automobile0.290.260.16
Home equity0.01(0.01)(0.01)
RV and marine0.380.360.21
Other consumer4.986.326.03
Total consumer0.290.280.22
Net charge-offs as a % of average loans and leases0.23%0.30%0.23%

2025 Form 10-K 75

Table of Contents

NCOs were 0.23% of average loans and leases in 2025, down from 0.30% in 2024, largely due to net recoveries on commercial real estate loans. NCOs for commercial loans and leases were lower, with net charge-offs of 0.19% in 2025, compared to 0.31% in 2024, driven by lower commercial real estate NCOs. Consumer net charge-offs were modestly higher, with net charge-offs of 0.29% in 2025, compared to 0.28% in 2024, driven by an increase in the automobile loan portfolio.

Market Risk

Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and commodity prices, including the correlation among these factors and their volatility. When the value of an instrument is tied to such external factors, the holder faces market risk. We are exposed primarily to interest rate risk as a result of offering a wide array of financial products to our customers, and secondarily to price risk from trading securities, securities owned by our broker-dealer subsidiaries, foreign exchange positions, equity investments, and investments in securities backed by mortgage loans.

We measure market risk exposure via financial simulation models that provide management with insights on the potential impact to net interest income and other key metrics as a result of changes in market interest rates. Models are used to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of the balance sheet based on assumptions regarding the slope or shape of the yield curve, the direction and volatility of interest rates, and the changing composition and characteristics of the balance sheet resulting from strategic objectives and customer behavior. Our models incorporate market-based assumptions that include the impact of changing interest rates on prepayment rates of assets and runoff rates of deposits. The models also include our projections of the future volume and pricing of various business lines.

In measuring the financial risks associated with interest rate sensitivity in our balance sheet, we compare a set of alternative interest rate scenarios to the results of a base case scenario derived using market forward rates. The market forward rates reflect the general market consensus regarding the future level and slope of the yield curve across a range of tenor points. The standard set of interest rate scenarios includes two types: “shock” scenarios, which are immediate parallel rate shifts, and “ramp” scenarios, where the parallel shift is applied gradually over the first 12 months of the forecast on a pro-rata basis. In both shock and ramp scenarios with falling rates, we presume that market rates will not go below 0%. The scenarios include all executed interest rate risk hedging activities. Forward-starting hedges are included to the extent that they have been transacted and that they start within the measurement horizon.

A key driver of our interest rate risk profile is our assumption of interest-bearing deposit repricing sensitivity to changes in interest rates, otherwise known as deposit beta. In addition, our interest expense is impacted by the composition of both interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits in relation to our total deposits. Accordingly, we consider the impacts from both interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits on our total deposit beta. Following the start of the current falling rate cycle, which began in the third quarter of 2024, our cumulative total deposit beta (total cost of deposits) through the fourth quarter of 2025 was 35%.

Interest rate risk is measured across a range of scenarios and the results are reported to the ROC at least quarterly. A comprehensive discussion of risk management governance can be found in Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the “Risk Management” section of this Form 10-K.

We use two approaches to model interest rate risk: net interest income at risk (NII at Risk) and economic value of equity at risk modeling sensitivity analysis (EVE at Risk).

NII at Risk is used by management to measure the risk and impact to earnings over the next 12 months, using a wide range of interest rate scenarios, including instantaneous and gradual, as well as parallel and non-parallel, changes in interest rates. The NII at Risk results included in the table below present select gradual “ramp” -200, -100, +100, and +200 basis point parallel shift scenarios, implied by the forward yield curve over the next 12 months.

76 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Table 18 - Net Interest Income at Risk
At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024
Federal Funds RateFederal Funds Rate
Basis point change scenarioStarting PointMonth 12 (1)NII at Risk (%)Starting PointMonth 12 (1)NII at Risk (%)
+2003.755.252.54.506.002.0
+1003.754.250.94.505.000.8
Base3.753.254.504.00
-1003.752.25-0.64.503.00-0.5
-2003.751.25-1.94.502.00-1.3

(1)Represents the federal funds rate in month 12 given a gradual, parallel “ramp” relative to the base implied forward scenario.

The NII at Risk shows that the balance sheet is asset-sensitive at both December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. The primary drivers to the change in sensitivity during 2025 are current and projected balance sheet composition over the simulation horizon and market rates.

EVE at Risk is used by management to measure the impact of interest rate changes on the net present value of assets and liabilities, including derivative exposures, using a wide range of scenarios. The EVE results included in the table below present select immediate -200, -100, +100 and +200 basis point parallel “shock” scenarios from the yield curve term points at the specific point in time that EVE sensitivity is measured.

Table 19 - Economic Value of Equity at Risk
Economic Value of Equity at Risk (%)
Basis point change scenario-200-100+100+200
At December 31, 20250.31.7-3.5-8.3
At December 31, 20245.94.3-5.8-12.6

The change in sensitivity from December 31, 2024 was driven primarily by market rates and changes to actual balance sheet composition.

Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate Risk

An integral component of our interest rate risk management strategy is the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings caused by changes in market interest rates. A variety of derivative financial instruments, principally interest rate swaps, swaptions, floors, forward contracts, and forward-starting interest rate swaps, are used in asset and liability management activities to protect against the risk of adverse price or interest rate movements. These instruments provide flexibility in adjusting Huntington’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates without exposure to loss of principal and higher funding requirements.

Table 20 shows all swap and floor positions that are utilized for purposes of managing our exposures to the variability of interest rates. The interest rate variability may impact either the fair value of the assets and liabilities or the cash flows attributable to net interest margin. These positions are used to protect the fair value of assets and liabilities by converting the contractual interest rate on a specified amount of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index. The positions are also used to hedge the variability in cash flows attributable to the contractually specified interest rate by converting the variable-rate index into a fixed rate. The volume, maturity, and mix of derivative positions change frequently as we adjust our broader interest rate risk management objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For further information, including the notional amount and fair values of these derivatives, refer to Note 20 - “Derivative Financial Instruments” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2025 Form 10-K 77

Table of Contents

The following presents additional information about the interest rate swaps and floors used in Huntington’s asset and liability management activities.

Table 20 - Information on Asset Liability Management Instruments
Notional ValueWeighted-Average Maturity (years)Fair ValueWeighted-Average Fixed Rate
(dollar amounts in millions)
At December 31, 2025
Asset conversion swaps
Securities (1):
Pay Fixed - Receive SOFR$3,9873.92$1302.48%
Pay Fixed - Receive SOFR - forward-starting (2)1,16012.47443.36
Loans:
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR15,8002.05(2)3.18
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR - forward-starting (3)2,5004.21(3)3.30
Liability conversion swaps
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR10,5992.97(22)3.51
Purchased floor spreads (4)
Purchased Floor Spread - SOFR6,7501.06302.80 / 3.87
Purchased Floor Spread - SOFR forward-starting (3)3,2003.49$512.83 / 3.83
Basis swaps (5)
Pay SOFR - Receive Fed Fund (economic hedges)274.833.81
Pay Fed Fund - Receive SOFR (economic hedges)19.813.99
Total swap portfolio$44,024$228
At December 31, 2024
Asset conversion swaps
Securities (1):
Pay Fixed - Receive SOFR$10,0591.92$4071.38%
Pay Fixed - Receive SOFR - forward-starting (6)9287.46452.81
Loans:
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR10,0752.18(255)2.75
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR - forward-starting (7)7,2254.03(75)3.62
Liability conversion swaps
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR7,2723.24(197)3.30
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR - forward-starting (7)4,0754.60(56)3.64
Purchased floor spreads (4)
Purchased Floor Spread - SOFR6,0001.83242.79 / 3.87
Basis swaps (5)
Pay SOFR - Receive Fed Fund (economic hedges)1741.585.19
Pay Fed Fund - Receive SOFR (economic hedges)110.815.24
Total swap portfolio$45,809$(107)

(1)Amounts include interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of fixed-rate investment securities using the portfolio layer method.

(2)Forward starting swaps effective starting from February 2026 to October 2027.

(3)Forward starting swaps and forward-starting floor spreads effective starting from January 2026 to December 2026.

(4)The weighted average fixed rates for floor spreads are the weighted-average strike rates for the upper and lower bounds of the instruments.

(5)Basis swaps have variable pay and variable receive resets. Weighted-average fixed rate column represents pay rate reset.

(6)Forward starting swaps effective starting from April 2025 to October 2027.

(7)Forward starting swaps effective starting from January 2025 to June 2026.

Use of Derivatives to Manage Credit Risk

We may utilize credit derivatives as a tool to manage credit risk within the portfolio by purchasing credit protection over certain types of loan products. When we purchase credit protection, such as a CDS, we pay a fee to the seller, or CDS counterparty, in return for the right to receive a payment if a specified credit event occurs.

78 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

MSRs

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 7 - “Mortgage Loan Sales and Servicing Rights” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

At December 31, 2025, we had a total of $593 million of capitalized MSRs representing the right to service $34.4 billion in mortgage loans.

MSR fair values are sensitive to movements in interest rates as expected future net servicing income depends on the projected outstanding principal balances of the underlying loans, which can be reduced by prepayments and declines in credit quality. Prepayments usually increase when mortgage interest rates decline and decrease when mortgage interest rates rise. We also employ hedging strategies to reduce the risk of MSR fair value changes. However, volatile changes in interest rates can diminish the effectiveness of these economic hedges. We report changes in the MSR value net of hedge-related trading activity in the mortgage banking income category of noninterest income.

MSR assets are included in servicing rights and other intangible assets in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Price Risk

Price risk represents the risk of loss arising from adverse movements in the prices of financial instruments that are carried at fair value and are subject to fair value accounting. We have price risk from trading securities, securities owned by our broker-dealer subsidiaries, foreign exchange positions, derivative instruments, and equity investments. We have established loss limits on the trading portfolio, on the amount of foreign exchange exposure that can be maintained, and on the amount of marketable equity securities that can be held.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the possibility of us being unable to meet current and future financial obligations in a timely manner. The goal of liquidity management is to ensure adequate, stable, reliable, and cost-effective sources of funds to satisfy changes in loan and lease demand, unexpected levels of deposit withdrawals, investment opportunities, and other contractual obligations. We consider core earnings, strong capital ratios, and credit quality essential for maintaining high credit ratings, which allow us cost-effective access to market-based liquidity. We mitigate liquidity risk by maintaining a large, stable customer deposit base and a diversified base of readily available wholesale funding sources, including secured funding sources from the FHLB and FRB through pledged borrowing capacity, issuance through dealers in the capital markets, and access to deposits issued through brokers. We further mitigate liquidity risk by maintaining liquid assets in the form of cash and cash equivalents and securities.

The Board of Directors is responsible for establishing an acceptable level of liquidity risk at Huntington, including approval of the liquidity risk appetite at least annually. The liquidity risk appetite includes liquidity risk metrics that are designed and monitored to ensure Huntington maintains adequate liquidity to meet current and future funding needs, including during periods of potential stress. The Board receives and reviews information on at least a semi-annual basis to ensure Huntington is operating in accordance with its established risk tolerance. Further, the ALCO is appointed by the ROC to oversee liquidity risk management, including the establishment of liquidity risk policies and additional liquidity risk metrics and limits to support our overall liquidity risk appetite. Liquidity risk appetite metrics monitored by senior management and reported to the Board at least semi-annually, and to ROC on a more frequent basis, include loans as a percentage of customer deposits, a structural funding ratio, internal liquidity stress test coverage ratios, an investment portfolio market value to book value ratio, and a holding company cash coverage ratio. Additional key liquidity risk metrics monitored by senior management and reported to ALCO monthly include unsecured wholesale funding as a percentage of liquid assets, wholesale funding as a percentage of tangible assets, and varying types of internally defined liquidity coverage ratios, including minimum reserve balances at the FRB and U.S. Treasury holdings relative to internal liquidity stress outflows. Our liquidity risk metric monitoring thresholds are evaluated at a minimum annually, and more frequently if conditions warrant.

2025 Form 10-K 79

Table of Contents

Liquidity risk is managed centrally by Corporate Treasury with independent oversight of liquidity risk performed by Corporate Risk Management. Our liquidity position is evaluated daily, weekly, and monthly by analyzing the composition of all funding sources, reviewing projected liquidity commitments by future months, and identifying sources and uses of funds. The overall management of our liquidity position is also integrated into consumer and commercial pricing policies to ensure a stable deposit base. Liquidity risk is reviewed and managed continuously for the Bank and the parent company, as well as its subsidiaries. In addition, liquidity working groups meet regularly to identify and monitor liquidity positions, provide policy guidance, review funding strategies, and oversee the adherence to, and maintenance of, contingency funding plans. At December 31, 2025, management believes current sources of liquidity are sufficient to meet Huntington’s on- and off-balance sheet obligations.

We maintain a contingency funding plan that provides for liquidity stress testing, which assesses the potential erosion of funds in the event of an institution-specific event or systemic financial market crisis. Examples of institution specific events could include a downgrade in our public credit rating by a rating agency, a large charge to earnings, declines in profitability or other financial measures, declines in liquidity sources including reductions in deposit balances or access to contingent funding sources, or a significant merger or acquisition. Examples of systemic events unrelated to us that could have an effect on our access to liquidity would be terrorism or war, natural disasters, political events, failure of a major financial institution, or the default or bankruptcy of a major corporation, mutual fund, or hedge fund. Similarly, market speculation or rumors about us, or the banking industry in general, may adversely affect the cost and availability of normal funding sources. The contingency funding plan, which is reviewed and approved by the ROC at least annually, outlines the process for addressing a liquidity crisis and provides for an evaluation of funding sources under various market conditions. It also assigns specific roles and responsibilities and communication protocols for effectively managing liquidity through a problem period and outlines early warning indicators that are used to monitor emerging liquidity stress events.

Deposits

Our largest source of liquidity on a consolidated basis is customer deposits, which provide stable and lower-cost funding. Our customer deposits come from a base of primary bank customer relationships, and we continue to focus on acquiring and deepening those relationships, resulting in a diversified deposit base. Total deposits were $176.6 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to $162.4 billion at December 31, 2024. The $14.2 billion, or 9%, increase in total deposits during 2025, inclusive of $10.5 billion of deposits acquired in the Veritex acquisition, was primarily driven by increases in interest-bearing demand and money market deposits. Certain higher cost Veritex deposits were allowed to run-off following the acquisition. Total deposits included $5.9 billion of brokered deposits primarily consisting of brokered money market and time deposit balances at December 31, 2025, compared to $7.0 billion at December 31, 2024. The level of brokered deposits was below our established liquidity risk metric limits at December 31, 2025.

80 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Insured deposits comprised approximately 70% of our total deposits at December 31, 2025, compared to 69% at December 31, 2024. The composition of our deposits is presented in the table below.

Table 21 - Deposit Composition
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20252024
By Type:
Demand deposits—noninterest-bearing$32,20518%$29,34518%
Demand deposits—interest-bearing48,5102743,37827
Money market deposits65,1233760,73037
Savings deposits15,426914,7239
Time deposits15,346914,2729
Total deposits$176,610100%$162,448100%
Total deposits (insured/uninsured):
Insured deposits$123,74470%$112,39469%
Uninsured deposits (1)52,8663050,05431
Total deposits$176,610100%$162,448100%

(1)Represents consolidated Huntington uninsured deposits, determined by adjusting the amounts reported in the Bank Call Report (FFIEC 031) by inter-company deposits, which are not customer deposits and are therefore eliminated through consolidation. As of December 31, 2025, the Bank Call Report uninsured deposit balance was $56.9 billion, which includes $4.1 billion of inter-company deposits. As of December 31, 2024, the Bank Call Report uninsured deposit balance was $54.6 billion, which includes $4.5 billion of inter-company deposits.

The majority of our time deposits have a contractual maturity of less than one year. The following table presents the contractual maturities of time deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance limit.

Table 22 - Maturity of Deposits in Excess of Insurance Limit
At December 31, 2025
(dollar amounts in millions)3 months or less3 months to 6 months6 months to 12 months12 months or moreTotal
Portion of U.S. time deposits in excess of insurance limit$911$906$204$71$2,092

2025 Form 10-K 81

Table of Contents

Wholesale Funding

Sources of wholesale funding include non-customer brokered deposits, short-term borrowings, and long-term debt. Our wholesale funding totaled $24.4 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to $23.6 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase from the prior year end was primarily due to a $1.1 billion increase in short-term borrowings, driven by an increase in short-term FHLB borrowings, and a $847 million increase in long-term debt, partially offset by a decrease of $1.1 billion in brokered deposits. The increase in long-term debt was driven by the issuance of $1.5 billion of senior bank notes and $830 million of CLN transactions completed during 2025, partially offset by maturities and repayments. The following table presents additional information on our short-term borrowings. For further information on our long-term debt, refer to Note 11 - “Borrowings” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

20252024
(dollar amounts in millions)AmountWeighted-average rateAmountWeighted-average rate
At December 31:
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$221.74%$1422.54%
FHLB advances1,0003.97
Other borrowings2395.39572.25
Average for the years ended December 31:
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$3102.70%$4463.94%
FHLB advances1844.21795.32
Other borrowings7214.706227.54
Maximum month-end balance for the years ended December 31:
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$157$763
FHLB advances1,0001,000
Other borrowings1,0051,685

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Securities

Cash and cash equivalents were $13.5 billion and $12.8 billion at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The $648 million increase in cash and cash equivalents during 2025 was primarily due to an increase in interest-earning deposits at the FRB to support short-term liquidity.

Our investment securities portfolio is evaluated under established ALCO objectives. Changing market conditions could affect the profitability of the portfolio, as well as the level of interest rate risk exposure.

Total investment securities were $41.5 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to $43.7 billion at December 31, 2024. The $2.2 billion decrease in securities compared to December 31, 2024, was largely driven by maturing investment securities not being reinvested, partially offset by an improvement in unrealized losses on AFS securities. At December 31, 2025, the duration of the investment securities portfolio, net of hedging, was 4.2 years. Securities are pledged to secure borrowing capacity with the FHLB and the Federal Reserve, discussed further in the Bank Liquidity and Sources of Funding section below. At December 31, 2025, investment securities with a market value of $11.7 billion were unpledged.

82 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The weighted average yield by maturity of the investment securities portfolio is presented in the following table.

Table 23 - Investment Securities Weighted Average Yield by Maturity
At December 31, 2025
1 year or lessAfter 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 years through 10 yearsAfter 10 yearsTotal
(dollar amounts in millions)Yield (1)Yield (1)Yield (1)Yield (1)Yield (1)
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. Treasury4.00%4.01%%%4.01%
Federal agencies:
Residential MBS1.431.592.232.21
Residential CMO2.523.953.95
Commercial MBS2.552.092.912.79
Other agencies2.531.717.536.374.43
Total U.S. Treasury, federal agency, and other agency securities3.993.961.942.843.04
Municipal securities6.355.184.605.005.13
Corporate debt2.432.672.51
Asset-backed securities3.921.672.492.66
Private-label CMO0.872.182.872.56
Other securities/sovereign debt5.095.305.23
Total available-for-sale securities4.92%4.25%3.53%2.95%3.34%
Held-to-maturity securities:
U.S. Treasury4.09%3.96%%%3.99%
Federal agencies:
Residential MBS1.562.532.52
Residential CMO2.702.532.53
Commercial MBS2.773.832.382.39
Other agencies2.432.702.542.53
Total U.S. Treasury, federal agency, and other agency securities4.073.942.042.522.74
Municipal securities2.632.63
Total held-to-maturity securities4.07%3.94%2.04%2.52%2.74%

(1)Weighted average yields were calculated using amortized cost on a fully-taxable equivalent basis, assuming a 21% tax rate where applicable.

Bank Liquidity and Sources of Funding

Our primary sources of funding for the Bank are customer deposits. At December 31, 2025, customer deposits funded 76% of total assets (114% of total loans). To the extent we are unable to obtain sufficient liquidity through customer deposits, cash and cash equivalents, and investment securities, we may meet our liquidity needs through wholesale funding and asset securitization or sale. Additionally, the Bank may also access funding through intercompany notes or parent company deposits placed at the Bank.

The Bank maintains borrowing capacity at both the FHLB and FRB secured by pledged loans and securities. While the Bank does not consider borrowing capacity at the FRB a primary source of funding, it could be used as a potential source of liquidity in a stressed environment or during a market disruption. The amount of available contingent borrowing capacity may fluctuate based on the level of borrowings outstanding and level of assets pledged.

2025 Form 10-K 83

Table of Contents

A summary of the Bank’s selected contingent liquidity sources is presented in the following table.

Table 24 - Selected Contingent Liquidity Sources
(dollar amounts in millions)At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024
Unused secured borrowing capacity:
FRB$71,296$70,020
FHLB16,21215,524
Unpledged investment securities (at market value)11,7435,786
Interest-earning deposits held at FRB11,71211,162
Selected contingent liquidity sources$110,963$102,492

As of December 31, 2025, we believe the Bank has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet its cash flow obligations over the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future.

Parent Company Liquidity

The parent company’s primary financial obligations consist of dividends to shareholders, debt service, income taxes, operating expenses, funding of nonbank subsidiaries, repurchases of our stock, and acquisitions. The parent company obtains funding to meet obligations from dividends and interest received from the Bank, interest and dividends received from direct subsidiaries, net taxes collected from subsidiaries included in the federal consolidated tax return, fees for services provided to subsidiaries, and the issuance of debt instruments.

The parent company had cash and cash equivalents of $3.6 billion and $4.1 billion at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, which was held in deposit at the Bank. See Note 24 - “Parent-Only Financial Statements” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on parent company cash flows.

On January 21, 2026, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly common stock cash dividend of $0.155 per common share. The dividend is payable on April 1, 2026, to shareholders of record on March 18, 2026. Additionally, on January 21, 2026, our Board of Directors declared quarterly Series B, F, G, H, J, and K preferred stock dividends payable on April 15, 2026 to shareholders of record on April 1, 2026, and on December 8, 2025, declared a quarterly dividend for the Series I Preferred Stock payable on March 2, 2026 to shareholders of record on February 15, 2026. Further, a quarterly dividend for the Series L Preferred Stock, newly created in conjunction with the Cadence acquisition on February 1, 2026, is payable on February 20, 2026 to shareholders of record of the former Cadence Series A Preferred Stock on January 30, 2026. Current quarterly dividend declarations are expected to total approximately $284 million.

During 2025, the Bank paid common and preferred dividends to the parent company of $750 million and $45 million, respectively. To meet any additional liquidity needs, the parent company may issue debt or equity securities. To support the parent company’s ability to issue debt or equity securities, we have filed with the SEC an automatic shelf registration statement covering an indeterminate amount or number of securities to be offered or sold from time to time as authorized by Huntington’s Board of Directors.

As of December 31, 2025, we believe the Company has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet its cash flow obligations over the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future.

Credit Ratings

Credit ratings represent evaluations by rating agencies based on a number of factors, including financial strength and the ability to generate earnings, as well as factors not entirely within our control, including conditions affecting the financial services industry, the economy, and changes in rating methodologies. Credit ratings are subject to change at any time. Our credit ratings impact our availability and cost of financing, as well as collateral requirements for certain derivative instruments and deposit products. A downgrade to our credit ratings could adversely affect our access to capital, increase our cost of funds, or trigger additional collateral or funding requirements.

84 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The following table presents our credit rating and rating agency outlooks.

Table 25 - Credit Ratings and Outlook
At December 31, 2025
Moody’sStandard & Poor’sFitchDBRS Morningstar
Huntington Bancshares Incorporated
Senior unsecured notesBaa1BBB+A-A
Subordinated notesBaa1BBBBBB+A (low)
Commercial paperNRNRF1R-1 (low)
Ratings outlookNegativeStableStablePositive
The Huntington National Bank
Senior unsecured notesA3A-A-A (high)
Long-term depositsA1NR (1)AA (high)
Short-term depositsP-1NR (1)F1R-1 (middle)
Ratings outlookNegativeStableStablePositive

NR - Not Rated

(1) Standard & Poor’s does not provide a depositor rating. The Bank’s issuer credit rating is A-.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

In the normal course of business, we enter into various contractual obligations and commitments that could impact our liquidity and capital resources. These arrangements include commitments to extend credit, interest rate swaps, floors, financial guarantees contained in standby letters-of-credit issued by the Bank, commitments by the Bank to sell mortgage loans, operating lease payments, and other purchase and marketing obligations.

COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT

Commitments to extend credit generally have fixed expiration dates, are variable-rate, and contain clauses that permit Huntington to terminate or otherwise renegotiate the contracts in the event of a significant deterioration in the customer’s credit quality. These arrangements normally require the payment of a fee by the customer, the pricing of which is based on prevailing market conditions, credit quality, probability of funding, and other relevant factors. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash requirements. The interest rate risk arising from these financial instruments is insignificant as a result of their predominantly short-term, variable-rate nature. See Note 22 - “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

STANDBY LETTERS-OF-CREDIT

Standby letters-of-credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. These guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing, and similar transactions. Most of these arrangements mature within two years and are expected to expire without being drawn upon. Standby letters-of-credit are included in the determination of the amount of risk-based capital that the parent company and the Bank are required to hold. Through our credit process, we monitor the credit risks of outstanding standby letters-of-credit. When it is probable that a standby letter-of-credit will be drawn and not repaid in full, a loss is recognized in the provision for credit losses. See Note 22 - “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

COMMITMENTS TO SELL LOANS

Activity related to our mortgage origination activity supports the hedging of the mortgage pricing commitments to customers and the secondary sale to third parties. In addition, we have commitments to sell residential real estate loans. These contracts mature in less than one year. See Note 22 - “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

2025 Form 10-K 85

Table of Contents

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

We enter into various contractual obligations in the normal course of business, certain of which require future payments that could impact our liquidity and capital resources. These obligations include purchase commitments, which represent substantial agreements to purchase goods or receive services, such as data management, media, and other software and third-party services that are enforceable and legally binding. Purchase commitments totaled $710 million as of December 31, 2025 and $716 million as of December 31, 2024. These obligations additionally include deposits, borrowings, operating lease obligations, commitments to extend credit, commitments to fund certain equity investments, and obligations to fund pension and post-retirement benefit plans. See Note 11 - “Borrowings”, Note 10 - “Operating Leases”, Note 22 - “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities”, Note 21 - “Variable Interest Entities”, and Note 17 - “Benefit Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss due to human error, third-party performance failures, or inadequate or failed internal systems and controls, including the use of financial or other quantitative methodologies that may not adequately predict future results; violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices, or ethical standards; and external influences such as market conditions, fraudulent activities, disasters, failed business contingency plans, and security risks. We continuously strive to test and strengthen our system of internal controls to ensure compliance with significant contracts, agreements, laws, rules, and regulations, to reduce our exposure to fraud, and to improve the oversight of our operational risk.

To govern operational risks, we have an Operational Risk Committee, a Legal, Regulatory, and Compliance Committee, a Funds Movement Committee, a Fraud Risk Committee, an Information and Technology Risk Committee, an Artificial Intelligence Risk Committee, and a Third Party Risk Management Committee. The responsibilities of these committees, among other duties, include establishing and maintaining management information systems to monitor material risks and to identify potential concerns, risks, or trends that may have a significant impact and ensuring that recommendations are developed to address the identified issues. In addition, we have a Model Risk Oversight Committee that is responsible for policies and procedures describing how model risk is evaluated and managed and the application of the governance process to implement these practices throughout the enterprise. These committees report any significant findings and remediation recommendations to the Risk Management Committee. Potential concerns may be escalated to our ROC and our Audit Committee, as appropriate.

The goal of this framework is to implement effective operational risk monitoring; minimize operational, fraud, and legal losses; minimize the impact of inadequately designed models; and enhance our overall performance.

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000049196-25-000020.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-02-14. Report date: 2024-12-31.

Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

INTRODUCTION

This MD&A provides information we believe necessary for understanding our financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. The MD&A should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, and other information contained in this report. The forward-looking statements in this section and other parts of this report involve assumptions, risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including statements regarding our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, and financial performance. Our actual results could differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of factors set forth under the caption “Forward-Looking Statements” and those set forth in Item 1A.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Acquisitions and Divestitures

In March 2023, Huntington completed the sale of the RPS business and entered into an ongoing partnership with the purchaser. The sale of our RPS business resulted in a $57 million gain recorded within other noninterest income.

In June 2022, Huntington completed the acquisition of Capstone Partners, a top tier middle market investment bank and advisory firm. The transaction brought a national scale to serve middle market business owners throughout the corporate lifecycle, building on Huntington’s regional banking foundation. Capstone Partners related revenue, including mergers and acquisitions, capital raising, and other advisory-related fees, is recognized within capital markets and advisory fees in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

In May 2022, Huntington completed the acquisition of Digital Payments Torana, Inc., now known as Huntington ChoicePay, a digital payments business focused on business to consumer payments. This acquisition, along with the formation of our enterprise-wide payments group, reflects one of our strategic priorities to accelerate our payments capabilities and expand the services provided to our customers.

Reporting Update

During the fourth quarter of 2024, Huntington updated the presentation of our reported deposit categories to align more closely with how we strategically manage our business. As a result, we now report our deposit composition in the following categories: (1) demand deposits - noninterest bearing, (2) demand deposits - interest bearing, (3) money market, (4) savings, and (5) time deposits. Prior period results have been adjusted to conform to the current presentation.

46 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

2024 Financial Performance Review

Selected Financial Data

Table 1 - Selected Year to Date Income Statement Data
Year Ended December 31,
Change from 2023Change from 2022
(amounts in millions, except per share data)2024AmountPercent2023AmountPercent2022
Interest income$9,921$1,00511%$8,916$2,94749%$5,969
Interest expense4,5761,099323,4772,781400696
Net interest income5,345(94)(2)5,43916635,273
Provision for credit losses42018440211339289
Net interest income after provision for credit losses4,925(112)(2)5,0375314,984
Noninterest income2,04011961,921(60)(3)1,981
Noninterest expense4,562(12)4,57437394,201
Income before income taxes2,4031912,384(380)(14)2,764
Provision for income taxes443307413(102)(20)515
Income after income taxes1,960(11)(1)1,971(278)(12)2,249
Income attributable to non-controlling interest202098211
Net income attributable to Huntington1,940(11)(1)1,951(287)(13)2,238
Dividends on preferred shares134(8)(6)1422926113
Impact of preferred stock redemptions and repurchases513NM(8)(8)NM
Net income applicable to common shares$1,801$(16)(1)%$1,817$(308)(14)%$2,125
Average common shares—basic1,4515%1,4465%1,441
Average common shares—diluted1,476811,46831,465
Net income per common share—basic$1.24$(0.02)(2)$1.26$(0.21)(14)$1.47
Net income per common share—diluted1.22(0.02)(2)1.24(0.21)(14)1.45
Cash dividends declared0.620.620.62
Return on average total assets0.99%1.04%1.25%
Return on average common shareholders’ equity10.411.213.2
Return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity (1)15.717.620.7
Net interest margin (2)3.003.193.25
Efficiency ratio (3)60.561.056.9
Revenue and Net Interest Income—FTE (Non-GAAP)
Net interest income$5,345$(94)(2)%$5,439$1663%$5,273
FTE adjustment (2)53112642113531
Net interest income, FTE (non-GAAP)(2)5,398(83)(2)5,48117735,304
Noninterest income2,04011961,921(60)(3)1,981
Total revenue, FTE (non-GAAP)(2)$7,438$36%$7,402$1172%$7,285

(1)    Net income applicable to common shares excluding expense for amortization of intangibles for the period divided by average tangible common shareholders’ equity. Average tangible common shareholders’ equity equals average total common shareholders’ equity less average intangible assets and goodwill. Expense for amortization of intangibles and average assets are net of deferred tax liability and calculated assuming a 21% tax rate.

(2)    On an FTE basis assuming a 21% tax rate.

(3)    Noninterest expense less amortization of intangibles divided by the sum of FTE net interest income and noninterest income excluding securities gains.

2024 Form 10-K 47

Table of Contents

Summary of Results

In 2024, we reported net income of $1.9 billion, or $1.22 per diluted common share, compared with net income in 2023 of $2.0 billion, or $1.24 per diluted common share. The current year reported net income was negatively impacted by additional expense attributable to the FDIC DIF special assessment totaling $28 million, or $23 million after tax ($0.02 per common share), and $20 million, or $16 million after tax ($0.01 per common share), of expense from staffing efficiencies and corporate real estate consolidation expense. The prior year’s reported net income was negatively impacted by the initial recognition of the FDIC DIF special assessment totaling $214 million, or $169 million after tax ($0.11 per common share), and $69 million, or $55 million after tax ($0.04 per common share), of expense from staffing efficiencies and corporate real estate consolidation expense.

Net interest income was $5.3 billion in 2024, a decrease of $94 million, or 2%, from 2023. FTE net interest income, a non-GAAP financial measure, decreased $83 million, or 2%, from 2023. The decrease in FTE net interest income reflected a 19 basis point decrease in the FTE NIM to 3.00% and a $12.2 billion, or 9%, increase in average interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by a $8.2 billion, or 5%, increase in average earning assets. The NIM compression was primarily due to the higher rate environment driving a higher cost of funds, partially offset by an increase in loans and leases and investment security yields.

The provision for credit losses increased $18 million, or 4%, to $420 million for 2024. The ACL was $2.4 billion, or 1.88% of total loans and leases, at December 31, 2024, compared to $2.4 billion, or 1.97% of total loans and leases, at December 31, 2023. The modest increase in the total ACL was driven by a combination of loan and lease growth and increased net charge off activity in 2024, mostly offset by a decrease in the overall coverage ratios in 2024 that is reflective of the current macroeconomic environment.

Noninterest income of $2.0 billion, increased $119 million, or 6%, from the prior year, primarily due to increases in capital markets and advisory fees, wealth and asset management revenue, payments and cash management revenue, customer deposit and loan fees, and mortgage banking income, and $24 million of unfavorable mark-to-market on the pay-fixed swaptions program recognized in 2023, partially offset by a decrease in leasing revenue and a $57 million gain on the sale of our RPS business recognized in 2023. Noninterest expense of $4.6 billion, decreased $12 million from the prior year primarily due to a reduction in the FDIC DIF special assessment of $186 million and lower staffing efficiencies and corporate real estate consolidation expense, partially offset by current year increases in personnel expense and outside data processing and other services.

Consolidated Balance Sheet and Capital Ratios

Total assets at December 31, 2024 were $204.2 billion, an increase of $14.9 billion, or 8%, compared to December 31, 2023. The increase in total assets was primarily driven by increases in loans and leases of $8.1 billion, or 7%, interest-earning deposits with banks of $2.9 billion, or 33%, and total securities of $2.6 billion, or 6%. Total liabilities at December 31, 2024 were $184.4 billion, an increase of $14.5 billion, or 9%, compared to December 31, 2023. The increase in total liabilities was primarily driven by increases in total deposits of $11.2 billion, or 7%, and long-term debt of $4.0 billion, or 32%.

The tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 6.1% at both December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, with an increase in tangible common equity offset by an increase in tangible assets. The CET1 risk-based capital ratio was 10.5% at December 31, 2024, up from 10.2% at December 31, 2023. The increase in CET1 was primarily due to current period earnings, net of dividends, partially offset by an increase in risk-weighted assets and a reduction in the CECL transitional amount. The increase in risk-weighted assets was driven by loan growth, partially offset by the capital benefit of two CLN transactions completed during 2024.

48 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Business Overview

General

Our general business objectives are to:

•Deliver our Culture, Purpose, and Vision through a Differentiated Operating Model;

•Build on our vision to be the leading People-First, Customer-Centered bank in the country;

•Deliver top quartile performance through sustainable long-term profitable growth;

•Differentiate our culture, brand, and customer experience through expanded product offerings to drive digital acquisition, deepening, and retention, and leveraging partnerships and technology to grow customers and market share;

•Leverage our regional banking model and national franchise to drive scale, growth and expansion;

•Anticipate evolving customer needs to drive profitable growth;

•Maintain positive operating leverage and execute disciplined capital management; and

•Provide stability and resilience through disciplined risk management, while maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low risk appetite.

Our 2024 results reflect strong organic growth, across both loans and deposits, supported by the combination of existing and new businesses. Driven by our strong liquidity, capital, and credit, we invested in building existing business relationships, while expanding capabilities and expertise through both geographic expansion and the addition of new commercial verticals. Credit continues to perform well, consistent with our aggregate moderate-to-low risk appetite. We remain focused on delivering profitable growth and driving value for our shareholders, and believe Huntington is positioned to perform well through the dynamic environment.

Economy

The rate cutting cycle began in 2024, with a September 50 basis point cut and two fourth quarter 25 basis point cuts, bringing the cumulative amount of rate cuts to 100 basis points since the September FOMC meeting. Inflation is still not within the Federal Reserve’s 2% target and has recently stopped trending lower. Employment data has stabilized after showing notable deterioration in early and mid-2024. The unemployment rate started the year at 3.8% and ended at 4.1%, holding relatively flat throughout the second half of 2024. Taking these factors into consideration, recent commentary from Federal Reserve members has been more neutral and suggesting it may be appropriate for the Federal Reserve to hold interest rates at current levels, with limited rate cuts expected in 2025.

Recent economic data has been mixed. The services sector continues to expand and prices paid for services remains high, which has been the main driver to overall inflation remaining elevated. Retail sales have held up well, while manufacturing remains weak and is generally still slowly contracting. Expectations are for the economy to hold up well for the first half of 2025, with more risks of a potential slowdown in the back half of the year.

Legislative and Regulatory

A comprehensive discussion of legislative and regulatory matters affecting us can be found in Item 1: Business - “Regulatory Matters” section of this Form 10-K.

2024 Form 10-K 49

Table of Contents

DISCUSSION OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section provides a review of financial performance on a consolidated basis. Key consolidated balance sheet and income statement trends are discussed. All earnings per share data are reported on a diluted basis. For additional insight on financial performance, please read this section in conjunction with the “Business Segment Discussion.”

For a discussion of our results of operations for 2023 versus 2022, see “Part II, Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” Discussion of Results of Operations included in our 2023 Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 16, 2024.

Average Balance Sheet / Net Interest Income

Our primary source of revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between interest income from earning assets (primarily loans and leases and securities), and interest expense from funding sources (primarily interest-bearing deposits and borrowings). Earning asset balances and related funding sources, as well as changes in the levels of interest rates, impact net interest income. The difference between the average yield on earning assets and the average rate paid for interest-bearing liabilities is the net interest spread. Noninterest-bearing sources of funds, such as demand deposits and shareholders’ equity, also support earning assets. The impact of the noninterest-bearing sources of funds, often referred to as “free” funds, is captured in the net interest margin, which is calculated as net interest income divided by average earning assets. Both the net interest margin and net interest spread are presented on an FTE basis, which means that tax-free interest income has been adjusted to a pretax equivalent income, assuming a 21% tax rate. Information related to major components of our net interest income (FTE) and related yields are presented on the following table.

50 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Table 2 - Consolidated Average Balance Sheet and Net Interest Margin Analysis
Year Ended December 31,
20242023
AverageInterest Income/ExpenseYield/AverageInterest Income/ ExpenseYield/Change in Average Balances
(dollar amounts in millions)Balances(FTE) (1)Rate (2)Balances(FTE) (1)Rate (2)AmountPercent
Assets:
Interest-earning deposits with banks$11,113$5985.38%$9,309$4925.30%$1,80419%
Securities:
Trading account securities265135.047745.14188244
Available-for-sale securities:
Taxable24,2321,2515.1620,5391,0164.953,69318
Tax-exempt2,7791415.082,7201324.84592
Total available-for-sale securities27,0111,3925.1523,2591,1484.933,75216
Held-to-maturity securities—taxable15,4783852.4916,5074012.43(1,029)(6)
Other securities789425.33933535.70(144)(15)
Total securities43,5431,8324.2140,7761,6063.942,7677
Loans held for sale597406.63554356.34438
Loans and leases: (3)
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial52,4263,3216.3349,6402,9916.032,7866
Commercial real estate11,9359077.6013,1409727.40(1,205)(9)
Lease financing5,1903366.475,1282895.63621
Total commercial69,5514,5646.5667,9084,2526.261,6432
Consumer:
Residential mortgage23,9569433.9422,9908253.599664
Automobile13,3727265.4312,8815614.364914
Home equity10,0887807.7310,1567607.48(68)(1)
RV and marine5,9793105.195,6502714.793296
Other consumer1,55718111.611,36215611.5319514
Total consumer54,9522,9405.3553,0392,5734.851,9134
Total loans and leases124,5037,5046.03120,9476,8255.643,5563
Total earning assets179,7569,9745.55171,5868,9585.228,1705
Cash and due from banks1,3971,576(179)(11)
Goodwill and other intangible assets5,6805,731(51)(1)
All other assets9,4278,6637649
Total assets$196,260$187,556$8,7045%
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand deposits—interest-bearing$40,401$8582.12%$39,901$7031.76%$5001%
Money market deposits54,7021,9943.6444,9581,3653.049,74422
Savings deposits15,141150.1017,50230.02(2,361)(13)
Time deposits15,3437054.6011,0424263.864,30139
Total interest-bearing deposits125,5873,5722.84113,4032,4972.2012,18411
Short-term borrowings1,147695.993,0811795.81(1,934)(63)
Long-term debt15,2249356.1413,3248016.011,90014
Total interest-bearing liabilities141,9584,5763.22129,8083,4772.6812,1509
Demand deposits—noninterest-bearing29,47933,985(4,506)(13)
All other liabilities5,1235,080431
Total liabilities176,560168,8737,6875
Total Huntington shareholders’ equity19,65118,6341,0175
Non-controlling interest4949
Total equity19,70018,6831,0175
Total liabilities and equity$196,260$187,556$8,7045%
Net interest rate spread2.332.54
Impact of noninterest-bearing funds on NIM0.670.65
NII/NIM (FTE)$5,3983.00%$5,4813.19%

(1)FTE yields are calculated assuming a 21% tax rate.

(2)Yield/rates include the impact of applicable derivatives. Loan and lease and deposit average yield/rates also include impact of applicable non-deferrable and amortized fees.

(3)For purposes of this analysis, NALs are reflected in the average balances of loans and leases.

2024 Form 10-K 51

Table of Contents

Table 2 - Consolidated Average Balance Sheet and Net Interest Margin Analysis (Continued)
Year Ended December 31,
20232022
AverageInterest Income/ ExpenseYield/AverageInterest Income/ ExpenseYield/Change in Average Balances
(dollar amounts in millions)Balances(FTE) (1)Rate (2)Balances(FTE) (1)Rate (2)AmountPercent
Assets:
Interest-earning deposits with banks$9,309$4925.30%$4,852$831.70%$4,45792%
Securities:
Trading account securities7745.143214.1445141
Available-for-sale securities:
Taxable20,5391,0164.9521,9945762.62(1,455)(7)
Tax-exempt2,7201324.842,842943.32(122)(4)
Total available-for-sale securities23,2591,1484.9324,8366702.70(1,577)(6)
Held-to-maturity securities—taxable16,5074012.4316,5093512.13(2)
Other securities933535.70845273.168810
Total securities40,7761,6063.9442,2221,0492.48(1,446)(3)
Loans held for sale554356.34973414.24(419)(43)
Loans and leases: (3)
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial49,6402,9916.0345,3621,9564.314,2789
Commercial real estate13,1409727.4013,5246024.45(384)(3)
Lease financing5,1282895.634,9742515.041543
Total commercial67,9084,2526.2663,8602,8094.404,0486
Consumer:
Residential mortgage22,9908253.5920,9076613.162,08310
Automobile12,8815614.3613,4544723.51(573)(4)
Home equity10,1567607.4810,4095325.11(253)(2)
RV and marine5,6502714.795,3222274.263286
Other consumer1,36215611.531,3141269.51484
Total consumer53,0392,5734.8551,4062,0183.921,6333
Total loans and leases120,9476,8255.64115,2664,8274.195,6815
Total earning assets171,5868,9585.22163,3136,0003.678,2735
Cash and due from banks1,5761,666(90)(5)
Goodwill and other intangible assets5,7315,688431
All other assets8,6638,1015627
Total assets$187,556$178,768$8,7885%
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand deposits—interest-bearing$39,901$7031.76%$41,779$1580.38%$(1,878)(4)%
Money market deposits44,9581,3653.0437,5551870.507,40320
Savings deposits17,50230.0220,61930.01(3,117)(15)
Time deposits11,0424263.863,385150.457,657226
Total interest-bearing deposits113,4032,4972.20103,3383630.3510,06510
Short-term borrowings3,0811795.812,485461.8659624
Long-term debt13,3248016.018,7242873.294,60053
Total interest-bearing liabilities129,8083,4772.68114,5476960.6115,26113
Demand deposits—noninterest-bearing33,98541,574(7,589)(18)
All other liabilities5,0804,35372717
Total liabilities168,873160,4748,3995
Total Huntington shareholders’ equity18,63418,2633712
Non-controlling interest49311858
Total equity18,68318,2943892
Total liabilities and equity$187,556$178,768$8,7885%
Net interest rate spread2.543.06
Impact of noninterest-bearing funds on NIM0.650.19
NII/NIM (FTE)$5,4813.19%$5,3043.25%

(1)FTE yields are calculated assuming a 21% tax rate.

(2)Yield/rates include the impact of applicable derivatives. Loan and lease and deposit average yield/rates also include impact of applicable non-deferrable and amortized fees.

(3)For purposes of this analysis, NALs are reflected in the average balances of loans and leases.

52 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The following table shows changes in fully-taxable equivalent interest income, interest expense, and net interest income due to volume and rate variances for major categories of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

Table 3 - Change in Net Interest Income Due to Changes in Average Volume and Interest Rates (1)
20242023
(dollar amounts in millions)Increase (Decrease) From Previous Year Due ToIncrease (Decrease) From Previous Year Due To
FTE basis (2)VolumeYield/RateTotalVolumeYield/RateTotal
Loans and leases$205$474$679$248$1,750$1,998
Investment securities105112217(38)595557
Other earning assets11010120129274403
Total interest income from earning assets4205961,0163392,6192,958
Deposits2897861,075392,0952,134
Short-term borrowings(116)6(110)13120133
Long-term debt11618134200314514
Total interest expense of interest-bearing liabilities2898101,0992522,5292,781
Net interest income$131$(214)$(83)$87$90$177

(1)The change in interest income or expense due to both rate and volume has been allocated between the factors in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

(2)Calculated assuming a 21% tax rate.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income for 2024 was $5.3 billion, a decrease of $94 million, or 2%, from 2023. FTE net interest income, a non-GAAP financial measure, decreased $83 million, or 2%, from 2023. The decrease in FTE net interest income reflected a 19 basis point decrease in the FTE NIM to 3.00% and a $12.2 billion, or 9%, increase in average interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by a $8.2 billion, or 5%, increase in average earning assets. The NIM compression was primarily due to the higher rate environment driving a higher cost of funds, partially offset by an increase in loans and leases and investment security yields.

Average Balance Sheet

Average assets for 2024 were $196.3 billion, an increase of $8.7 billion, or 5%, from 2023, primarily due to an increase in average loans and leases of $3.6 billion, or 3%, total securities of $2.8 billion, or 7%, and interest-earning deposits with banks of $1.8 billion, or 19%. The increase in average loans and leases included growth in average consumer loans of $1.9 billion, or 4%, and average commercial loans and leases of $1.6 billion, or 2%.

Average liabilities for 2024 were $176.6 billion, an increase of $7.7 billion, or 5%, from 2023, primarily due to an increase in average deposits of $7.7 billion, or 5%, driven by an increase in average interest-bearing deposits of $12.2 billion, or 11%, partially offset by a decrease in noninterest-bearing deposits of $4.5 billion, or 13%. The increase in average interest-bearing deposits was driven by increases in average money market deposits and time deposits, partially offset by a decrease in average savings deposits.

Average shareholders’ equity for 2024 was $19.7 billion, an increase of $1.0 billion, or 5%, from 2023, primarily due to earnings, net of dividends, and the benefit from a decrease in average accumulated other comprehensive loss.

Provision for Credit Losses

(This section should be read in conjunction with the “Credit Risk” section.)

The provision for credit losses is the expense necessary to maintain the ACL at levels appropriate to absorb our estimate of credit losses expected over the life of the loan and lease portfolio, securities portfolio, and unfunded lending commitments.

The provision for credit losses in 2024 was $420 million, an increase of $18 million, or 4%, from 2023. The increase in provision expense over the prior year was driven by a combination of current year loan and lease growth and increased net charge off activity in 2024. These increases were largely offset by a modest reduction in overall coverage ratios in 2024 that is reflective of the current macroeconomic environment.

2024 Form 10-K 53

Table of Contents

The following table presents components of the provision for credit losses.

Table 4 - Provision for Credit Losses
Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)202420232022
Provision for loan and lease losses$361$407$212
Provision (benefit) for unfunded lending commitments57(5)73
Provision for securities24
Total provision for credit losses$420$402$289

Noninterest Income

The following table reflects noninterest income for each of the periods presented.

Table 5 - Noninterest Income
Year Ended December 31,
Change from 2023Change from 2022
(dollar amounts in millions)2024AmountPercent2023AmountPercent2022
Payments and cash management revenue$620$356%$585$244%$561
Wealth and asset management revenue3643611328289300
Customer deposit and loan fees334227312(38)(11)350
Capital markets and advisory fees3277932248(17)(6)265
Mortgage banking income1302119109(35)(24)144
Leasing revenue79(33)(29)112(14)(11)126
Insurance income773474(5)(6)79
Net gains (losses) on sales of securities(21)(14)NM(7)(7)NM
Other noninterest income130(30)(19)16043156
Total noninterest income$2,040$1196%$1,921$(60)(3)%$1,981

Noninterest income was $2.0 billion, an increase of $119 million, or 6%, from the prior year. Capital markets and advisory fees increased $79 million, or 32%, primarily due to higher advisory and underwriting fees. Wealth and asset management revenue increased $36 million, or 11%, reflecting an increase in assets under management. Payments and cash management revenue increased $35 million, or 6%, reflecting higher card and merchant acquiring transaction revenue. Customer deposit and loan fees increased $22 million, or 7%, primarily reflecting higher deposit fees. Mortgage banking income increased $21 million, or 19%, largely reflecting an increase in saleable spreads. Partially offsetting these increases, leasing revenue decreased $33 million, or 29%, driven by lower income on terminated leases and operating lease income. Other noninterest income decreased $30 million, or 19%, primarily due to items recognized in 2023, including a $57 million gain on the sale of our RPS business and $24 million of unfavorable mark-to-market on the pay-fixed swaptions program.

54 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense
The following table reflects noninterest expense for each of the periods presented.
Table 6 - Noninterest Expense
Year Ended December 31,
Change from 2023Change from 2022
(dollar amounts in millions)2024AmountPercent2023AmountPercent2022
Personnel costs$2,701$1727%$2,529$1285%$2,401
Outside data processing and other services6656010605(5)(1)610
Equipment26742263(6)(2)269
Net occupancy221(25)(10)246246
Marketing11611115242691
Deposit and other insurance expense114(188)(62)302235NM67
Professional services9999222977
Amortization of intangibles47(3)(6)50(3)(6)53
Lease financing equipment depreciation15(12)(44)27(18)(40)45
Other noninterest expense317(21)(6)338(4)(1)342
Total noninterest expense$4,562$(12)%$4,574$3739%$4,201
Number of employees (average full-time equivalent)19,932(23)%19,95535%19,920

Noninterest expense was $4.6 billion, a decrease of $12 million from the prior year. Deposit and other insurance expense decreased $188 million, or 62%, primarily due to a reduction in the FDIC DIF special assessment. The FDIC DIF special assessment expense was $28 million in 2024, compared to $214 million in 2023. Net occupancy decreased $25 million, or 10%, primarily due to higher corporate real estate and branch consolidation expenses recognized in the prior year. Other noninterest expense decreased $21 million, or 6%, largely due to lower franchise and other taxes. Partially offsetting these decreases, personnel costs increased $172 million, or 7%, primarily due to increases in salary, incentive compensation, and benefit expense, partially offset by a $33 million decrease in severance expense related to staffing efficiencies. Outside data processing and other services increased $60 million, or 10%, primarily due to higher technology and data expense.

Provision for Income Taxes

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 1 - “Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 17 - “Income Taxes” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

The provision for income taxes was $443 million for 2024, compared with $413 million in 2023. The effective tax rates for 2024 and 2023 were 18.4% and 17.3%, respectively. Both years included the benefits from general business credits, tax-exempt income, tax-exempt bank owned life insurance income, and investments in qualified affordable housing projects. The increase in the effective tax rate in 2024, compared to 2023, was primarily due to a decrease in tax benefits associated with qualified affordable housing projects and lower tax benefits from discrete items.

The net federal deferred tax asset was $684 million, and the net state deferred tax asset was $109 million at December 31, 2024.

RISK MANAGEMENT

Risk Management Structure

Our risk management program is structured using three lines of defense, each of which is independent of the others:

•First-line consists of business segments engaged in activities designed to generate revenue or reduce expenses, provide operational support or technology services, or deliver products or services to customers.

•Second-line is Corporate Risk Management.

•Third-line consists of Internal Audit and Credit Review.

2024 Form 10-K 55

Table of Contents

Segment Risk Officers are embedded in the first-line and report directly to business unit senior management and indirectly to the Chief Risk Officer. They identify and monitor risk, elevate and remediate issues, establish controls, perform testing, and oversee the self-assessment process. Second-line Corporate Risk Management oversees first-line risk-taking activity, establishes policies, sets operating limits, reviews new or modified products and processes, and is responsible for producing an independent assessment of the Company’s risk position relative to the Board’s risk appetite. Third-line Internal Audit and Credit Review provide additional assurance that risk-related functions are operating as intended.

Risk Governance and Risk Appetite

Our Risk Governance Framework and Risk Appetite Statement are foundational to the risk management program. The Risk Governance Framework defines the three lines of defense structure, roles, responsibilities, and requirements. The Risk Appetite Statement is approved by our Board and defines the level and types of risks we are willing to assume to achieve our corporate objectives through defined risk limits for the seven key risk categories to which we are exposed:

•Credit risk, which is risk of loss due to loan and lease customers or other counterparties not being able to meet their financial obligations under agreed upon terms.

•Market risk, which includes interest rate and price risk. Interest rate is the risk to current or projected financial condition arising from movements in interest rates and considers reprice risk, basis risk, yield curve risk, and options risk. Price risk results from changes in the value of either trading portfolios or other obligations that are entered into as part of distributing risk, primarily associated with market making, dealing, and position taking in interest rate, foreign exchange, equity, commodities, and credit markets.

•Liquidity risk, which is the risk that financial condition or overall safety and soundness is adversely affected by an inability, or perceived inability, to meet obligations when they come due, and includes the inability to access funding sources, manage fluctuations in funding levels, or failure to recognize or address changes in market conditions that affect the Company’s ability to liquidate assets quickly and with minimal loss in value.

•Operational risk, which is the risk of loss and resilience arising from inadequate or failed internal processes, systems, models, data, human error or misconduct, or adverse external events. Operational losses can result from internal fraud, external fraud, inadequate or inappropriate employment practices and workplace safety, failure to meet obligations involving customers, products, and business practices, damage to physical assets, business disruption and systems failures, and failures in execution, delivery, and process management.

•Compliance risk, which is risk arising from violations of laws, rules or regulations, or from non-conformance with laws, regulations, prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures, or ethical standards, and can expose the Company to fines, civil money penalties, payment of damages, and voiding of contracts.

•Strategic risk, which is risk arising from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions, or lack of responsiveness to changes in the banking industry and operating environment, and is a function of the Company’s strategic goals, business strategies, resources, and quality of implementation.

•Reputation risk, which is risk arising from negative public opinion that may impair the Company’s competitiveness by affecting its ability to establish new relationships or services or continue servicing existing relationships.

The Board has defined our risk appetite as aggregate moderate-to-low on a through-the-cycle basis. While we engage in a limited amount of higher risk activity consistent with our strategic objectives, we ensure those positions are offset by lower risk positions. Our second-line Corporate Risk Management maintains and enforces risk limits established in our Risk Appetite Statement for each of our seven risk pillars, which helps ensure we achieve our aggregate moderate-to-low risk appetite objective.

We have a robust risk assessment process which includes qualitative and quantitative components that assess our inherent risk, control environment, and residual risk, and enables us to report to the Board if we are operating within the risk appetite. The process includes individual assessments from first-line business segments and independent second-line assessments for each risk pillar. These are combined to produce an overall Enterprise Risk Assessment that includes, among other things, top and emerging risks and a determination of whether the Company is operating within its risk appetite.

56 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

We have a broad range of controls that are factored into our assessments, including key controls, such as segregation of duties and access management, that are tested regularly. We also have robust authorization and reconciliation procedures, as well as staff education and a disciplined risk assessment process.

Board Oversight

While the Board has three committees that primarily oversee implementation of the risk governance framework and risk appetite, the Risk Oversight Committee, Audit Committee, and Technology Committee, the full Board is engaged in discussing risks and monitoring our risk profile. All committees report their deliberations and actions at each full Board meeting. In addition, all scheduled committee meetings are open to all members of the Board, and committees regularly meet in joint sessions to discuss issues that are broadly applicable. Our Board has unfettered access to senior executive officers, and the Board and committees regularly meet in executive session without management present.

•Our Risk Oversight Committee oversees implementation of the Risk Governance Framework and adherence to the Risk Appetite Statement, which takes the form of approving policies, frameworks, receiving regular reports, and engaging in discussion with Executive Management on topics for each of our risk pillars: credit, liquidity, market, operational, compliance, strategic, and reputation risk. The ROC also oversees capital management and ensures the amount and quality of capital are adequate in relation to expected and unexpected losses. ROC oversees the administration, effectiveness, and independence of our Credit Review function, and the Credit Review Director reports directly to the ROC. Our Chief Risk Officer reports to both the ROC and CEO.

•Our Audit Committee oversees integrity of our consolidated financial statements, including policies, procedures, and practices regarding the preparation of financial statements, the financial reporting process, disclosures, and internal control over financial reporting. The Audit Committee oversees the Internal Audit department and the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence; compliance with our Financial Code of Ethics for the CEO and senior financial officers; compliance with corporate securities trading policies; compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; and financial risk exposures in coordination with the ROC. Our Chief Auditor reports directly to the Audit Committee.

•Our Technology Committee oversees technology and cybersecurity strategies and plans and is charged with evaluating the Company’s capability to properly perform all technology functions necessary for its business plan, including projected growth, technology capacity, planning, operational execution, product development, and management capacity. It provides oversight of technology investments and plans to drive efficiency as well as to meet defined standards for risk, information security, and redundancy; oversees allocation of technology costs and ensures that they are understood by the Board; evaluates innovation and technology trends that may affect our strategic plans, including monitoring of overall industry trends; and reviews and provides oversight of our continuity and disaster recovery planning and preparedness.

Overlapping or common topics are overseen by more than one committee. On a regular basis, the ROC and Audit Committee meet in joint session to cover matters relevant to both committees’ responsibilities, including reviews of annual and quarterly filings, the methodology and level of the ACL, conduct risk, and others. These committees routinely hold executive sessions with our key officers engaged in both accounting and risk management. In addition, the ROC, Audit Committee, and Technology Committee oversee the effectiveness of management’s efforts to address risk issues in a timely, comprehensive, and sustainable manner, and regularly meet in in joint session to discuss. All directors have access to information provided to each committee and all scheduled meetings are open to all directors.

Further, through our Human Resources and Compensation Committee, our Board seeks to ensure its overall compensation programs are balanced and align the interests of management, creditors, and shareholders. We utilize a variety of compensation-related tools to induce appropriate behavior, including common stock ownership thresholds for the CEO and certain members of senior management, equity deferrals, recoupment provisions, and the right to terminate compensation plans at any time. The Chief Risk Officer has significant input into the design and outcome of incentive compensation plans.

2024 Form 10-K 57

Table of Contents

Our Risk Governance structure also includes executive level committees to manage and oversee risk, which include Asset & Liability Management, Credit Policy & Strategy, Risk Management, Capital Management, Allowance, Incentive Compensation, Sarbanes-Oxley, and Disclosure Review. These committees are strategic in nature and are supported by subcommittees that are tactical. We believe this structure helps ensure appropriate escalation of issues, overall communication of strategies, and adherence to the Board’s risk appetite.

A comprehensive discussion of risk management and capital matters affecting us can be found in the Risk Factors section included in Item 1A: Risk Factors and the “Regulatory Matters” section of Item 1: Business of this Form 10-K.

Some of the more significant processes used to manage and control credit, market, liquidity, operational, and compliance risks are described in the following sections.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a counterparty is not able to meet the agreed upon terms of the financial obligation. The majority of our credit risk is associated with lending activities, as the acceptance and management of credit risk is central to profitable lending. We also have credit risk associated with our investment securities portfolios (see Note 3 - "Investment Securities and Other Securities" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). We engage with other financial counterparties for a variety of purposes including investing, asset and liability management, mortgage banking, and trading activities. A variety of derivative financial instruments, principally interest rate swaps, swaptions, floors, forward contracts, and forward starting interest rate swaps, are used in asset and liability management activities to protect against the risk of adverse price or interest rate movements. We also use derivatives, principally loan sale commitments, in hedging our mortgage loan interest rate lock commitments and mortgage loans held for sale. Like other financial instruments, derivatives contain an element of credit risk, which is the possibility that we will incur a loss because the counterparty fails to meet its contractual obligations. Notional values of interest rate swaps and other off-balance sheet financial instruments significantly exceed the credit risk associated with these instruments and represent contractual balances on which calculations of amounts to be exchanged are based. Credit exposure is limited to the sum of the aggregate fair value of positions that have become favorable to us, including any accrued interest receivable due from counterparties. Potential credit losses are mitigated by derivatives through central clearing parties, careful evaluation of counterparty credit standing, selection of counterparties from a limited group of high quality institutions, collateral agreements, and other contract provisions.

We focus on the early identification, monitoring, and management of all aspects of our credit risk. In addition to the traditional credit risk mitigation strategies of credit policies and processes, market risk management activities, and portfolio diversification, we use quantitative measurement capabilities utilizing external data sources, enhanced modeling technology, and internal stress testing processes. Our disciplined portfolio management processes are central to our commitment to maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low risk appetite. In our efforts to identify risk mitigation techniques, we have focused on product design features, origination policies, and solutions for delinquent or stressed borrowers.

The maximum level of credit exposure to individual credit borrowers is limited by policy guidelines based on the perceived risk of each borrower or related group of borrowers. Authority to grant commitments sits with the independent credit administration function, with limited exceptions, and is closely monitored and regularly updated. Concentration risk is managed through limits on loan type, industry, and loan quality factors. We focus predominantly on extending credit to consumer and commercial customers with existing or expandable relationships within our primary banking markets, although we will consider lending opportunities outside our primary markets if we believe the associated risks are acceptable and aligned with strategic initiatives. Although we offer a broad set of products, we continue to develop new lending products and opportunities. Each of these new products and opportunities goes through a rigorous development and approval process prior to implementation to ensure our overall objective of maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low risk portfolio profile.

58 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The checks and balances in the credit process and the separation of the credit administration and risk management functions are designed to appropriately assess and sanction the level of credit risk being accepted, facilitate the early recognition of credit problems when they occur, and provide for effective problem asset management and resolution. For example, we do not extend additional credit to delinquent borrowers except in certain circumstances that substantially improve our overall repayment or collateral coverage position.

Loan and Lease Credit Exposure Mix

At December 31, 2024, our loans and leases totaled $130.0 billion, representing a $8.1 billion, or 7%, increase compared to $122.0 billion at December 31, 2023.

The table below provides the composition of our total loan and lease portfolio.

Table 7 - Loan and Lease Portfolio Composition
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20242023
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$56,80943%$50,65742%
Commercial real estate11,078912,42210
Lease financing5,45445,2284
Total commercial73,3415668,30756
Consumer:
Residential mortgage24,2421923,72020
Automobile14,5641112,48210
Home equity10,142810,1138
RV and marine5,98255,8995
Other consumer1,77111,4611
Total consumer56,7014453,67544
Total loans and leases$130,042100%$121,982100%

The following table reflects the composition and maturities of the loan and lease portfolio and the interest rate sensitivity of loans and leases due after one year.

Table 8 - Maturity Schedule of Loans and Leases and Interest Rate Sensitivity
Loans and Leases Due After 1 YearContractual Maturity Range
(dollar amounts in millions)Fixed RateFloating or Adjustable RateOne Year or LessOne to Five YearsFive to Fifteen YearsAfter Fifteen YearsTotal
At December 31, 2024
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$11,498$28,579$16,732$31,440$7,461$1,176$56,809
Commercial real estate6506,3434,0856,0848624711,078
Lease financing4,7173443933,3279118235,454
Total commercial16,86535,26621,21040,8519,2342,04673,341
Consumer:
Residential mortgage9,67814,55212851,51222,63324,242
Automobile14,3971677,9456,4351714,564
Home equity2,7357,2681392192,1087,67610,142
RV and marine5,98021833,3092,4885,982
Other consumer7556243921,111231371,771
Total consumer33,54522,4447129,54313,59532,85156,701
Total loans and leases$50,410$57,710$21,922$50,394$22,829$34,897$130,042
Percent of total17%38%18%27%100%

2024 Form 10-K 59

Table of Contents

Total commercial loans and leases were $73.3 billion at December 31, 2024 and represented 56% of our total loan and lease credit exposure at that date. Our commercial loan portfolio is diversified by product type, customer size, and geography, and is comprised of the following (see Commercial Credit discussion):

C&I – C&I loans are made to commercial customers for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases, or other projects, and to institutional sponsors supporting REITs. We focus on borrowers doing business within our geographic markets. C&I loans are generally underwritten individually and secured with the assets of the company and/or the personal guarantee of the business owners. The financing of owner-occupied facilities is considered a C&I loan even though there is improved real estate as collateral. This treatment is a result of the credit decision process, which focuses on cash flow from operations of the business to repay the debt. The operation, sale, rental, or refinancing of the real estate is not considered the primary repayment source for these types of loans. As we have expanded our C&I portfolio, we have developed a series of “vertical specialties” to ensure that new products or lending types are embedded within a structured, centralized Commercial Lending area with designated, experienced credit officers. These specialties are comprised of either targeted industries (for example, healthcare, technology & telecom, finance and insurance, etc.) and/or lending disciplines (equipment finance, distribution finance, asset-based lending, etc.), all of which requires a high degree of expertise and oversight to effectively mitigate and monitor risk. As such, we have dedicated colleagues and teams focused on bringing value-added expertise to these specialty customers.

CRE – The CRE portfolio includes both CRE commercial and CRE construction loans. CRE commercial loans are loans to developers. We mitigate our risk on these loans by requiring collateral values that exceed the loan amount and underwriting the loan with projected cash flow in excess of the debt service requirement. These loans are made to finance properties such as apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings, and retail shopping centers, and are repaid through cash flows related to the operation, sale, or refinance of the property. Appropriate appraisals are obtained at origination and updated on an as needed basis in compliance with regulatory requirements and our credit policies. CRE construction loans are loans to developers, companies, or individuals used for the construction of a commercial or residential property for which repayment will be generated by the sale or permanent financing of the property. Our CRE construction portfolio primarily consists of multi-family, retail, and warehouse property types. Generally, these loans are for construction projects that have been pre-sold or pre-leased, or have secured permanent financing, as well as loans to real estate companies with significant equity invested in each project. These loans are managed by a specialized real estate lending group that actively monitors the construction phase and manages the loan disbursements according to the predetermined construction schedule.

Lease Financing – Lease financing products are designed to address the diverse financing needs of small to large companies primarily for the acquisition of equipment. Our lease financing portfolio will utilize a variety of origination partners and third-party sources including equipment manufacturers, dealers, or vendors set up under program structures to generate transactions from a nationwide footprint. High level business lines comprise of industrial finance, specialty finance, healthcare finance, technology finance, and specialized transportation, franchise, and government.

60 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Total consumer loans were $56.7 billion at December 31, 2024 and represented 44% of our total loan and lease credit exposure at that date. The consumer portfolio is comprised primarily of residential mortgages, automobile loans, home equity loans and lines-of-credit, and RV and marine finance (see Consumer Credit discussion).

Residential mortgage – Residential mortgage loans represent loans to consumers for the purchase or refinance of a residence. These loans are generally financed over a 15-year to 30-year term, and in most cases, are extended to borrowers to finance their primary residence. Applications are underwritten centrally using consistent credit policies and processes. All residential mortgage loan decisions utilize a full appraisal for collateral valuation. Huntington has not originated or acquired residential mortgages that allow negative amortization or allow the borrower multiple payment options.

Automobile – Automobile loans are comprised primarily of indirect loans made through automotive dealerships and include exposure in selected states outside of our primary banking markets. The exposure outside of our core footprint states represents 19% of the total exposure, with no individual state representing more than 6% of the total exposure. Applications are underwritten using an automated underwriting system that applies consistent policies and processes across the portfolio.

Home equity – Home equity lending includes both home equity loans and lines-of-credit. This type of lending, which is secured by a first-lien or junior-lien on the borrower’s residence, allows customers to borrow against the equity in their home or refinance existing mortgage debt. Products include closed-end loans which are generally fixed-rate with principal and interest payments, and variable-rate, interest-only lines-of-credit which do not require payment of principal during the 10-year revolving period. The home equity line of credit converts to a 20-year amortizing structure at the end of the revolving period. Applications are underwritten centrally in conjunction with an automated underwriting system. The home equity underwriting criteria is based on minimum credit scores, debt-to-income ratios, and LTV ratios, with current collateral valuations. The underwriting for the floating rate lines of credit also incorporates a stress analysis for rising interest rates.

RV and marine – RV and marine includes loans provided to consumers primarily for the purpose of financing recreational vehicles and boats. Loans are originated on an indirect basis through a series of dealerships across 35 states. The loans are underwritten centrally using an application and decisioning system similar to automobile loans. The current portfolio includes 39% of the balances within our core footprint states.

Other consumer – Other consumer loans primarily consist of consumer loans not included above, including credit cards, personal unsecured loans, and overdraft balances. We originate these products within our established set of credit policies and guidelines.

Our loan and lease portfolio is a managed mix of consumer and commercial credits. We manage the overall credit exposure and portfolio composition via a credit concentration policy. The policy designates specific loan types, collateral types, and loan structures to be formally tracked and assigned maximum exposure limits as a percentage of capital. Commercial lending by NAICS categories, specific limits for CRE project types, loans secured by residential real estate, large dollar exposures, and designated high risk loan categories represent examples of specifically tracked components of our concentration management process. There are no identified concentrations that exceed the assigned exposure limit. Our concentration management policy is approved by the ROC and is used to ensure a high quality, well diversified portfolio that is consistent with our overall objective of maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low risk appetite. Changes to existing concentration limits, incorporating specific information relating to the potential impact on the overall portfolio composition and performance metrics, require the approval of the ROC prior to implementation.

2024 Form 10-K 61

Table of Contents

The table below provides our total loan and lease portfolio segregated by industry type. The changes in the industry composition from December 31, 2023 are consistent with the portfolio growth metrics.

Table 9 - Loan and Lease Portfolio by Industry TypeAt December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20242023
Commercial loans and leases:
Real estate and rental and leasing (1)$15,24212%$15,89713%
Retail trade (2)11,864911,4179
Finance and insurance (1)7,65465,0254
Manufacturing7,17367,1836
Health care and social assistance (1)5,29544,4644
Wholesale trade4,10933,6473
Accommodation and food services3,22633,1073
Transportation and warehousing3,12423,1073
Utilities2,40622,5332
Professional, scientific, and technical services2,05322,0352
Other services1,96221,8642
Construction1,89011,7381
Admin./support/waste mgmt. and remediation services1,68111,4981
Information (1)1,64711,2911
Arts, entertainment, and recreation1,64611,3661
Public administration70517041
Educational services539448
Agriculture, forestry, fishing, and hunting478454
Management of companies and enterprises251122
Mining, quarrying, and oil and gas extraction215102
Unclassified/other181305
Total commercial loans and leases by industry category73,3415668,30756
Residential mortgage24,2421923,72020
Automobile14,5641112,48210
Home equity10,142810,1138
RV and marine5,98255,8995
Other consumer loans1,77111,4611
Total loans and leases$130,042100%$121,982100%

(1)    Includes non-real estate secured commercial loans to REITs, which are classified in the C&I loan category.

(2)    Amounts include $4.2 billion and $3.3 billion of auto dealer services loans at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

Commercial Credit

The primary factors considered in commercial credit approvals are the financial strength of the borrower, assessment of the borrower’s management capabilities, cash flows from operations, industry sector trends, type and sufficiency of collateral, type of exposure, transaction structure, and the general economic outlook. While these are the primary factors considered, there are a number of other factors that may be considered in the decision process. We require the signature approval of both the appropriate line of business leaders and independent credit executives. The risk rating, credit exposure amount, and complexity of the credit determines the threshold for approval. Credit officers who understand each local region and are experienced in the industries and loan structures of the requested credit exposure are involved in all loan decisions and have the primary credit authority, with the exception of small business loans. For small business loans, we utilize a centralized loan approval process for standard products and structures. In this centralized decision environment, certain individuals who understand each local region may make credit-extension decisions to preserve our commitment to the communities in which we operate. In addition to disciplined and consistent judgmental factors, a sophisticated credit scoring process is used as a primary evaluation tool in the determination of approving a loan.

62 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

In commercial lending, on-going credit management is dependent on the type and nature of the loan. We monitor all significant exposures. All commercial credit extensions are assigned internal risk ratings reflecting the borrower’s PD and LGD. This two-dimensional rating methodology provides granularity in the portfolio management process. The PD is rated and applied at the borrower level. The LGD is rated and applied based on the specific type of credit extension and the quality and lien position associated with the underlying collateral. The internal risk ratings are assessed at origination and updated at each periodic monitoring event. There is also extensive macro-portfolio management analysis. We review and adjust our risk-rating criteria based on actual experience, which provides us with the current risk level in the portfolio. A centralized portfolio management function monitors and reports on the performance of the entire commercial portfolio, including small business loans, to provide consistent oversight.

In addition to the initial credit analysis conducted during the approval process, our credit review group performs testing to provide an independent review and assessment of the quality and risk of new loan originations. This group is part of our Risk Management area and conducts portfolio reviews on a risk-based cycle to evaluate individual loans, validate risk ratings, and test the consistency of credit processes.

Our standardized loan grading system considers many components that directly correlate to loan quality and likelihood of repayment, one of which is guarantor support. On an at least annual basis, we consider, among other things, the guarantor’s reputation and creditworthiness, where available, along with various key financial metrics such as liquidity and net worth. Our assessment of the guarantor’s credit strength, or lack thereof, is reflected in our risk ratings for such loans, which is directly tied to, and an integral component of, our ACL methodology. When a loan goes to impaired status, viable guarantor support is considered in the determination of a credit loss.

If our assessment of the guarantor’s credit strength yields an inherent capacity to perform, we will seek repayment from the guarantor as part of the collection process and have done so successfully.

Substantially all loans categorized as Classified (See Note 4 - “Loans and Leases” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements) are managed by FRG. FRG is a specialized group of credit professionals that handle the day-to-day management of workouts, commercial recoveries, and problem loan sales. Its responsibilities include developing and implementing action plans, assessing risk ratings, and determining the appropriateness of the allowance, the accrual status, and the ultimate collectability of the Classified loan portfolio.

C&I PORTFOLIO

We manage the risks inherent in the C&I portfolio through origination policies, a defined loan concentration policy with established limits, on-going loan-level and portfolio-level reviews, recourse requirements, and continuous portfolio risk management activities. Our origination policies for the C&I portfolio include loan product-type specific policies such as LTV and debt service coverage ratios, as applicable.

The C&I portfolio continues to have solid origination activity while we maintain a focus on high quality originations. We continue to maintain a proactive approach to identifying borrowers that may be facing financial difficulty in order to maximize the potential credit outcomes. Subsequent to the origination of the loan, the credit review group provides an independent review and assessment of the quality of the underwriting and risk of new loan originations.

CRE PORTFOLIO

We manage the risks inherent in this portfolio specific to CRE lending, focusing on the quality of the developer and the specifics associated with each project. Generally, we: (1) limit our loans to 80% of the appraised value of the commercial real estate at origination, (2) require net operating cash flows to be 120% of required interest and principal payments, and (3) if the commercial real estate is non-owner occupied, require that pre-leasing generates break-even interest-only debt service. We actively monitor property-type concentrations and both geographic and property-type performance metrics of all CRE loan types, with a focus on loans identified as higher risk based on the risk rating methodology. Both macro-level and loan-level stress-test scenarios based on existing and forecast market conditions are part of the on-going portfolio management process for the CRE portfolio.

Dedicated real estate professionals originate and manage the portfolio. The portfolio is diversified by property-type and loan size, and this diversification represents a significant portion of the credit risk management strategies employed for this portfolio. Subsequent to the origination of the loan, the credit review group provides an independent review and assessment of the quality of the underwriting and risk of new loan originations.

2024 Form 10-K 63

Table of Contents

The following tables present our commercial real estate portfolio by property-type and geographic location.

Table 10 - Commercial Real Estate Portfolio by Property-type
At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023
(dollar amounts in millions)Amount by Property-Type% of Total Loans and LeasesAmount by Property-Type% of Total Loans and Leases
Multi-family$4,4263%$4,7084%
Warehouse/industrial1,60422,0292
Office1,55911,8251
Retail1,47711,7251
Hotel81719381
Other1,19511,1971
Total commercial real estate loans and leases$11,0789%$12,42210%
Table 11 - Commercial Real Estate Portfolio by Geographic Location
At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023
(dollar amounts in millions)Amount by Location (1)% of Total CRE loans and leasesAmount by Location (1)% of Total CRE loans and leases
Michigan$2,14819%$2,49820%
Ohio1,938172,36419
Florida1,064107336
Illinois68369047
Texas47646055
Pennsylvania42643543
Minnesota41344624
California38732472
Georgia37533683
Colorado36233983
Other2,806273,48928
Total commercial real estate loans and leases$11,078100%$12,422100%

(1)Geographic location based on location of underlying collateral.

Our CRE portfolio totaled $11.1 billion at December 31, 2024, a decrease of $1.3 billion, or 11%, compared to December 31, 2023, driven by loan pay-offs and a decrease in new originations. The CRE portfolio had an associated allowance coverage of 4.3% and 4.2% at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

With declines in demand and property values of office space across the country, the office sector continues to be an area of uncertainty. Our office portfolio, which is predominantly suburban and multi-tenant loans, totaled $1.6 billion, or 1% of total loans and leases, as of December 31, 2024, compared to $1.8 billion, or 1% of total loans and leases, at December 31, 2023. We have established ACL reserves of approximately 11% for our CRE office portfolio as of December 31, 2024, compared to approximately 10% at December 31, 2023. At December 31, 2024, there was $37 million of outstanding balances in the office portfolio that were 30 or more days past due.

Appraisal values are obtained in conjunction with all originations and renewals, and on an as-needed basis, in compliance with regulatory requirements and to ensure appropriate decisions regarding the on-going management of the portfolio reflect the changing market conditions. Appraisals are obtained from approved vendors and are reviewed by an internal appraisal review group comprised of certified appraisers to ensure the quality of the valuation used in the underwriting process. We continue to perform on-going portfolio level reviews within the CRE portfolio. These reviews generate action plans based on occupancy levels or leasing revenues associated with the projects being reviewed. This highly individualized process requires working closely with all of our borrowers, as well as an in-depth knowledge of CRE project lending and the market environment.

LEASE FINANCING

We manage the risks inherent in the Lease Financing portfolio through external consumer and business credit scoring solutions, internally developed custom probability of default and loss given default models, continuous

64 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

portfolio risk management activities, and equipment and customer diversification. Our origination policies are aligned by transaction size with increased use of the personal guarantee of principals and external credit scoring tools for smaller transactions and expanded financial analysis and reporting requirements for larger transactions. Our program focuses on high-quality manufacturer, distributor, vendor, or third party originations sources with in-depth partner diligence. The lease financing group may use manufacturer loss risk share programs that provide additional transaction support, but the origination strategy prioritizes strong customer financial condition.

High level business lines are comprised of Industrial Finance, Specialty Finance, Healthcare Finance, Technology Finance, and Specialized Transportation, Franchise, and Government with multiple segments under each main line. We also have specific equipment types or industries designated as low tolerance with additional front-end guidance and diligence requirements. Subsequent to the origination of the lease, the credit review group provides an independent review and assessment of the quality of the underwriting and risk of new lease originations.

Consumer Credit

Consumer credit approvals are based on, among other factors, the financial strength and payment history of the borrower, type of exposure, and transaction structure. Consumer credit decisions are generally made in a centralized environment utilizing decision models. Importantly, certain individuals who understand each local region have the authority to make credit extension decisions to preserve our focus on the local communities in which we operate. For all classes within the consumer loan portfolio, loans are assigned pool level PD factors based on the FICO range within which the borrower’s credit bureau score falls. The credit bureau score is widely accepted as the standard measure of consumer credit risk used by lenders, regulators, rating agencies, and consumers. The LGD is related to the type of collateral associated with the credit extension, which typically does not change over the course of the loan term. This allows Huntington to maintain a current view of the customer for credit risk management and ACL purposes.

In consumer lending, credit risk is managed from a segment (e.g., loan type, collateral position, geography, etc.) and vintage performance analysis. All portfolio segments are continuously monitored for changes in delinquency trends and other asset quality indicators. We make extensive use of portfolio assessment models to continuously monitor the quality of the portfolio, which may result in changes to future origination strategies. The credit review group conducts ongoing independent credit origination and process reviews to ensure the effectiveness and efficiency of the consumer credit processes.

Collection actions by our customer assistance team are initiated as needed through a centrally managed collection and recovery function. We employ a series of collection methodologies designed to maintain a high level of effectiveness, while maximizing efficiency. In addition to the consumer loan portfolio, the customer assistance team is responsible for collection activity on all sold and securitized consumer loans and leases. Collection practices include a single contact point for the majority of the residential real estate secured portfolios.

RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE SECURED PORTFOLIOS

The properties securing our residential mortgage and home equity portfolios are primarily located within our geographic footprint. Huntington continues to support our local markets with consistent underwriting across all residential secured products. The residential secured portfolio originations continue to be of high quality. Our portfolio management strategies associated with our Home Savers group allow us to focus on effectively helping our customers with appropriate solutions for their specific circumstances.

Huntington underwrites all residential mortgage applications centrally, with a focus on higher quality borrowers. We do not originate residential mortgages that allow negative amortization or allow the borrower multiple payment options. Residential mortgages are originated based on a completed full appraisal during the credit underwriting process. We update values in compliance with applicable regulations to facilitate our portfolio management, as well as our workout and loss mitigation functions.

We are subject to repurchase risk associated with residential mortgage loans sold in the secondary market. An appropriate level of reserve for representations and warranties related to residential mortgage loans sold has been established to address this repurchase risk inherent in the portfolio.

2024 Form 10-K 65

Table of Contents

AUTOMOBILE PORTFOLIO

Our strategy in the automobile portfolio continues to focus on high quality borrowers as measured by both FICO and internal custom scores, combined with appropriate LTVs, terms, and profitability. Our strategy and operational capabilities allow us to appropriately manage the origination quality across the entire portfolio, including our newer markets. Although increased origination volume and entering new markets can be associated with increased risk levels, we believe our disciplined strategy and operational processes significantly mitigate these risks.

We have continued to consistently execute our value proposition and take advantage of available market opportunities. Importantly, we have maintained our high credit quality standards while also maintaining strong origination volume.

RV AND MARINE PORTFOLIO

Our strategy in the RV and marine portfolio focuses on high quality borrowers, combined with appropriate LTVs, terms, and profitability. Although entering new markets can be associated with increased risk levels, we believe our disciplined strategy and operational processes significantly mitigate these risks.

Credit Quality

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 4 - “Loans and Leases” and Note 5 - “Allowance for Credit Losses” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

We believe the most meaningful way to assess overall credit quality performance is through an analysis of specific performance ratios. This approach forms the basis of the discussion in the sections immediately following: NPAs, NALs, ACL, and NCOs. In addition, we utilize delinquency rates, risk distribution and migration patterns, product segmentation, and origination trends in the analysis of our credit quality performance.

Credit quality performance in 2024 reflected NCOs of $372 million, or 0.30%, of average total loans and leases, an increase from $273 million, or 0.23%, in the prior year. The increase reflects a $59 million increase in commercial NCOs and a $40 million increase in consumer NCOs. NPAs increased $111 million, or 16%, to $822 million, primarily driven by a $113 million increase in commercial and industrial NALs.

NPAs and NALs

NPAs consist of (1) NALs, which represent loans and leases no longer accruing interest, (2) OREO properties, and (3) other NPAs. Any loan or lease in our portfolio may be placed on nonaccrual status prior to the policies described below when collection of principal or interest is in doubt. Also, when a borrower with discharged non-reaffirmed debt in a Chapter 7 bankruptcy is identified and the loan or lease is determined to be collateral dependent, the loan is placed on nonaccrual status.

Commercial loans and leases are placed on nonaccrual status at 90-days past due, or earlier if repayment of principal and interest is in doubt. Of the $585 million of commercial related NALs at December 31, 2024, $249 million, or 43%, represent loans and leases that were less than 30-days past due, demonstrating our continued commitment to proactive credit risk management. With the exception of residential mortgage loans guaranteed by government organizations, which continue to accrue interest, first lien loans secured by residential mortgage collateral are placed on nonaccrual status at 150-days past due. Junior-lien home equity loans are placed on nonaccrual status at the earlier of 120-days past due or when the related first-lien loan has been identified as nonaccrual. Automobile, RV and marine, and other consumer loans are generally fully charged-off at 120-days past due, and if not fully charged-off are placed on non-accrual.

When loans and leases are placed on nonaccrual, any accrued interest is reversed against interest income. When, in our judgment, the borrower’s ability to make required interest and principal payments has resumed and collectability is no longer in doubt, the loan or lease could be returned to accrual status.

66 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The following table reflects period-end NALs and NPAs detail.

Table 12 - Nonaccrual Loans and Leases and Nonperforming Assets
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20242023
Nonaccrual loans and leases (NALs):
Commercial and industrial$457$344
Commercial real estate118140
Lease financing1014
Residential mortgage8372
Automobile64
Home equity10791
RV and marine22
Total nonaccrual loans and leases783667
Other real estate, net810
Other NPAs (1)3134
Total nonperforming assets$822$711
Nonaccrual loans and leases as a % of total loans and leases0.60%0.55%
NPA ratio (2)0.630.58

(1)Other nonperforming assets include certain impaired investment securities and/or nonaccrual loans held-for-sale.

(2)Nonperforming assets divided by the sum of loans and leases, other real estate owned, and other NPAs.

ACL

Our ACL is comprised of two different components, both of which in our judgment are appropriate to absorb lifetime expected credit losses in our loan and lease portfolio: the ALLL and the AULC.

We use statistically-based models that employ assumptions about current and future economic conditions throughout the contractual life of the loan. The process of estimating expected credit losses is based on three key parameters: PD, EAD, and LGD. Beyond the reasonable and supportable period (two to three years), the economic variables revert to a historical equilibrium at a pace dependent on the state of the economy reflected within the economic scenario.

Future economic conditions consider multiple macroeconomic scenarios provided to us by an independent third party and are reviewed through the Allowance for Credit Loss Development Methodology Committee described below. These macroeconomic scenarios contain certain variables that are influential to our modeling process, the most significant being unemployment rates and GDP. Management uses a probability-weighted approach that incorporates a baseline, an adverse and a more favorable economic scenario when formulating the quantitative estimate for the allowance. Any changes in probability weights must be supported by appropriate documentation and approval of senior management. Additionally, we consider whether to adjust the modeled estimates to address possible limitations within the models or factors not captured within the macroeconomic scenarios. Lifetime losses for most of our loans and leases are evaluated collectively based on similar risk characteristics such as risk ratings, origination credit bureau scores, delinquency status, and remaining months within loan agreements, among other factors.

The baseline scenario used in the December 31, 2024 ACL determination assumes the labor market has softened with the unemployment rate peaking at 4.2% in the fourth quarter of 2024. Marginal improvement is expected moving forward with unemployment returning to 4.0% by 2026. The Federal Reserve is projected to continue a cycle of rate cuts that started in September 2024, with gradual cuts forecast throughout 2025 and 2026 until reaching 3% in mid-2026. Inflation is forecast to approach the Federal Reserve’s target level of 2% by the end of 2024 and stabilize in 2025. GDP is forecast to show marginal improvement from the estimated fourth quarter 2024 level of 2.0%, ending the fourth quarter of 2025 at 2.1%.

The table below is intended to show how the forecasted path of unemployment and GDP in the baseline scenario has changed between those used in the year 2023 and 2024 ACL determination.

2024 Form 10-K 67

Table of Contents

Table 13 - Forecasted Key Macroeconomic Variables
202320242025
Baseline scenario forecastQ4Q2Q4Q2Q4
Unemployment rate (1)
4Q 20233.8%3.9%4.0%4.1%4.0%
4Q 2024N/AN/A4.24.14.1
Gross Domestic Product (1)
4Q 20230.8%1.2%1.5%1.9%2.2%
4Q 2024N/AN/A2.02.12.1

(1)Values reflect the baseline scenario forecast inputs for each period presented, not updated for subsequent actual amounts.

Management continues to assess the uncertainty in the macroeconomic environment, including ongoing risks in the commercial real estate environment, current inflation levels, political uncertainty, and geopolitical instability, considering multiple macroeconomic forecasts that reflected a range of possible outcomes. While we have incorporated estimates of economic uncertainty into our ACL, the ultimate impact of specific challenges will have on the economy remains unknown.

Management develops additional analytics to support adjustments to our modeled results. Our Allowance for Credit Loss Development Methodology Committee reviewed model results of each economic scenario for appropriate usage, concluding that the quantitative transaction reserve will continue to utilize scenario weighting. Given the uncertainty associated with key economic scenario assumptions, the December 31, 2024 ACL included a general reserve that consists of various risk profile components, including profiles to capture uncertainty not addressed within the quantitative transaction reserve.

The most significant risk profiles the Company maintains at December 31, 2024 relate to business banking loans within the C&I portfolio and office loans within the CRE portfolio. The business banking risk profile addresses a modestly upward trend in default rates resulting from higher interest rates and inflationary impacts on business banking customers. The office portfolio risk profile addresses concerns relating to higher interest rates, upcoming maturities, falling property values, and uncertainty about demand for office space.

Our Allowance for Credit Loss Development Methodology Committee is responsible for developing the methodology, assumptions, and estimates used in the calculation, as well as determining the appropriateness of the ACL. The ALLL represents the estimate of lifetime expected losses in the loan and lease portfolio at the reported date. The loss modeling process uses an EAD concept to calculate total expected losses on both funded balances and unfunded lending commitments, where appropriate. Losses related to the unfunded lending commitments are then recorded as AULC within other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. A liability for expected credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures is recognized if Huntington has a contractual obligation to extend the credit and the obligation is not unconditionally cancelable.

The AULC is determined by applying the same quantitative reserve determination process to the unfunded portion of the loan exposures adjusted by an applicable funding expectation.

Our ACL evaluation process includes the assessment of credit quality metrics, and a comparison of certain ACL benchmarks to current performance. For further information, including the ALLL and AULC activity by portfolio segment, refer to Note 5 - “Allowance for Credit Losses” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

68 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The table below reflects the allocation of our ALLL among our various loan and lease categories as well as certain coverage metrics of the reported ALLL and ACL.

Table 14 - Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses
At December 31,
20242023
(dollar amounts in millions)Allocation of Allowance% of Total ALLL% of Total Loans and Leases (1)Allocation of Allowance% of Total ALLL% of Total Loans and Leases (1)
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$94742%43%$99344%42%
Commercial real estate4732195222310
Lease financing64344824
Total commercial1,48466561,5636956
Consumer
Residential mortgage205919188820
Automobile145611142710
Home equity1487811458
RV and marine1507514875
Other consumer1125110041
Total consumer76034446923144
Total ALLL2,2442,255
AULC202145
Total ACL$2,446$2,400
Total ALLL as % of:
Total loans and leases1.73%1.85%
Nonaccrual loans and leases286338
NPAs273317
Total ACL as % of:
Total loans and leases1.88%1.97%
Nonaccrual loans and leases312360
NPAs297337

(1)Percentages represent the percentage of each loan and lease category to total loans and leases.

At December 31, 2024, the ACL was $2.4 billion, or 1.88%, of total loans and leases, compared to $2.4 billion, or 1.97%, at December 31, 2023. The increase in the total ACL was driven by loan and lease growth throughout 2024, partially offset by a reduction in the ACL coverage ratio. The reduction in the ACL coverage ratio at December 31, 2024, compared to December 31, 2023, is reflective of the current macro-economic environment.

NCOs

A loan in any portfolio may be charged-off prior to reaching the past due status described below if a loss confirming event has occurred. Loss confirming events include, but are not limited to, bankruptcy (unsecured), continued delinquency, foreclosure, or receipt of an asset valuation indicating a collateral deficiency where that asset is the sole source of repayment. Additionally, discharged or collateral dependent non-reaffirmed debt in Chapter 7 bankruptcy filings will result in a charge-off to estimated collateral value, less anticipated selling costs at the time of discharge.

Commercial loans and leases are either charged-off or written down to net realizable value by 90-days past due with the exception of administrative small ticket lease delinquencies. Automobile, RV and marine, and other consumer loans are generally fully charged-off at 120-days past due. First-lien and junior-lien home equity loans are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral, less anticipated selling costs, at 150-days past due and 120-days past due, respectively. Residential mortgages are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral, less anticipated selling costs, at 150-days past due. The remaining balance is in delinquent status until a modification can be completed, or the loan goes through the foreclosure process.

2024 Form 10-K 69

Table of Contents

The following table reflects NCO detail.

Table 15 - Net Loan and Lease Charge-offs
Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)202420232022
Net charge-offs (recoveries) by loan and lease type:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$166$107$(2)
Commercial real estate52578
Lease financing(1)(6)9
Total commercial21715815
Consumer:
Residential mortgage12(2)
Automobile35216
Home equity(1)(1)(5)
RV and marine22128
Other consumer988199
Total consumer155115106
Total net charge-offs$372$273$121
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial0.32%0.22%%
Commercial real estate0.430.430.06
Lease financing(0.03)(0.12)0.18
Total commercial0.310.230.03
Consumer:
Residential mortgage0.010.01(0.01)
Automobile0.260.160.05
Home equity(0.01)(0.01)(0.05)
RV and marine0.360.210.15
Other consumer6.326.037.55
Total consumer0.280.220.21
Net charge-offs as a % of average loans0.30%0.23%0.11%

NCOs were 0.30% of average loans and leases in 2024, up from 0.23% in 2023, reflecting the continued normalization of net charge-offs. NCOs for commercial loans and leases were higher, with net charge-offs of 0.31% in 2024, compared to 0.23% in 2023, driven by an increase in the commercial and industrial portfolio. Consumer net charge-offs were higher, with net charge-offs of 0.28% in 2024, compared to 0.22% in 2023, with increases in the other consumer, RV and marine, and automobile loan portfolios.

Market Risk

Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and commodity prices, including the correlation among these factors and their volatility. When the value of an instrument is tied to such external factors, the holder faces market risk. We are primarily exposed to interest rate risk as a result of offering a wide array of financial products to our customers, and secondarily, to price risk from trading securities, securities owned by our broker-dealer subsidiaries, foreign exchange positions, equity investments, and investments in securities backed by mortgage loans.

70 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

We measure market risk exposure via financial simulation models, which provide management with insights on the potential impact to net interest income and other key metrics as a result of changes in market interest rates. Models are used to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of the balance sheet based on assumptions regarding the slope or shape of the yield curve, the direction and volatility of interest rates, and the changing composition and characteristics of the balance sheet resulting from strategic objectives and customer behavior. Our models incorporate market-based assumptions that include the impact of changing interest rates on prepayment rates of assets and runoff rates of deposits. The models also include our projections of the future volume and pricing of various business lines.

In measuring the financial risks associated with interest rate sensitivity in our balance sheet, we compare a set of alternative interest rate scenarios to the results of a base case scenario derived using market forward rates. The market forward rates reflect the market consensus regarding the future level and slope of the yield curve across a range of tenor points. The standard set of interest rate scenarios includes two types: “shock” scenarios which are immediate parallel rate shifts, and “ramp” scenarios where the parallel shift is applied gradually over the first 12 months of the forecast on a pro rata basis. In both shock and ramp scenarios with falling rates, we presume that market rates will not go below 0%. The scenarios are inclusive of all executed interest rate risk hedging activities. Forward starting hedges are included to the extent that they have been transacted and that they start within the measurement horizon.

A key driver of our interest rate risk profile is our interest-bearing deposit repricing sensitivity assumptions to changes in interest rates, otherwise known as deposit beta. In addition, our interest expense is impacted by the composition of both interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits in relation to our total deposits. Accordingly, we consider the impacts from both interest-bearing and noninterest bearing deposits on our total deposit beta. Our cumulative total deposit beta (total cost of deposits) through the most recent rising rate cycle, which started in the first quarter of 2022 and concluded in the third quarter of 2024, was 46%. Following the start of the falling rate cycle, which began late in the third quarter of 2024, our cumulative total deposit beta (total cost of deposits) was 24%.

Interest rate risk is measured across a range of scenarios and the results are reported to the ROC at least quarterly. A comprehensive discussion of risk management governance can be found in Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the “Risk Management” section of this Form 10-K.

We use two approaches to model interest rate risk: Net interest income at risk (NII at Risk) and economic value of equity at risk modeling sensitivity analysis (EVE at Risk).

NII at Risk is used by management to measure the risk and impact to earnings over the next 12 months, using a variety of interest rate scenarios. The NII at Risk results included in the table below reflect the analysis used monthly by management. It models gradual “ramp” -200, -100, +100 and +200 basis point parallel shift scenarios, implied by the forward yield curve over the next 12 months.

Table 16 - Net Interest Income at Risk
December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Federal Funds Rate (1)Federal Funds Rate (1)
Basis point change scenarioStarting Point (2)Month 12 (3)NII at Risk (%)Starting Point (2)Month 12 (3)NII at Risk (%)
+2004.506.002.05.505.755.5
+1004.505.000.85.504.753.0
Base4.504.005.503.75
-1004.503.00-0.55.502.75-2.8
-2004.502.00-1.35.501.75-5.6

(1)Represents the upper bound.

(2)Represents the spot federal funds rate.

(3)Represents the federal funds rate in month 12 given a gradual, parallel “ramp” relative to the base implied forward scenario.

The NII at Risk shows that the balance sheet is asset sensitive at both December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. The primary driver to the change in sensitivity during 2024 is current and projected balance sheet composition over the simulation horizon, including securities portfolio reinvestment and executed hedging activity.

2024 Form 10-K 71

Table of Contents

EVE at Risk is used by management to measure the impact of interest rate changes on the net present value of assets and liabilities, including derivative exposures. The EVE results included in the table below reflect the analysis used monthly by management. It models immediate -200, -100, +100 and +200 basis point parallel “shock” scenarios from the yield curve term points at the specific point in time that EVE sensitivity is measured.

Table 17 - Economic Value of Equity at Risk
Economic Value of Equity at Risk (%)
Basis point change scenario-200-100+100+200
December 31, 20245.94.3-5.8-12.6
December 31, 20230.11.6-3.8-8.8

The change in sensitivity from December 31, 2023 was driven primarily by market rates, ongoing balance sheet modeling assumption enhancements, and changes to the actual balance sheet composition.

Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate Risk

An integral component of our interest rate risk management strategy is the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings caused by changes in market interest rates. A variety of derivative financial instruments, principally interest rate swaps, swaptions, floors, forward contracts, and forward starting interest rate swaps, are used in asset and liability management activities to protect against the risk of adverse price or interest rate movements. These instruments provide flexibility in adjusting Huntington’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates without exposure to loss of principal and higher funding requirements.

Table 18 shows all swap and floor positions that are utilized for purposes of managing our exposures to the variability of interest rates. The interest rates variability may impact either the fair value of the assets and liabilities or impact the cash flows attributable to net interest margin. These positions are used to protect the fair value of asset and liabilities by converting the contractual interest rate on a specified amount of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index. The positions are also used to hedge the variability in cash flows attributable to the contractually specified interest rate by converting the variable rate index into a fixed rate. The volume, maturity, and mix of derivative positions change frequently as we adjust our broader interest rate risk management objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For further information, including the notional amount and fair values of these derivatives, refer to Note 19 - “Derivative Financial Instruments” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

72 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The following presents additional information about the interest rate swaps and floors used in Huntington’s asset and liability management activities.

Table 18 - Information on Asset Liability Management Instruments
Notional ValueWeighted-Average Maturity (years)Fair ValueWeighted-Average Fixed RateWeighted-Average Reset Rate
(dollar amounts in millions)
At December 31, 2024
Asset conversion swaps
Securities (1):
Pay Fixed - Receive SOFR$10,0591.92$4071.38%4.65%
Pay Fixed - Receive SOFR - forward starting (2)9287.46452.81
Loans:
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR10,0752.18(255)2.754.60
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR - forward starting (3)7,2254.03(75)3.62
Liability conversion swaps
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR7,2723.24(197)3.304.66
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR - forward starting (3)4,0754.60(56)3.64
Purchased floor spreads (4)
Purchased Floor Spread - SOFR6,0001.83242.79 / 3.87
Basis swaps (5)
Pay SOFR- Receive Fed Fund (economic hedges)1741.585.195.21
Pay Fed Fund - Receive SOFR (economic hedges)110.815.245.15
Total swap portfolio$45,809$(107)
At December 31, 2023
Asset conversion swaps
Securities (1):
Pay Fixed - Receive SOFR$10,7213.11$6831.37%5.42%
Pay Fixed - Receive SOFR - forward starting (2)9288.46182.81
Loans:
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR9,2753.06(243)2.775.34
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR - forward starting (6)1,4004.20(19)2.90
Liability conversion swaps
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR7,5683.40(199)2.955.14
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR - forward starting (6)2,1253.16454.33
Purchased floor spreads (4)
Purchased Floor Spread - SOFR5,0002.29382.97 / 3.97
Purchased Floor Spread - SOFR forward starting (7)1,0005.54261.88 / 3.38
Basis swaps (5)
Pay SOFR- Receive Fed Fund (economic hedges)1742.585.335.41
Pay Fed Fund - Receive SOFR (economic hedges)111.815.455.33
Total swap portfolio$38,192$349

(1)Amounts include interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of fixed-rate investment securities using the portfolio layer method.

(2)Forward starting swaps effective starting from April 2025 to October 2027.

(3)Forward starting swaps effective starting from January 2025 to June 2026.

(4)The weighted average fixed rates for floor spreads are the weighted average strike rates for the upper and lower bounds of the instruments.

(5)Basis swaps have variable pay and variable receive resets. Weighted average fixed fate column represents pay rate reset.

(6)Forward starting swaps effective starting April 2024 to January 2025.

(7)Forward starting floor spreads effective starting from May 2024 to September 2024.

Use of Derivatives to Manage Credit Risk

We may utilize credit derivatives as a tool to manage credit risk within the portfolio by purchasing credit protection over certain types of loan products. When we purchase credit protection, such as a CDS, we pay a fee to the seller, or CDS counterparty, in return for the right to receive a payment if a specified credit event occurs.

2024 Form 10-K 73

Table of Contents

MSRs

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 6 - “Mortgage Loan Sales and Servicing Rights” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

At December 31, 2024, we had a total of $573 million of capitalized MSRs representing the right to service $33.7 billion in mortgage loans.

MSR fair values are sensitive to movements in interest rates as expected future net servicing income depends on the projected outstanding principal balances of the underlying loans, which can be reduced by prepayments and declines in credit quality. Prepayments usually increase when mortgage interest rates decline and decrease when mortgage interest rates rise. We also employ hedging strategies to reduce the risk of MSR fair value changes or impairment. However, volatile changes in interest rates can diminish the effectiveness of these economic hedges. Changes in the MSR value net of hedge-related trading activity are recorded in the mortgage banking income category of noninterest income.

MSR assets are included in servicing rights and other intangible assets in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Price Risk

Price risk represents the risk of loss arising from adverse movements in the prices of financial instruments that are carried at fair value and are subject to fair value accounting. We have price risk from trading securities, securities owned by our broker-dealer subsidiaries, foreign exchange positions, derivative instruments, and equity investments. We have established loss limits on the trading portfolio, on the amount of foreign exchange exposure that can be maintained, and on the amount of marketable equity securities that can be held.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the possibility of us being unable to meet current and future financial obligations in a timely manner. The goal of liquidity management is to ensure adequate, stable, reliable, and cost-effective sources of funds to satisfy changes in loan and lease demand, unexpected levels of deposit withdrawals, investment opportunities, and other contractual obligations. We consider core earnings, strong capital ratios, and credit quality essential for maintaining high credit ratings, which allows us cost-effective access to market-based liquidity. We mitigate liquidity risk by maintaining a large, stable customer deposit base and a diversified base of readily available wholesale funding sources, including secured funding sources from the FHLB and FRB through pledged borrowing capacity, issuance through dealers in the capital markets, and access to deposits issued through brokers. We further mitigate liquidity risk by maintaining liquid assets in the form of cash and cash equivalents and securities.

The Board of Directors is responsible for establishing an acceptable level of liquidity risk at Huntington, including approval of the liquidity risk appetite at least annually. The liquidity risk appetite includes liquidity risk metrics that are designed and monitored to ensure Huntington maintains adequate liquidity to meet current and future funding needs, including during periods of potential stress. Further, the ALCO is appointed by the ROC to oversee liquidity risk management, including the establishment of liquidity risk policies and additional liquidity risk metrics and limits to support our overall liquidity risk appetite. Liquidity risk appetite metrics monitored by senior management and reported to the Board at least semi-annually include loans as a percentage of customer deposits, a structural funding ratio, internal liquidity stress test coverage ratios, an investment portfolio market value to book value ratio, and a holding company cash coverage ratio. Additional key liquidity risk metrics monitored by senior management and reported to ALCO monthly include unsecured wholesale funding as a percentage of liquid assets, wholesale funding as a percentage of tangible assets, and varying types of internally defined liquidity coverage ratios, including minimum reserve balances at the FRB and U.S. Treasury holdings relative to internal liquidity stress outflows. Our liquidity risk metric monitoring thresholds are evaluated at a minimum annually, and more frequently if conditions warrant.

74 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Liquidity risk is managed centrally by Corporate Treasury with independent oversight of liquidity risk performed by Corporate Risk Management. Our liquidity position is evaluated daily, weekly, and monthly by analyzing the composition of all funding sources, reviewing projected liquidity commitments by future months, and identifying sources and uses of funds. The overall management of our liquidity position is also integrated into consumer and commercial pricing policies to ensure a stable deposit base. Liquidity risk is reviewed and managed continuously for the Bank and the parent company, as well as its subsidiaries. In addition, liquidity working groups meet regularly to identify and monitor liquidity positions, provide policy guidance, review funding strategies, and oversee the adherence to, and maintenance of, contingency funding plans. At December 31, 2024, management believes current sources of liquidity are sufficient to meet Huntington’s on and off-balance sheet obligations.

We maintain a contingency funding plan that provides for liquidity stress testing, which assesses the potential erosion of funds in the event of an institution-specific event or systemic financial market crisis. Examples of institution specific events could include a downgrade in our public credit rating by a rating agency, a large charge to earnings, declines in profitability or other financial measures, declines in liquidity sources including reductions in deposit balances or access to contingent funding sources, or a significant merger or acquisition. Examples of systemic events unrelated to us that could have an effect on our access to liquidity would be terrorism or war, natural disasters, political events, failure of a major financial institution, or the default or bankruptcy of a major corporation, mutual fund, or hedge fund. Similarly, market speculation or rumors about us, or the banking industry in general, may adversely affect the cost and availability of normal funding sources. The contingency funding plan, which is reviewed and approved by the ROC at least annually, outlines the process for addressing a liquidity crisis and provides for an evaluation of funding sources under various market conditions. It also assigns specific roles and responsibilities and communication protocols for effectively managing liquidity through a problem period and outlines early warning indicators that are used to monitor emerging liquidity stress events.

Deposits

Our largest source of liquidity on a consolidated basis is customer deposits, which provide stable and lower-cost funding. Our customer deposits come from a base of primary bank customer relationships, and we continue to focus on acquiring and deepening those relationships resulting in a diversified deposit base. Total deposits were $162.4 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $151.2 billion at December 31, 2023. The $11.2 billion, or 7%, increase in total deposits during 2024 was primarily driven by an increase in money market and interest-bearing demand deposits, partially offset by a decrease in time deposits. Total deposits included $7.0 billion of brokered deposits primarily consisting of brokered money market balances at December 31, 2024, compared to $5.3 billion at December 31, 2023. The level of brokered deposits was below our established liquidity risk metric limits at December 31, 2024.

Insured deposits comprised approximately 69% of our total deposits at December 31, 2024, compared to 70% at December 31, 2023.

2024 Form 10-K 75

Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of deposits.

Table 19 - Deposit Composition
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20242023
By Type:
Demand deposits—noninterest-bearing$29,34518%$30,96720%
Demand deposits—interest-bearing43,3782739,19026
Money market deposits60,7303750,18534
Savings deposits14,723915,76310
Time deposits14,272915,12510
Total deposits$162,448100%$151,230100%
Total deposits (insured/uninsured):
Insured deposits$112,39469%$105,98670%
Uninsured deposits (1)50,0543145,24430
Total deposits$162,448100%$151,230100%

(1)Represents consolidated Huntington uninsured deposits, determined by adjusting the amounts reported in the Bank Call Report (FFIEC 031) by inter-company deposits, which are not customer deposits and are therefore eliminated through consolidation. As of December 31, 2024, the Bank Call Report uninsured deposit balance was $54.6 billion, which includes $4.5 billion of inter-company deposits. As of December 31, 2023, the Bank Call Report uninsured deposit balance was $49.8 billion, which includes $4.6 billion of inter-company deposits.

The majority of our time deposits have a contractual maturity of less than one year. The following table presents the contractual maturities of time deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance limit.

Table 20 - Maturity of Deposits in Excess of Insurance Limit
At December 31, 2024
(dollar amounts in millions)3 months or less3 months to 6 months6 months to 12 months12 months or moreTotal
Portion of U.S. time deposits in excess of insurance limit$915$365$170$23$1,473

Wholesale funding

Sources of wholesale funding include non-customer brokered deposits, short-term borrowings, and long-term debt. Our wholesale funding totaled $23.6 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $18.3 billion at December 31, 2023, with the increase primarily due to increases in long-term FHLB borrowings, brokered deposits, and long-term collateralized borrowings. For further information on our short-term borrowings and long-term debt, refer to Note 10 - “Borrowings” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Cash and cash equivalents and securities

Cash and cash equivalents were $12.8 billion and $10.1 billion at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. The $2.7 billion increase in cash and cash equivalents during 2024 was primarily due to an increase in interest-earning deposits at the FRB to support short-term liquidity.

Our investment securities portfolio is evaluated under established ALCO objectives. Changing market conditions could affect the profitability of the portfolio, as well as the level of interest rate risk exposure.

Total investment securities were $43.7 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $41.2 billion at December 31, 2023. The $2.5 billion increase in securities compared to December 31, 2023, was due to increased investment in U.S. Treasury securities, partially offset by maturities and sales during the year. At December 31, 2024, the duration of the investment securities portfolio was 4.3 years, or 3.8 years net of hedging. Securities are pledged to secure borrowing capacity with the FHLB and FRB, discussed further in the Bank Liquidity and Sources of Funding section below. At December 31, 2024, investment securities with a market value of $5.8 billion were unpledged.

76 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The weighted average yield by maturity of the investment securities portfolio is presented in the following table.

Table 21 - Investment Securities Weighted Average Yield by Maturity
At December 31, 2024
1 year or lessAfter 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 years through 10 yearsAfter 10 yearsTotal
(dollar amounts in millions)Yield (1)Yield (1)Yield (1)Yield (1)Yield (1)
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. Treasury4.94%3.96%%%4.39%
Federal agencies:
Residential MBS1.712.192.18
Residential CMO2.493.433.43
Commercial MBS2.052.892.84
Other agencies2.481.706.746.644.04
Total U.S. Treasury, federal agency, and other agency securities4.933.922.062.553.03
Municipal securities6.415.664.644.735.24
Corporate debt3.642.082.972.28
Asset-backed securities5.311.901.672.452.81
Private-label CMO0.722.482.442.952.70
Other securities/sovereign debt5.305.095.23
Total available-for-sale securities5.16%4.01%4.09%2.64%3.29%
Held-to-maturity securities:
U.S. Treasury4.63%3.93%%%4.01%
Federal agencies:
Residential MBS2.542.54
Residential CMO2.682.552.55
Commercial MBS3.052.322.33
Other agencies2.572.462.472.582.52
Total federal agencies and other agencies4.573.912.782.522.71
Municipal securities2.632.63
Total held-to-maturity securities4.57%3.91%2.78%2.52%2.71%

(1)Weighted average yields were calculated using amortized cost on a fully-taxable equivalent basis, assuming a 21% tax rate where applicable.

Bank Liquidity and Sources of Funding

Our primary sources of funding for the Bank are customer deposits. At December 31, 2024, customer deposits funded 76% of total assets (120% of total loans). To the extent we are unable to obtain sufficient liquidity through customer deposits, cash and cash equivalents, and securities, we may meet our liquidity needs through wholesale funding and asset securitization or sale. Additionally, the Bank may also access funding through intercompany notes or parent company deposits placed at the bank.

The Bank maintains borrowing capacity at both the FHLB and FRB secured by pledged loans and securities. The Bank does not consider borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve a primary source of funding, however, it could be used as a potential source of liquidity in a stressed environment or during a market disruption. At December 31, 2024, the Bank’s available contingent borrowing capacity at the FHLB and FRB totaled $85.5 billion, compared to $83.0 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase reflects our continued optimization of contingent borrowing capacity through the pledging of incremental assets. The amount of available contingent borrowing capacity may fluctuate based on the level of borrowings outstanding and level of assets pledged.

At December 31, 2024, we believe the Bank has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet its cash flow obligations over the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future.

2024 Form 10-K 77

Table of Contents

Parent Company Liquidity

The parent company’s primary financial obligations consist of dividends to shareholders, debt service, income taxes, operating expenses, funding of nonbank subsidiaries, repurchases of our stock, and acquisitions. The parent company obtains funding to meet obligations from dividends and interest received from the Bank, interest and dividends received from direct subsidiaries, net taxes collected from subsidiaries included in the federal consolidated tax return, fees for services provided to subsidiaries, and the issuance of debt instruments.

The parent company had cash and cash equivalents of $4.1 billion and $4.0 billion at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively, which was held in deposit at the Bank. See Note 23 - “Parent-Only Financial Statements” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on parent company cash flows.

On January 15, 2025, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly common stock cash dividend of $0.155 per common share. The dividend is payable on April 1, 2025, to shareholders of record on March 18, 2025. Based on the current quarterly dividend of $0.155 per common share, cash demands required for common stock dividends are estimated to be approximately $225 million per quarter. Additionally, on January 15, 2025, our Board of Directors declared quarterly Series B, F, G, H, and J Preferred Stock dividends payable on April 15, 2025 to shareholders of record on April 1, 2025. On December 5, 2024, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend for the Series I Preferred Stock payable on March 3, 2025 to shareholders of record on February 15, 2025. Total cash demands required for preferred stock dividends are expected to be approximately $27 million per quarter.

During 2024, the Bank paid common and preferred dividends to the parent company of $2.0 billion and $56 million, respectively. To meet any additional liquidity needs, the parent company may issue debt or equity securities. To support the parent company’s ability to issue debt or equity securities, we have filed with the SEC an automatic shelf registration statement covering an indeterminate amount or number of securities to be offered or sold from time to time as authorized by the Huntington’s Board of Directors.

At December 31, 2024, we believe the Company has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet its cash flow obligations over the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, we enter into various off-balance sheet arrangements. These arrangements include commitments to extend credit, interest rate swaps, floors, financial guarantees contained in standby letters-of-credit issued by the Bank, and commitments by the Bank to sell mortgage loans.

COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT

Commitments to extend credit generally have fixed expiration dates, are variable-rate, and contain clauses that permit Huntington to terminate or otherwise renegotiate the contracts in the event of a significant deterioration in the customer’s credit quality. These arrangements normally require the payment of a fee by the customer, the pricing of which is based on prevailing market conditions, credit quality, probability of funding, and other relevant factors. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash requirements. The interest rate risk arising from these financial instruments is insignificant as a result of their predominantly short-term, variable-rate nature. See Note 21 - “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

STANDBY LETTERS-OF-CREDIT

Standby letters-of-credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third-party. These guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing, and similar transactions. Most of these arrangements mature within two years and are expected to expire without being drawn upon. Standby letters-of-credit are included in the determination of the amount of risk-based capital that the parent company and the Bank are required to hold. Through our credit process, we monitor the credit risks of outstanding standby letters-of-credit. When it is probable that a standby letter-of-credit will be drawn and not repaid in full, a loss is recognized in the provision for credit losses. See Note 21 - “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

78 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

COMMITMENTS TO SELL LOANS

Activity related to our mortgage origination activity supports the hedging of the mortgage pricing commitments to customers and the secondary sale to third parties. In addition, we have commitments to sell residential real estate loans. These contracts mature in less than one year. See Note 21 - “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

We enter into various contractual obligations in the normal course of business, certain of which require future payments that could impact our liquidity and capital resources. These obligations include purchase commitments, which represent substantial agreements to purchase goods or receive services, such as data management, media, and other software and third-party services that are enforceable and legally binding. Purchase commitments totaled $716 million as of December 31, 2024 and $581 million as of December 31, 2023. These obligations additionally include deposits, borrowings, operating lease obligations, commitments to extend credit, commitments to fund certain equity investments, and obligations to fund pension and post-retirement benefit plans. See Note 10 - “Borrowings”, Note 9 - “Operating Leases”, Note 21 - “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities”, Note 20 - “Variable Interest Entities”, and Note 16 - “Benefit Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss due to human error, third-party performance failures, or inadequate or failed internal systems and controls, including the use of financial or other quantitative methodologies that may not adequately predict future results; violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices, or ethical standards; and external influences such as market conditions, fraudulent activities, disasters, failed business contingency plans, and security risks. We continuously strive to test and strengthen our system of internal controls to ensure compliance with significant contracts, agreements, laws, rules, and regulations, to reduce our exposure to fraud, and to improve the oversight of our operational risk.

To govern operational risks, we have an Operational Risk Committee, a Legal, Regulatory, and Compliance Committee, a Funds Movement Committee, a Fraud Risk Committee, an Information and Technology Risk Committee, and a Third Party Risk Management Committee. The responsibilities of these committees, among other duties, include establishing and maintaining management information systems to monitor material risks and to identify potential concerns, risks, or trends that may have a significant impact and ensuring that recommendations are developed to address the identified issues. In addition, we have a Model Risk Oversight Committee that is responsible for policies and procedures describing how model risk is evaluated and managed and the application of the governance process to implement these practices throughout the enterprise. These committees report any significant findings and remediation recommendations to the Risk Management Committee. Potential concerns may be escalated to our ROC and our Audit Committee, as appropriate.

The goal of this framework is to implement effective operational risk-monitoring; minimize operational, fraud, and legal losses; minimize the impact of inadequately designed models; and enhance our overall performance.

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000049196-24-000020.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-02-16. Report date: 2023-12-31.

Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

INTRODUCTION

This MD&A provides information we believe necessary for understanding our financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. The MD&A should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, and other information contained in this report. The forward-looking statements in this section and other parts of this report involve assumptions, risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including statements regarding our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, and financial performance. Our actual results could differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of factors set forth under the caption “Forward-Looking Statements” and those set forth in Item 1A.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Acquisitions and Divestitures

In March 2023, Huntington completed the sale of the RPS business and entered into an ongoing partnership with the purchaser. The sale of our RPS business resulted in a $57 million gain including associated goodwill allocation, recorded within other noninterest income.

In June 2022, Huntington completed the acquisition of Capstone Partners, a top tier middle market investment bank and advisory firm. The transaction brings a national scale to serve middle market business owners throughout the corporate lifecycle, building on Huntington’s regional banking foundation. Capstone Partners related revenue, including mergers and acquisitions, capital raising and other advisory-related fees, is recognized within capital markets fees in the Consolidated Statements of Income. For further information, refer to Note 3 - “Business Combinations” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

In May 2022, Huntington completed the acquisition of Torana, now known as Huntington ChoicePay, a digital payments business focused on business to consumer payments. This acquisition, along with the formation of our enterprise-wide payments group, reflects one of our strategic priorities to accelerate our payments capabilities and expand the services provided to our customers.

In June 2021, Huntington closed the acquisition of TCF Financial Corporation. TCF was a financial holding company headquartered in Detroit, Michigan with operations across the Midwest. The acquisition brought increased scale and market density, as well as added new markets and capabilities. Our operating results include the impact of TCF subsequent to the acquisition on June 9, 2021. For further information, refer to Note 3 - “Business Combinations” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Reporting Updates

During the fourth quarter of 2023, we updated the presentation of our noninterest income categories to align product and service types more closely with how we strategically manage our business. For a description of each updated noninterest income revenue stream refer to Note 15 - “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

During the fourth quarter of 2023, we revised our FTP methodology for non-maturity deposits, which has been enhanced to consider the internally modeled weighted average life by non-maturity deposit type. In general, the impact of the FTP methodology revision resulted in a higher cost of funds allocation as compared with the previous method.

To align with our strategic priorities, during the second quarter of 2023, we completed an organizational realignment and now report on two business segments: Consumer & Regional Banking and Commercial Banking. The Treasury / Other function includes technology and operations, and other unallocated assets, liabilities, revenue, and expense. Huntington’s business segments are based on our internally-aligned segment leadership structure, which is how management monitors results and assesses performance. The organizational realignment primarily involved consolidating our previously reported Consumer and Business Banking, Vehicle Finance and RBHPCG, into one new business segment called Consumer & Regional Banking.

44 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

During the second quarter of 2023, we revised our process for assessing and monitoring the risk and performance of non-real estate secured commercial loans, primarily loans to REITs. These loans were reclassified from commercial real estate to the commercial and industrial loan category to align reporting with this process revision.

For the reporting updates discussed above, prior period results have been adjusted to conform to the current presentation.

2023 Financial Performance Review

Selected Financial Data

Table 1 - Selected Year to Date Income Statement Data
Year Ended December 31,
Change from 2022Change from 2021
(amounts in millions, except per share data)2023AmountPercent2022AmountPercent2021
Interest income$8,916$2,94749%$5,969$1,77842%$4,191
Interest expense3,4772,78140069660768289
Net interest income5,43916635,2731,171294,102
Provision for credit losses40211339289264NM25
Net interest income after provision for credit losses5,0375314,984907224,077
Noninterest income1,921(60)(3)1,9819251,889
Noninterest expense4,57437394,201(174)(4)4,375
Income before income taxes2,384(380)(14)2,7641,173741,591
Provision for income taxes413(102)(20)51522175294
Income after income taxes1,971(278)(12)2,249952731,297
Income attributable to non-controlling interest20982119NM2
Net income attributable to Huntington Bancshares Inc1,951(287)(13)2,238943731,295
Dividends on preferred shares1422926113(18)(14)131
Impact of preferred stock repurchases and redemptions(8)(8)NM(11)NM11
Net income applicable to common shares$1,817$(308)(14)%$2,125$97284%$1,153
Average common shares—basic1,4465%1,44117914%1,262
Average common shares—diluted1,46831,465178141,287
Net income per common share—basic$1.26$(0.21)(14)%$1.47$0.5662%$0.91
Net income per common share—diluted1.24(0.21)(14)1.450.55610.90
Cash dividends declared0.620.620.01520.605
Revenue and Net Interest Income—FTE (Non-GAAP)
Net interest income$5,439$1663%$5,273$1,17129%$4,102
FTE adjustment(1)4211353162425
Net interest income, FTE (non-GAAP)(1)5,48117735,3041,177294,127
Noninterest income1,921(60)(3)1,9819251,889
Total revenue, FTE (non-GAAP)(1)$7,402$1172%$7,285$1,26921%$6,016

(1)    On an FTE basis assuming a 21% tax rate.

In 2023, we reported net income of $2.0 billion, a $287 million, or 13%, decrease from the prior year. Earnings per common share on a diluted basis for the year were $1.24, down 14% from the prior year. The current year reported net income was negatively impacted by the recognition of the FDIC DIF special assessment totaling $214 million, or $169 million after tax ($0.11 per common share), to recover the cost associated with protecting uninsured depositors as part of the 2023 bank failures and $69 million, or $55 million after tax ($0.04 per common share), of expense from staffing related initiatives and the consolidation of corporate locations. The prior year’s reported net income was negatively impacted by acquisition-related expenses totaling $95 million, or $76 million after tax ($0.05 per common share).

2023 Form 10-K 45

Table of Contents

Net interest income for 2023 was $5.4 billion, up $166 million, or 3%, from 2022. FTE net interest income, a non-GAAP financial measure, increased $177 million, or 3%, from 2022. The increase in FTE net interest income reflected an increase in earning asset yields and the benefit of a $8.3 billion, or 5%, increase in average earning assets, partially offset by higher cost of funds and a $15.3 billion, or 13%, increase in average interest-bearing liabilities. Average earning asset growth included a $5.7 billion, or 5%, increase in loans and leases and a $4.5 billion, or 92%, increase in interest-earning deposits with banks, partially offset by a $1.4 billion, or 3%, decrease in average securities. The growth in average interest-bearing liabilities included a $10.1 billion, or 10%, increase in average interest-bearing deposits and a $5.2 billion, or 46%, increase in average borrowings.

The provision for credit losses increased $113 million, or 39%, to $402 million, primarily driven by a combination of loan and lease growth and modest overall ACL coverage ratio builds throughout 2023 that is reflective of the current macroeconomic environment. The ACL was $2.4 billion, or 1.97% of total loans and leases, at December 31, 2023, compared to $2.3 billion, or 1.90% of total loans and leases, at December 31, 2022.

Noninterest income of $1.9 billion, decreased $60 million, or 3%, from the prior year primarily due to lower gain on sale of loans, customer deposit and loan fees, and mortgage banking income, in addition to $24 million of unfavorable mark-to-market on the pay-fixed swaptions program, partially offset by a $57 million gain on the sale of our RPS business and increases in payments and cash management revenue and wealth and asset management revenue. Noninterest expense of $4.6 billion, increased $373 million, or 9%, from the prior year primarily due to the FDIC DIF special assessment of $214 million and an increase in personnel costs, partially offset by a decrease in acquisition-related expenses.

Total assets at December 31, 2023 were $189.4 billion, an increase of $6.5 billion, or 4%, compared to December 31, 2022. The increase in total assets was primarily driven by increases in interest-earning deposits with banks of $3.6 billion, or 71%, and loans and leases of $2.5 billion, or 2%. Total liabilities at December 31, 2023 were $170.0 billion, an increase of $4.8 billion, or 3%, compared to December 31, 2022. The increase in total liabilities was primarily driven by increases in total deposits of $3.3 billion, or 2%, and borrowings of $1.3 billion, or 11%.

The tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 6.14% at December 31, 2023, up 59 basis points from December 31, 2022, primarily due to an increase in tangible common equity related to earnings, net of dividends, and a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss due in part from a modest decline in interest rates at year-end, partially offset by higher tangible assets. CET1 risk-based capital ratio was 10.25%, up from 9.36% at December 31, 2022. The increase in regulatory capital ratios was primarily driven by earnings and a decrease in risk-weighted assets, partially offset by dividends. The decrease in risk-weighted assets was largely driven by the synthetic CRT related to an approximately $3 billion portfolio of on-balance sheet prime indirect auto loans.

Business Overview

General

Our general business objectives are to:

•Build on our vision to be the country’s leading people-first, digitally powered bank;

•Drive sustainable long-term revenue growth and efficiency;

•Deliver a Category of One customer experience through our distinguished brand and culture;

•Extend our digital leadership with focus on ease of use, access to information, and self-service across products and services;

•Leverage expertise and capabilities to acquire and deepen relationships and launching of select partnerships;

•Maintain positive operating leverage and execute disciplined capital management; and

•Provide stability and resilience through risk management, while maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low, through-the-cycle risk appetite.

46 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Economy

Inflation continues to trend lower while remaining at levels above the Federal Reserve’s long run target. The Federal Reserve has shifted policy to a more balanced interest rate view and continues to further evaluate the impact of their monetary tightening and the overall health of the economy. The economy has continued to expand with fourth quarter of 2023 growth trending towards 2.0%. Equity markets have remained buoyant anticipating easier policy from the Federal Reserve in 2024. Further banking regulation has been delayed as recent regulatory proposals have been in their comment periods for an extended amount of time, with clarity on proposed amendments to the regulatory capital rule and long-term debt requirements for banks anticipated.

The consensus economic outlook assumes a soft landing through the first half of 2024 with modest growth in the second half of 2024. Inflation is expected to continue to fall, approaching target levels of 2% by the third quarter of 2024, as the Federal Reserve actions will likely result in lower GDP growth and higher unemployment.

Our 2023 results reflect the execution of our growth strategy and leveraging the strength of our balance sheet, delivered through sustained deposit growth, bolstered capabilities across our payments and other fee revenue areas, and expansion of our CET1. We have continued our disciplined management of credit consistent with our aggregate moderate-to-low, through-the-cycle risk appetite. With our disciplined and proactive approach, we believe Huntington is well positioned to manage through the uncertain economic outlook on the horizon. We remain focused on delivering profitable growth and driving value for our shareholders.

Legislative and Regulatory

A comprehensive discussion of legislative and regulatory matters affecting us can be found in Item 1: Business - “Regulatory Matters” section of this Form 10-K.

DISCUSSION OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section provides a review of financial performance on a consolidated basis. Key consolidated balance sheet and income statement trends are discussed. All earnings per share data are reported on a diluted basis. For additional insight on financial performance, please read this section in conjunction with the “Business Segment Discussion.”

For a discussion of our results of operations for 2022 versus 2021, see “Part II, Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” Discussion of Results of Operations included in our 2022 Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 17, 2023. In addition, discussion of our results of operations for 2022 versus 2021 for noninterest income and business segment discussion where prior period results have been adjusted to conform to the current presentation are included within this MD&A.

Average Balance Sheet / Net Interest Income

Our primary source of revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between interest income from earning assets (primarily loans, leases, and securities), and interest expense of funding sources (primarily interest-bearing deposits and borrowings). Earning asset balances and related funding sources, as well as changes in the levels of interest rates, impact net interest income. The difference between the average yield on earning assets and the average rate paid for interest-bearing liabilities is the net interest spread. Noninterest-bearing sources of funds, such as demand deposits and shareholders’ equity, also support earning assets. The impact of the noninterest-bearing sources of funds, often referred to as “free” funds, is captured in the net interest margin, which is calculated as net interest income divided by average earning assets. Both the net interest margin and net interest spread are presented on an FTE basis, which means that tax-free interest income has been adjusted to a pretax equivalent income, assuming a 21% tax rate.

2023 Form 10-K 47

Table of Contents

Table 2 - Consolidated Average Balance Sheet and Net Interest Margin Analysis
Year Ended December 31,
20232022
AverageInterest IncomeYield/AverageInterest IncomeYield/Change from 2022 Average Balances
(dollar amounts in millions)Balances(FTE) (1)Rate (2)Balances(FTE) (1)Rate (2)AmountPercent
Assets:
Interest-earning deposits with banks$9,309$4925.30%$4,852$831.70%$4,45792%
Securities:
Trading account securities7745.143214.1445141
Available-for-sale securities:
Taxable20,5391,0164.9521,9945762.62(1,455)(7)
Tax-exempt2,7201324.842,842943.32(122)(4)
Total available-for-sale securities23,2591,1484.9324,8366702.70(1,577)(6)
Held-to-maturity securities—taxable16,5074012.4316,5093512.13(2)
Other securities933535.70845273.168810
Total securities40,7761,6063.9442,2221,0492.48(1,446)(3)
Loans held for sale554356.34973414.24(419)(43)
Loans and leases: (3)
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial49,6402,9916.0345,3621,9564.314,2789
Commercial real estate13,1409727.4013,5246024.45(384)(3)
Lease financing5,1282895.634,9742515.041543
Total commercial67,9084,2526.2663,8602,8094.404,0486
Consumer:
Residential mortgage22,9908253.5920,9076613.162,08310
Automobile12,8815614.3613,4544723.51(573)(4)
Home equity10,1567607.4810,4095325.11(253)(2)
RV and marine5,6502714.795,3222274.263286
Other consumer1,36215611.531,3141269.51484
Total consumer53,0392,5734.8551,4062,0183.921,6333
Total loans and leases120,9476,8255.64115,2664,8274.195,6815
Total earning assets171,5868,9585.22163,3136,0003.678,2735
Cash and due from banks1,5761,666(90)(5)
Goodwill and other intangible assets5,7315,688431
All other assets10,85010,1846667
Allowance for loan and lease losses(2,187)(2,083)(104)(5)
Total assets$187,556$178,768$8,7885%
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand deposits—interest-bearing$39,826$7021.76%$41,779$1580.38%$(1,953)(5)%
Money market deposits40,4011,1352.8133,7331120.336,66820
Savings and other domestic deposits18,345230.1321,31650.02(2,971)(14)
Core certificates of deposit (4)9,7803903.992,439120.507,341301
Other domestic deposits of $250,000 or more354133.5623310.4712152
Negotiable CDs, brokered and other deposits4,6972344.983,838751.9685922
Total interest-bearing deposits113,4032,4972.20103,3383630.3510,06510
Short-term borrowings3,0811795.812,485461.8659624
Long-term debt13,3248016.018,7242873.294,60053
Total interest-bearing liabilities129,8083,4772.68114,5476960.6115,26113
Demand deposits—noninterest-bearing33,98541,574(7,589)(18)
All other liabilities5,0804,35372717
Total liabilities168,873160,4748,3995
Total Huntington shareholders’ equity18,63418,2633712
Non-controlling interest49311858
Total equity18,68318,2943892
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$187,556$178,768$8,7885%
Net interest rate spread2.543.06
Impact of noninterest-bearing funds on margin0.650.19
Net interest margin/NII (FTE)$5,4813.19%$5,3043.25%

(1)FTE yields are calculated assuming a 21% tax rate.

(2)Yield/rates include the impact of applicable derivatives. Loan and lease and deposit average yield/rates also include impact of applicable non-deferrable and amortized fees.

(3)For purposes of this analysis, NALs are reflected in the average balances of loans and leases.

(4)Includes consumer certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more.

48 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Table 2 - Consolidated Average Balance Sheet and Net Interest Margin Analysis (Continued)
Year Ended December 31,
20222021
AverageInterest IncomeYield/AverageInterest IncomeYield/Change from 2021 Average Balances
(dollar amounts in millions)Balances(FTE) (1)Rate (2)Balances(FTE) (1)Rate (2)AmountPercent
Assets:
Interest-earning deposits with banks$4,852$831.70%$8,501$120.13%$(3,649)(43)%
Securities:
Trading account securities3214.145013.32(18)(36)
Available-for-sale securities:
Taxable21,9945762.6219,7672611.322,22711
Tax-exempt2,842943.322,916712.42(74)(3)
Total available-for-sale securities24,8366702.7022,6833321.462,1539
Held-to-maturity securities—taxable16,5093512.1310,0001741.746,50965
Other securities845273.16556101.7528952
Total securities42,2221,0492.4833,2895171.558,93327
Loans held for sale973414.241,398412.96(425)(30)
Loans and leases: (3)
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial45,3621,9564.3138,2941,4763.867,06818
Commercial real estate13,5246024.4510,0163323.313,50835
Lease financing4,9742515.043,7391864.981,23533
Total commercial63,8602,8094.4052,0491,9943.8311,81123
Consumer:
Residential mortgage20,9076613.1615,9534793.004,95431
Automobile13,4544723.5113,0084713.624463
Home equity10,4095325.1110,0183913.903914
RV and marine5,3222274.264,6721994.2765014
Other consumer1,3141269.511,11811210.0419618
Total consumer51,4062,0183.9244,7691,6523.696,63715
Total loans and leases115,2664,8274.1996,8183,6463.7718,44819
Total earning assets163,3136,0003.67140,0064,2163.0123,30717
Cash and due from banks1,6661,35631023
Goodwill and other intangible assets5,6884,1081,58038
All other assets10,1848,8041,38016
Allowance for loan and lease losses(2,083)(1,993)(90)(5)
Total assets$178,768$152,281$26,48717%
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand deposits—interest-bearing$41,779$1580.38%$32,708$120.04%$9,07128%
Money market deposits33,7331120.3330,039210.073,69412
Savings and other domestic deposits21,31650.0217,35750.033,95923
Core certificates of deposit (4)2,439120.502,36810.03713
Other domestic deposits of $250,000 or more23310.4735310.21(120)(34)
Negotiable CDs, brokered and other deposits3,838751.963,52550.163139
Total interest-bearing deposits103,3383630.3586,350450.0516,98820
Short-term borrowings2,485461.8627810.202,207794
Long-term debt (5)8,7242873.297,479430.571,24517
Total interest-bearing liabilities114,5476960.6194,107890.0920,44022
Demand deposits—noninterest-bearing41,57437,9603,61410
All other liabilities4,3533,2051,14836
Total liabilities160,474135,27225,20219
Total Huntington shareholders’ equity18,26316,9971,2667
Non-controlling interest311219158
Total equity18,29417,0091,2858
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$178,768$152,281$26,48717%
Net interest rate spread3.062.92
Impact of noninterest-bearing funds on margin0.190.03
Net interest margin/NII (FTE)$5,3043.25%$4,1272.95%

(1)FTE yields are calculated assuming a 21% tax rate.

(2)Average yield rates include the impact of applicable derivatives. Loan and lease and deposit average yield rates also include impact of applicable non-deferrable and amortized fees.

(3)For purposes of this analysis, NALs are reflected in the average balances of loans and leases.

(4)Includes consumer certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more.

(5)Reflects the benefit of $89 million mark-to-market of interest rate caps for 2021. There was no impact for 2022.

2023 Form 10-K 49

Table of Contents

The following table shows changes in fully-taxable equivalent interest income, interest expense, and net interest income due to volume and rate variances for major categories of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities:

Table 3 - Change in Net Interest Income Due to Changes in Average Volume and Interest Rates (1)
20232022
(dollar amounts in millions)Increase (Decrease) From Previous Year Due ToIncrease (Decrease) From Previous Year Due To
FTE basis (2)VolumeYield/ RateTotalVolumeYield/ RateTotal
Loans and leases$248$1,750$1,998$744$437$1,181
Investment securities(38)595557165367532
Other earning assets129274403(30)10171
Total interest income from earning assets3392,6192,9588799051,784
Deposits392,0952,13411307318
Short-term borrowings13120133301545
Long-term debt2003145148236244
Total interest expense of interest-bearing liabilities2522,5292,78149558607
Net interest income$87$90$177$830$347$1,177

(1)The change in interest income or expense due to both rate and volume has been allocated between the factors in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

(2)Calculated assuming a 21% tax rate.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income for 2023 increased $166 million, or 3%, from 2022. FTE net interest income, a non-GAAP financial measure, for 2023 increased $177 million, or 3%, from 2022. The increase in FTE net interest income reflected an increase in yields on loans and leases and investment securities and an $8.3 billion, or 5%, increase in average total earning assets, partially offset by higher cost of funds and a $15.3 billion, or 13%, increase in average interest-bearing liabilities.

Net interest income for 2023 included $30 million of net interest income from purchase accounting accretion, compared to $61 million and $21 million from purchase accounting accretion and accelerated PPP loan fees recognized upon forgiveness payments from the SBA, respectively, in 2022.

Average Balance Sheet

Average assets of $187.6 billion for 2023 increased $8.8 billion, or 5%, from 2022, primarily due to increases in average loans and leases of $5.7 billion, or 5%, and average interest-earning deposits with banks of $4.5 billion, or 92%, partially offset by a decrease in average total securities of $1.4 billion, or 3%. The increase in average loans and leases was driven by growth in average commercial loans and leases of $4.0 billion, or 6%, and average consumer loans of $1.6 billion, or 3%.

Average liabilities for 2023 increased $8.4 billion, or 5%, from 2022, primarily due to increases in average borrowings and deposits. Average borrowings increased $5.2 billion, or 46%, driven by new debt issuances and higher FHLB borrowings reflecting actions taken as part of ongoing management of funding needs. Total average deposits increased $2.5 billion, or 2%, primarily due to an increase in average interest-bearing deposits of $10.1 billion, or 10%, largely due to increases in average certificates of deposits and money market deposits, partially offset by a decrease in average noninterest-bearing deposits of $7.6 billion, or 18%.

Average shareholders’ equity for 2023 increased $371 million, or 2%, from 2022 primarily due to earnings net of dividends, a reduction in average accumulated other comprehensive loss driven by changes in interest rates, and the net issuance of preferred stock.

50 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Provision for Credit Losses

(This section should be read in conjunction with the “Credit Risk” section.)

The provision for credit losses is the expense necessary to maintain the ACL at levels appropriate to absorb our estimate of credit losses expected over the life of the loan and lease portfolio, securities portfolio, and unfunded lending commitments.

The provision for credit losses in 2023 was $402 million, an increase of $113 million, or 39%, from 2022. The increase in provision expense over the prior year was driven by a combination of loan and lease growth and modest overall ACL coverage ratio builds throughout 2023 that is reflective of the current macroeconomic environment.

The components of the provision for credit losses were as follows:

Table 4 - Provision for Credit Losses
Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)202320222021
Provision for loan and lease losses$407$212$(1)
Provision for unfunded lending commitments(5)7326
Provision for securities4
Total provision for credit losses$402$289$25

Noninterest Income

The following table reflects noninterest income for each of the periods presented:

Table 5 - Noninterest Income
Year Ended December 31,
Change from 2022Change from 2021
(dollar amounts in millions)2023AmountPercent2022AmountPercent2021
Payments and cash management revenue$585$244%$561$6012%$501
Wealth and asset management revenue3282893003112269
Customer deposit and loan fees312(38)(11)3504013310
Capital markets and advisory fees248(17)(6)26510970156
Leasing revenue112(14)(11)126272799
Mortgage banking income109(35)(24)144(165)(53)309
Insurance income74(5)(6)79(3)(4)82
Bank owned life insurance income66101856(13)(19)69
Gain on sale of loans14(43)(75)5748NM9
Net gains (losses) on sales of securities(7)(7)NM(9)NM9
Other noninterest income80378643(33)(43)76
Total noninterest income$1,921$(60)(3)%$1,981$925%$1,889

2023 noninterest income was $1.9 billion, a decrease of $60 million, or 3%, from the prior year. Gain on sale of loans decreased $43 million, or 75%, primarily resulting from the strategic decision to retain the guaranteed portion of SBA loans at origination. Customer deposit and loan fees decreased $38 million, or 11%, primarily due to program changes and a reduction in loan commitment fees. Mortgage banking income decreased $35 million, or 24%, primarily reflecting lower secondary marketing spreads and lower salable volume. Capital markets and advisory fees decreased $17 million, or 6%, primarily due to lower interest rate derivative and trading fees, partially offset by an increase in advisory fees. Partially offsetting these decreases, other noninterest income increased $37 million, or 86%, primarily due to a $57 million gain on the sale of our RPS business, including associated goodwill allocation, partially offset by $24 million of unfavorable mark-to-market related to the pay-fixed swaptions program. Wealth and asset management revenue increased $28 million, or 9%, primarily due to an increase in annuity commissions. Payments and cash management revenue increased $24 million, or 4%, primarily due to higher debit and credit card transaction revenue.

2023 Form 10-K 51

Table of Contents

2022 noninterest income was $2.0 billion, an increase of $92 million, or 5%, from the prior year. Capital markets and advisory fees increased $109 million, or 70%, primarily reflecting higher advisory fees supported by the impact of Capstone Partners acquisition, in addition to an increase in syndication, foreign exchange, and interest rate derivative fees. Payments and cash management revenue increased $60 million, or 12%, primarily due to the full-period impact on volume due to TCF customers, partially offset by program changes. Gain on sale of loans increased $48 million primarily due to sales of SBA loans during the first through third quarters of 2022. Customer deposit and loan fees increased $40 million, or 13%, primarily due to the full-period impact on volume due to TCF customers, partially offset by the impact from program changes. Wealth and asset management revenue increased $31 million, or 12%, primarily due to the full-period impact of the TCF acquisition and an increase in sales. Leasing revenue increased $27 million, or 27%, primarily due to the full-period impact of the TCF acquisition. Partially offsetting these decreases, mortgage banking income decreased $165 million, or 53%, primarily reflecting lower salable volume and secondary marketing spreads and bank owned life insurance decreased $13 million, or 19%, primarily due to valuation adjustments and lower benefit claims.

Noninterest Expense
The following table reflects noninterest expense for each of the periods presented:
Table 6 - Noninterest Expense
Year Ended December 31,
Change from 2022Change from 2021
(dollar amounts in millions)2023AmountPercent2022AmountPercent2021
Personnel costs$2,529$1285%$2,401$663%$2,335
Outside data processing and other services605(5)(1)610(240)(28)850
Deposit and other insurance expense302235NM67163151
Equipment263(6)(2)269218248
Net occupancy246246(31)(11)277
Marketing1152426912289
Professional services99222977(36)(32)113
Amortization of intangibles50(3)(6)5351048
Lease financing equipment depreciation27(18)(40)4541041
Other noninterest expense338(4)(1)342196323
Total noninterest expense$4,574$3739%$4,201$(174)(4)%$4,375
Number of employees (average full-time equivalent)19,95535%19,9201,4788%18,442

Noninterest expense was $4.6 billion, an increase of $373 million, or 9%, from the prior year. Deposit and other insurance expense increased $235 million primarily due to the FDIC DIF special assessment of $214 million and the 2 basis point higher base assessment rate enacted for the banking industry at the beginning of 2023. Personnel costs increased $128 million, or 5%, primarily due to $52 million of expense related to staffing efficiency initiatives, the impact of merit increases, and the impact of the Capstone Partners acquisition, partially offset by $8 million of acquisition-related expenses recognized in the prior year. Marketing expense increased $24 million, or 26%, primarily reflecting actions taken to deepen and acquire new customer relationships. Professional services expense increased $22 million, or 29%, primarily due to an increase in consulting fees related to regulatory and scale initiatives. Partially offsetting these increases, lease financing equipment depreciation decreased $18 million, or 40%, and outside data processing and other services decreased $5 million, or 1%, primarily due to a decrease of $41 million in acquisition-related expenses, partially offset by higher technology investments. Net occupancy remained unchanged as corporate real estate and branch consolidation expenses and a decrease in gain on sale of fixed assets were offset by $32 million in acquisition-related expenses recognized in the prior year.

52 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 1 - “Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 18 - “Income Taxes” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

The provision for income taxes was $413 million for 2023, compared with $515 million in 2022. The effective tax rates for 2023 and 2022 were 17.3% and 18.6%, respectively. Both years included the benefits from general business credits, tax-exempt income, tax-exempt bank owned life insurance income and investments in qualified affordable housing projects. The decrease in the effective tax rate was largely due to lower pretax income, higher general business credits and an increase in discrete tax benefits, partially offset by capital losses recognized in 2022.

The net federal deferred tax asset was $616 million, and the net state deferred tax asset was $94 million at December 31, 2023. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, there was no valuation allowance on federal deferred taxes. In 2023, a decrease of $1 million in the provision for state income taxes, net of federal tax effect, was recorded for the portion of state deferred tax assets that are not more likely than not to be realized, compared to a decrease of $3 million, net of federal tax effect, in 2022.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND CAPITAL

Risk Governance

Risk awareness, identification and assessment, reporting, and active management are key elements in overall risk management. Controls include, among other, effective segregation of duties, access management, and authorization and reconciliation procedures, as well as staff education and a disciplined assessment process.

We use a multi-faceted approach to risk governance. It begins with the Board of Directors, which has defined our risk appetite as aggregate moderate-to-low, through-the-cycle. This does not preclude engagement in select higher risk activities. Rather, the definition is intended to represent an aggregate view of where we want our overall risk to be managed.

Three Board committees primarily oversee implementation and monitoring of the risk appetite:

•Our Risk Oversight Committee assists the Board in overseeing management of material risks, the approval and monitoring of our capital position and plan that aligns to our overall aggregate moderate-to-low, through-the-cycle risk appetite, the risk governance structure, compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and determining adherence to the board’s stated risk appetite. The ROC has oversight responsibility of our key risk exposures: credit, market, liquidity, compliance, operational, strategic, and reputational. Both our Chief Risk Officer and Credit Review Director report directly to the ROC. This committee also oversees our capital management and planning process, ensures that the amount and quality of capital are adequate in relation to expected and unexpected risks, and that our capital levels exceed “well-capitalized” requirements.

•Our Technology Committee assists our Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to all technology and cybersecurity strategies and plans. The Technology Committee is charged with evaluating Huntington’s capability to properly perform all technology functions necessary for its business plan, including projected growth, technology capacity, planning, operational execution, product development, and management capacity. Our Technology Committee provides oversight of technology investments and plans to drive efficiency as well as to meet defined standards for risk, information security, and redundancy. Our Technology Committee oversees the allocation of technology costs and ensures that they are understood by the Board. Our Technology Committee monitors and evaluates innovation and technology trends that may affect our strategic plans, including monitoring of overall industry trends. The Technology Committee reviews and provides oversight of our continuity and disaster recovery planning and preparedness.

2023 Form 10-K 53

Table of Contents

•Our Audit Committee oversees the integrity of the consolidated financial statements, including policies, procedures, and practices regarding the preparation of financial statements, the financial reporting process, disclosures, and internal control over financial reporting. The Audit Committee also provides assistance to our Board in overseeing the internal audit department and the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence; compliance with our Financial Code of Ethics for the chief executive officer and senior financial officers; compliance with corporate securities trading policies; compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; and financial risk exposures in coordination with the ROC.

Our Audit and Risk Oversight Committees routinely hold executive sessions with our key officers engaged in accounting and risk management. On a periodic basis, the two committees meet in joint session to cover matters relevant to both, such as the construct and appropriateness of the ACL, which is reviewed quarterly. All directors have access to information provided to each committee and all scheduled meetings are open to all directors.

Our Risk Oversight and Technology Committees hold joint sessions to cover matters relevant to both such as cybersecurity and IT risk and control projects and risk assessments.

Further, through our Human Resources and Compensation Committee, our Board seeks to ensure its overall compensation programs are balanced and align the interests of management, creditors, and shareholders. We utilize a variety of compensation-related tools to induce appropriate behavior, including common stock ownership thresholds for the chief executive officer and certain members of senior management, equity deferrals, recoupment provisions, and the right to terminate compensation plans at any time.

Management has implemented an Enterprise Risk Management and Risk Appetite Framework. Critically important is our self-assessment process, in which each first-line business segment produces an analysis of its risks and the strength of its risk controls. The segment analyses are combined with assessments by our second-line risk management organization of major risk sectors (e.g., credit, market, liquidity, operational, compliance, strategic, and reputation) to produce an overall enterprise risk assessment. Outcomes of the process include a determination of the quality of the overall control environment, the direction of risk, and our position compared to the Board’s defined risk appetite.

Management also utilizes a wide range of metrics (key risk indicators) to monitor risk positions throughout the Company. In general, thresholds for each metric are established, which allows the Company to operate within an aggregate moderate-to-low, through-the-cycle risk appetite. Deviations from the thresholds will indicate if the risk being measured exceeds desired tolerance, which may then necessitate corrective action.

We also have executive level committees to manage and oversee risk, including: ALCO, Credit Policy and Strategy, Risk Management, and Capital Management. Each committee focuses on specific categories of risk and is supported by a series of subcommittees that are tactical in nature. We believe this structure helps ensure appropriate escalation of issues and overall communication of strategies.

Huntington utilizes three lines of defense with regard to risk management: (1) business segments, (2) corporate risk management, and (3) internal audit and credit review. To induce greater ownership of risk within our business segments, segment risk officers have been embedded in the business to identify and monitor risk, elevate and remediate issues, establish controls, perform self-testing, and oversee the self-assessment process. Corporate Risk Management establishes policies, sets operating limits, reviews new or modified products/processes, oversees first-line risk-taking activity, and produces the enterprise risk assessment. The Chief Risk Officer has significant input into the design and outcome of incentive compensation plans. Internal audit and credit review provide additional assurance that risk-related functions are operating as intended.

Huntington classifies/aggregates risk into seven risk pillars. Huntington recognizes that risks can be interrelated or embedded within each other, and therefore managing across risk pillars is a key component of the framework. The following defines the Company’s risk pillars:

•Credit risk, which is the risk of loss due to loan and lease customers or other counterparties not being able to meet their financial obligations under agreed upon terms;

•Market risk, which occurs when fluctuations in interest rates impact earnings and capital. Financial impacts are realized through changes in the interest rates of balance sheet assets and liabilities (net interest margin) or directly through valuation changes of capitalized MSR and/or trading assets (noninterest income);

54 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

•Liquidity risk, which is the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from an inability to meet obligations when they come due. Liquidity risk includes the inability to access funding sources or manage fluctuations in funding levels. Liquidity risk also results from the failure to recognize or address changes in market conditions that affect our ability to liquidate assets quickly and with minimal loss in value;

•Operational risk, which is the risk of loss arising from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, including information security breaches or cyberattacks, human errors or misconduct, or adverse external events. Operational losses result from internal fraud, external fraud, inadequate or inappropriate employment practices and workplace safety, failure to meet professional obligations involving customers, products, and business practices, damage to physical assets, business disruption and systems failures, and failures in execution, delivery, and process management;

•Compliance risk, which exposes us to money penalties, enforcement actions, or other sanctions as a result of non-conformance with laws, rules, and regulations that apply to the financial services industry;

•Strategic risk, which is defined as risk to current or anticipated earnings, capital, or enterprise value arising from adverse business decisions, improper implementation of business decisions or lack of responsiveness to industry / market changes; and

•Reputation risk, which is the risk that negative publicity regarding an institution’s business practices, whether true or not, will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions.

A comprehensive discussion of risk management and capital matters affecting us can be found in the Risk Factors section included in Item 1A: Risk Factors and the “Regulatory Matters” section of Item 1: Business of this Form 10-K.

Some of the more significant processes used to manage and control credit, market, liquidity, operational, and compliance risks are described in the following sections.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a counterparty is not able to meet the agreed upon terms of the financial obligation. The majority of our credit risk is associated with lending activities, as the acceptance and management of credit risk is central to profitable lending. We also have credit risk associated with our investment securities portfolios (see Note 4 - "Investment Securities and Other Securities" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). We engage with other financial counterparties for a variety of purposes including investing, asset and liability management, mortgage banking, and trading activities. A variety of derivative financial instruments, principally interest rate swaps, caps, swaptions, swaption collars, floors, forward contracts, and forward starting interest rate swaps are used in asset and liability management activities to protect against the risk of adverse price or interest rate movements. We also use derivatives, principally loan sale commitments, in hedging our mortgage loan interest rate lock commitments and mortgage loans held for sale. While there is credit risk associated with derivative activity, we believe this exposure is minimal. (See Note 1 - "Significant Accounting Policies" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

We focus on the early identification, monitoring, and management of all aspects of our credit risk. In addition to the traditional credit risk mitigation strategies of credit policies and processes, market risk management activities, and portfolio diversification, we use quantitative measurement capabilities utilizing external data sources, enhanced modeling technology, and internal stress testing processes. Our ongoing expansion of portfolio management resources is central to our commitment to maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low, through-the-cycle risk appetite. In our efforts to identify risk mitigation techniques, we have focused on product design features, origination policies, and solutions for delinquent or stressed borrowers.

2023 Form 10-K 55

Table of Contents

The maximum level of credit exposure to individual credit borrowers is limited by policy guidelines based on the perceived risk of each borrower or related group of borrowers. Authority to grant commitments sits with the independent credit administration function, with limited exceptions, and is closely monitored and regularly updated. Concentration risk is managed through limits on loan type, industry, and loan quality factors. We focus predominantly on extending credit to consumer and commercial customers with existing or expandable relationships within our primary banking markets, although we will consider lending opportunities outside our primary markets if we believe the associated risks are acceptable and aligned with strategic initiatives. Although we offer a broad set of products, we continue to develop new lending products and opportunities. Each of these new products and opportunities goes through a rigorous development and approval process prior to implementation to ensure our overall objective of maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low risk portfolio profile.

The checks and balances in the credit process and the separation of the credit administration and risk management functions are designed to appropriately assess and sanction the level of credit risk being accepted, facilitate the early recognition of credit problems when they occur, and provide for effective problem asset management and resolution. For example, we do not extend additional credit to delinquent borrowers except in certain circumstances that substantially improve our overall repayment or collateral coverage position.

Loan and Lease Credit Exposure Mix

At December 31, 2023, our loans and leases totaled $122.0 billion, representing a $2.5 billion, or 2%, increase compared to $119.5 billion at December 31, 2022.

The table below provides the composition of our total loan and lease portfolio:

Table 7 - Loan and Lease Portfolio Composition
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20232022
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$50,65742%$48,12141%
Commercial real estate12,4221013,64011
Lease financing5,22845,2524
Total commercial68,3075667,01356
Consumer:
Residential mortgage23,7202022,22619
Automobile12,4821013,15411
Home equity10,113810,3759
RV and marine5,89955,3764
Other consumer1,46111,3791
Total consumer53,6754452,51044
Total loans and leases$121,982100%$119,523100%

56 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Total commercial loans and leases were $68.3 billion at December 31, 2023 and represented 56% of our total loan and lease credit exposure at that date. Our commercial loan portfolio is diversified by product type, customer size, and geography, and is comprised of the following (see Commercial Credit discussion):

C&I – C&I loans are made to commercial customers for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases, or other projects, and to institutional sponsors supporting REITs. We focus on borrowers doing business within our geographic markets. C&I loans are generally underwritten individually and secured with the assets of the company and/or the personal guarantee of the business owners. The financing of owner-occupied facilities is considered a C&I loan even though there is improved real estate as collateral. This treatment is a result of the credit decision process, which focuses on cash flow from operations of the business to repay the debt. The operation, sale, rental, or refinancing of the real estate is not considered the primary repayment source for these types of loans. As we have expanded our C&I portfolio, we have developed a series of “vertical specialties” to ensure that new products or lending types are embedded within a structured, centralized Commercial Lending area with designated, experienced credit officers. These specialties are comprised of either targeted industries (for example, healthcare, technology & telecom, finance and insurance, etc.) and/or lending disciplines (equipment finance, distribution finance, asset-based lending, etc.), all of which requires a high degree of expertise and oversight to effectively mitigate and monitor risk. As such, we have dedicated colleagues and teams focused on bringing value-added expertise to these specialty customers.

CRE – The CRE portfolio includes both CRE commercial and CRE construction loans. CRE commercial loans are loans to developers. We mitigate our risk on these loans by requiring collateral values that exceed the loan amount and underwriting the loan with projected cash flow in excess of the debt service requirement. These loans are made to finance properties such as apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings, and retail shopping centers, and are repaid through cash flows related to the operation, sale, or refinance of the property. Appropriate appraisals are obtained at origination and updated on an as needed basis in compliance with regulatory requirements and our credit policies. CRE construction loans are loans to developers, companies, or individuals used for the construction of a commercial or residential property for which repayment will be generated by the sale or permanent financing of the property. Our CRE construction portfolio primarily consists of multi-family, retail, and warehouse property types. Generally, these loans are for construction projects that have been pre-sold or pre-leased, or have secured permanent financing, as well as loans to real estate companies with significant equity invested in each project. These loans are managed by a specialized real estate lending group that actively monitors the construction phase and manages the loan disbursements according to the predetermined construction schedule.

Lease Financing – Lease financing products are designed to address the diverse financing needs of small to large companies primarily for the acquisition of equipment. Our lease financing portfolio will utilize a variety of origination partners and third-party sources including equipment manufacturers, dealers, or vendors set up under program structures to generate transactions from a nationwide footprint. High level business lines comprise of industrial finance, specialty finance, healthcare finance, technology finance, and specialized transportation, franchise, & government.

2023 Form 10-K 57

Table of Contents

Total consumer loans were $53.7 billion at December 31, 2023 and represented 44% of our total loan and lease credit exposure at that date. The consumer portfolio is comprised primarily of residential mortgages, automobile loans, home equity loans and lines-of-credit, and RV and marine finance (see Consumer Credit discussion).

Residential mortgage – Residential mortgage loans represent loans to consumers for the purchase or refinance of a residence. These loans are generally financed over a 15-year to 30-year term, and in most cases, are extended to borrowers to finance their primary residence. Applications are underwritten centrally using consistent credit policies and processes. All residential mortgage loan decisions utilize a full appraisal for collateral valuation. Huntington has not originated or acquired residential mortgages that allow negative amortization or allow the borrower multiple payment options.

Automobile – Automobile loans are comprised primarily of loans made through automotive dealerships and include exposure in selected states outside of our primary banking markets. The exposure outside of our core footprint states represents 17% of the total exposure, with no individual state representing more than 6%. Applications are underwritten using an automated underwriting system that applies consistent policies and processes across the portfolio.

Home equity – Home equity lending includes both home equity loans and lines-of-credit. This type of lending, which is secured by a first-lien or junior-lien on the borrower’s residence, allows customers to borrow against the equity in their home or refinance existing mortgage debt. Products include closed-end loans which are generally fixed-rate with principal and interest payments, and variable-rate, interest-only lines-of-credit which do not require payment of principal during the 10-year revolving period. The home equity line of credit converts to a 20-year amortizing structure at the end of the revolving period. Applications are underwritten centrally in conjunction with an automated underwriting system. The home equity underwriting criteria is based on minimum credit scores, debt-to-income ratios, and LTV ratios, with current collateral valuations. The underwriting for the floating rate lines of credit also incorporates a stress analysis for rising interest rates.

RV and marine – RV and marine loans are loans provided to consumers for the purpose of financing recreational vehicles and boats. Loans are originated on an indirect basis through a series of dealerships across 35 states. The loans are underwritten centrally using an application and decisioning system similar to automobile loans. The current portfolio includes 24% of the balances within our core footprint states.

Other consumer – Other consumer loans primarily consists of consumer loans not secured by real estate, including credit cards, personal unsecured loans, and overdraft balances. We originate these products within our established set of credit policies and guidelines.

Our loan and lease portfolio is a managed mix of consumer and commercial credits. We manage the overall credit exposure and portfolio composition via a credit concentration policy. The policy designates specific loan types, collateral types, and loan structures to be formally tracked and assigned maximum exposure limits as a percentage of capital. Commercial lending by NAICS categories, specific limits for CRE project types, loans secured by residential real estate, large dollar exposures, and designated high risk loan categories represent examples of specifically tracked components of our concentration management process. There are no identified concentrations that exceed the assigned exposure limit. Our concentration management policy is approved by the ROC and is used to ensure a high quality, well diversified portfolio that is consistent with our overall objective of maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low, through-the-cycle risk appetite. Changes to existing concentration limits, incorporating specific information relating to the potential impact on the overall portfolio composition and performance metrics, require the approval of the ROC prior to implementation.

58 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The table below provides our total loan and lease portfolio segregated by industry type. The changes in the industry composition from December 31, 2022 are consistent with the portfolio growth metrics.

Table 8 - Loan and Lease Portfolio by Industry TypeAt December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20232022
Commercial loans and leases:
Real estate and rental and leasing (1)$15,89713%$16,31014%
Retail trade (2)11,41799,8948
Manufacturing7,18367,8097
Finance and insurance (1)5,02545,0054
Health care and social assistance (1)4,46444,2934
Wholesale Trade3,64733,9223
Accommodation and food services3,10733,3353
Transportation and warehousing3,10733,2463
Utilities2,53321,2981
Professional, scientific, and technical services2,03521,8992
Other Services1,86422,0972
Construction1,73811,7571
Admin./Support/Waste Mgmt. and Remediation Services1,49811,3701
Arts, entertainment, and recreation1,36611,4241
Information1,29111,1671
Public administration70416671
Agriculture, forestry, fishing, and hunting454455
Educational Services448513
Management of companies and enterprises122127
Mining, quarrying, and oil and gas extraction102196
Unclassified/other305229
Total commercial loans and leases by industry category68,3075667,01356
Residential mortgage23,7202022,22619
Automobile12,4821013,15411
Home Equity10,113810,3759
RV and marine5,89955,3764
Other consumer loans1,46111,3791
Total loans and leases$121,982100%$119,523100%

(1)    Non-real estate secured commercial loans to REITs, which are classified in the C&I loan category, are included in the real estate, finance and insurance, and

health care industry types.

(2)    Amounts include $3.3 billion and $2.3 billion of auto dealer services loans at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

2023 Form 10-K 59

Table of Contents

Commercial Credit

The primary factors considered in commercial credit approvals are the financial strength of the borrower, assessment of the borrower’s management capabilities, cash flows from operations, industry sector trends, type and sufficiency of collateral, type of exposure, transaction structure, and the general economic outlook. While these are the primary factors considered, there are a number of other factors that may be considered in the decision process. We require the signature approval of both the appropriate line of business leaders and independent credit executives. The risk rating, credit exposure amount, and complexity of the credit determines the threshold for approval. Credit officers who understand each local region and are experienced in the industries and loan structures of the requested credit exposure are involved in all loan decisions and have the primary credit authority, with the exception of small business loans. For small business loans, we utilize a centralized loan approval process for standard products and structures. In this centralized decision environment, certain individuals who understand each local region may make credit-extension decisions to preserve our commitment to the communities in which we operate. In addition to disciplined and consistent judgmental factors, a sophisticated credit scoring process is used as a primary evaluation tool in the determination of approving a loan.

In commercial lending, on-going credit management is dependent on the type and nature of the loan. We monitor all significant exposures. All commercial credit extensions are assigned internal risk ratings reflecting the borrower’s PD and LGD. This two-dimensional rating methodology provides granularity in the portfolio management process. The PD is rated and applied at the borrower level. The LGD is rated and applied based on the specific type of credit extension and the quality and lien position associated with the underlying collateral. The internal risk ratings are assessed at origination and updated at each periodic monitoring event. There is also extensive macro-portfolio management analysis. We review and adjust our risk-rating criteria based on actual experience, which provides us with the current risk level in the portfolio. A centralized portfolio management function monitors and reports on the performance of the entire commercial portfolio, including small business loans, to provide consistent oversight.

In addition to the initial credit analysis conducted during the approval process, our credit review group performs testing to provide an independent review and assessment of the quality and risk of new loan originations. This group is part of our Risk Management area and conducts portfolio reviews on a risk-based cycle to evaluate individual loans, validate risk ratings, and test the consistency of credit processes.

Our standardized loan grading system considers many components that directly correlate to loan quality and likelihood of repayment, one of which is guarantor support. On an at least annual basis, we consider, among other things, the guarantor’s reputation and creditworthiness, where available, along with various key financial metrics such as liquidity and net worth. Our assessment of the guarantor’s credit strength, or lack thereof, is reflected in our risk ratings for such loans, which is directly tied to, and an integral component of, our ACL methodology. When a loan goes to impaired status, viable guarantor support is considered in the determination of a credit loss.

If our assessment of the guarantor’s credit strength yields an inherent capacity to perform, we will seek repayment from the guarantor as part of the collection process and have done so successfully.

Substantially all loans categorized as Classified (See Note 5 - “Loans and Leases” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements) are managed by FRG. FRG is a specialized group of credit professionals that handle the day-to-day management of workouts, commercial recoveries, and problem loan sales. Its responsibilities include developing and implementing action plans, assessing risk ratings, and determining the appropriateness of the allowance, the accrual status, and the ultimate collectability of the Classified loan portfolio.

C&I PORTFOLIO

We manage the risks inherent in the C&I portfolio through origination policies, a defined loan concentration policy with established limits, on-going loan-level and portfolio-level reviews, recourse requirements, and continuous portfolio risk management activities. Our origination policies for the C&I portfolio include loan product-type specific policies such as LTV and debt service coverage ratios, as applicable.

60 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The C&I portfolio continues to have solid origination activity while we maintain a focus on high quality originations. We continue to maintain a proactive approach to identifying borrowers that may be facing financial difficulty in order to maximize the potential credit outcomes. Subsequent to the origination of the loan, the credit review group provides an independent review and assessment of the quality of the underwriting and risk of new loan originations.

CRE PORTFOLIO

We manage the risks inherent in this portfolio specific to CRE lending, focusing on the quality of the developer and the specifics associated with each project. Generally, we: (1) limit our loans to 80% of the appraised value of the commercial real estate at origination, (2) require net operating cash flows to be 120% of required interest and principal payments, and (3) if the commercial real estate is non-owner occupied, require that pre-leasing generates break-even interest-only debt service. We actively monitor property-type concentrations and both geographic and property-type performance metrics of all CRE loan types, with a focus on loans identified as higher risk based on the risk rating methodology. Both macro-level and loan-level stress-test scenarios based on existing and forecast market conditions are part of the on-going portfolio management process for the CRE portfolio.

Dedicated real estate professionals originate and manage the portfolio. The portfolio is diversified by property-type and loan size, and this diversification represents a significant portion of the credit risk management strategies employed for this portfolio. Subsequent to the origination of the loan, the credit review group provides an independent review and assessment of the quality of the underwriting and risk of new loan originations.

The following tables present our commercial real estate portfolio by property-type and geographic location.

Table 9 - Commercial Real Estate Portfolio by Property-type
At December 31, 2023At December 31, 2022
(dollar amounts in millions)Amount by Property-Type% of Total Loans and LeasesAmount by Property-Type% of Total Loans and Leases
Multi-family$4,7084%$4,7014%
Warehouse/industrial2,02922,2562
Office1,82512,1672
Retail1,72511,8411
Hotel93811,1861
Other1,19711,4891
Total commercial real estate loans and leases$12,42210%$13,64011%
Table 10 - Commercial Real Estate Portfolio by Geographic Location
At December 31, 2023At December 31, 2022
(dollar amounts in millions)Amount by Location (1)% of Total CRE loans and leasesAmount by Location (1)% of Total CRE loans and leases
Michigan$2,49820%$3,00522%
Ohio2,364192,67420
Illinois90478726
Florida73368076
Texas60556335
Minnesota46244964
Wisconsin40734313
Colorado39835014
Virginia39331381
Georgia36835484
Other3,290273,53525
Total commercial real estate loans and leases$12,422100%$13,640100%

(1)Geographic location based on location of underlying collateral.

2023 Form 10-K 61

Table of Contents

Appraisal values are obtained in conjunction with all originations and renewals, and on an as-needed basis, in compliance with regulatory requirements and to ensure appropriate decisions regarding the on-going management of the portfolio reflect the changing market conditions. Appraisals are obtained from approved vendors and are reviewed by an internal appraisal review group comprised of certified appraisers to ensure the quality of the valuation used in the underwriting process. We continue to perform on-going portfolio level reviews within the CRE portfolio. These reviews generate action plans based on occupancy levels or leasing revenues associated with the projects being reviewed. This highly individualized process requires working closely with all of our borrowers, as well as an in-depth knowledge of CRE project lending and the market environment.

Following the COVID-19 pandemic, remote work options have led to increased vacancy rates and underutilization of office space across the country. Our office portfolio, which is predominantly suburban and multi-tenant loans, totaled $1.8 billion, or 1%, of total loans and leases, as of December 31, 2023. We have established ACL reserves of approximately 10% for our office portfolio. At December 31, 2023, there was $25 million of outstanding balances in the office portfolio that were 30 or more days past due.

LEASE FINANCING

We manage the risks inherent in the Lease Financing portfolio through external consumer and business credit scoring solutions, internally developed custom probability of default and loss given default models, continuous portfolio risk management activities, and equipment and customer diversification. Our origination policies are aligned by transaction size with increased use of the personal guarantee of principals and external credit scoring tools for smaller transactions and expanded financial analysis and reporting requirements for larger transactions. Our program focuses on high-quality manufacturer, distributor, vendor, or third party originations sources with in-depth partner diligence. The lease financing group may use manufacturer loss risk share programs that provide additional transaction support, but the origination strategy prioritizes strong customer financial condition.

High level business lines are comprised of Industrial Finance, Specialty Finance, Healthcare Finance, Technology Finance, and Specialized Transportation, Franchise, and Government with multiple segments under each main line. We also have specific equipment types or industries designated as low tolerance with additional front-end guidance and diligence requirements. Subsequent to the origination of the lease, the credit review group provides an independent review and assessment of the quality of the underwriting and risk of new lease originations.

Consumer Credit

Consumer credit approvals are based on, among other factors, the financial strength and payment history of the borrower, type of exposure, and transaction structure. Consumer credit decisions are generally made in a centralized environment utilizing decision models. Importantly, certain individuals who understand each local region have the authority to make credit extension decisions to preserve our focus on the local communities in which we operate. For all classes within the consumer loan portfolio, loans are assigned pool level PD factors based on the FICO range within which the borrower’s credit bureau score falls. The credit bureau score is widely accepted as the standard measure of consumer credit risk used by lenders, regulators, rating agencies, and consumers. The LGD is related to the type of collateral associated with the credit extension, which typically does not change over the course of the loan term. This allows Huntington to maintain a current view of the customer for credit risk management and ACL purposes.

In consumer lending, credit risk is managed from a segment (i.e., loan type, collateral position, geography, etc.) and vintage performance analysis. All portfolio segments are continuously monitored for changes in delinquency trends and other asset quality indicators. We make extensive use of portfolio assessment models to continuously monitor the quality of the portfolio, which may result in changes to future origination strategies. The credit review group conducts ongoing independent credit origination and process reviews to ensure the effectiveness and efficiency of the consumer credit processes.

Collection actions by our customer assistance team are initiated as needed through a centrally managed collection and recovery function. We employ a series of collection methodologies designed to maintain a high level of effectiveness, while maximizing efficiency. In addition to the consumer loan portfolio, the customer assistance team is responsible for collection activity on all sold and securitized consumer loans and leases. Collection practices include a single contact point for the majority of the residential real estate secured portfolios.

62 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE SECURED PORTFOLIOS

The properties securing our residential mortgage and home equity portfolios are primarily located within our geographic footprint. Huntington continues to support our local markets with consistent underwriting across all residential secured products. The residential secured portfolio originations continue to be of high quality. Our portfolio management strategies associated with our Home Savers group allow us to focus on effectively helping our customers with appropriate solutions for their specific circumstances.

Huntington underwrites all residential mortgage applications centrally, with a focus on higher quality borrowers. We do not originate residential mortgages that allow negative amortization or allow the borrower multiple payment options. Residential mortgages are originated based on a completed full appraisal during the credit underwriting process. We update values in compliance with applicable regulations to facilitate our portfolio management, as well as our workout and loss mitigation functions.

We are subject to repurchase risk associated with residential mortgage loans sold in the secondary market. An appropriate level of reserve for representations and warranties related to residential mortgage loans sold has been established to address this repurchase risk inherent in the portfolio.

AUTOMOBILE PORTFOLIO

Our strategy in the automobile portfolio continues to focus on high quality borrowers as measured by both FICO and internal custom scores, combined with appropriate LTVs, terms, and profitability. Our strategy and operational capabilities allow us to appropriately manage the origination quality across the entire portfolio, including our newer markets. Although increased origination volume and entering new markets can be associated with increased risk levels, we believe our disciplined strategy and operational processes significantly mitigate these risks.

We have continued to consistently execute our value proposition and take advantage of available market opportunities. Importantly, we have maintained our high credit quality standards while also maintaining strong origination volume.

RV AND MARINE PORTFOLIO

Our strategy in the RV and Marine portfolio focuses on high quality borrowers, combined with appropriate LTVs, terms, and profitability. Although entering new markets can be associated with increased risk levels, we believe our disciplined strategy and operational processes significantly mitigate these risks.

Credit Quality

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 5 - “Loans and Leases and Note 6 - “Allowance for Credit Losses” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

We believe the most meaningful way to assess overall credit quality performance is through an analysis of specific performance ratios. This approach forms the basis of the discussion in the sections immediately following: NPAs, NALs, ACL, and NCOs. In addition, we utilize delinquency rates, risk distribution and migration patterns, product segmentation, and origination trends in the analysis of our credit quality performance.

Credit quality performance in 2023 reflected NCOs of $273 million, or 0.23%, of average total loans and leases, an increase from $121 million, or 0.11%, in the prior year, driven by an $143 million increase in Commercial NCOs. NPAs increased $117 million, or 20%, to $711 million, primarily driven by increases in commercial and industrial and commercial real estate NALs.

NPAs and NALs

NPAs consist of (1) NALs, which represent loans and leases no longer accruing interest, (2) OREO properties, and (3) other NPAs. Any loan or lease in our portfolio may be placed on nonaccrual status prior to the policies described below when collection of principal or interest is in doubt. Also, when a borrower with discharged non-reaffirmed debt in a Chapter 7 bankruptcy is identified and the loan or lease is determined to be collateral dependent, the loan is placed on nonaccrual status.

2023 Form 10-K 63

Table of Contents

Commercial loans and leases are placed on nonaccrual status at 90-days past due, or earlier if repayment of principal and interest is in doubt. Of the $498 million of commercial related NALs at December 31, 2023, $260 million, or 52%, represent loans and leases that were less than 30-days past due, demonstrating our continued commitment to proactive credit risk management. With the exception of residential mortgage loans guaranteed by government organizations which continue to accrue interest, first lien loans secured by residential mortgage collateral are placed on nonaccrual status at 150-days past due. Junior-lien home equity loans are placed on nonaccrual status at the earlier of 120-days past due or when the related first-lien loan has been identified as nonaccrual. Automobile, RV and marine, and other consumer loans are generally fully charged-off at 120-days past due, and if not fully charged-off are placed on non-accrual.

When loans and leases are placed on nonaccrual, any accrued interest is reversed against interest income. When, in our judgment, the borrower’s ability to make required interest and principal payments has resumed and collectability is no longer in doubt, the loan or lease could be returned to accrual status.

The following table reflects period-end NALs and NPAs detail:

Table 11 - Nonaccrual Loans and Leases and Nonperforming Assets
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20232022
Nonaccrual loans and leases (NALs):
Commercial and industrial$344$288
Commercial real estate14092
Lease financing1418
Residential mortgage7290
Automobile44
Home equity9176
RV and marine21
Total nonaccrual loans and leases667569
Other real estate, net1011
Other NPAs (1)3414
Total nonperforming assets$711$594
Nonaccrual loans and leases as a % of total loans and leases0.55%0.48%
NPA ratio (2)0.580.50

(1)Other nonperforming assets include certain impaired investment securities and/or nonaccrual loans held-for-sale.

(2)Nonperforming assets divided by the sum of loans and leases, other real estate owned, and other NPAs.

ACL

Our ACL is comprised of two different components, both of which in our judgment are appropriate to absorb lifetime expected credit losses in our loan and lease portfolio: the ALLL and the AULC.

We use statistically-based models that employ assumptions about current and future economic conditions throughout the contractual life of the loan. The process of estimating expected credit losses is based on three key parameters: PD, EAD, and LGD. Beyond the reasonable and supportable period (two to three years), the economic variables revert to a historical equilibrium at a pace dependent on the state of the economy reflected within the economic scenario.

64 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Future economic conditions consider multiple macroeconomic scenarios provided to us by an independent third party and are reviewed through the Allowance for Credit Loss Development Methodology Committee described below. These macroeconomic scenarios contain certain variables that are influential to our modeling process, the most significant being unemployment rates and GDP. The probability weights assigned to each scenario are generally expected to be consistent from period to period. Any changes in probability weights must be supported by appropriate documentation and approval of senior management. Additionally, we consider whether to adjust the modeled estimates to address possible limitations within the models or factors not captured within the macroeconomic scenarios. Lifetime losses for most of our loans and leases are evaluated collectively based on similar risk characteristics, risk ratings, origination credit bureau scores, delinquency status, and remaining months within loan agreements, among other factors.

The baseline scenario used for the 2023 fourth quarter assumes softening of the labor market is underway and will continue through early 2025 causing the unemployment rate to gradually increase, peaking at 4.1% in the first quarter of 2025 before marginally improving to 3.9% by 2027. The overnight federal funds rate is forecasted to have peaked during the third quarter of 2023, remaining at this terminal level until mid-2024 as the Federal Reserve continues to address inflation levels and tightness in the labor market. The Federal Reserve is expected to start cutting rates in the third quarter of 2024 at a rate of 25 basis points per quarter until reaching 3% in late 2026. Inflation is forecasted to drop from 3.3% year over year at the end of 2023 to the Federal Reserve’s target rate of 2% by the fourth quarter of 2024. The GDP forecast for 2024 has fallen from prior year end, a result of elevated interest rates and tightening credit conditions over the past year. GDP is now forecasted to be 1.5% by the fourth quarter of 2024.

Management uses a probability-weighted approach that incorporates a baseline, an adverse and a more favorable economic scenario when formulating the quantitative estimate for the allowance. The table below is intended to show how the forecasted path of unemployment and GDP in the baseline scenario has changed between those used in the year 2022 and 2023 ACL determination:

Table 12 - Forecasted Key Macroeconomic Variables
202220232024
Baseline scenario forecastQ4Q2Q4Q2Q4
Unemployment rate (1)
4Q 20223.7%3.9%4.1%4.1%3.9%
4Q 2023N/AN/A3.83.94.0
Gross Domestic Product (1)
4Q 2022(0.1)%0.4%2.0%2.3%2.7%
4Q 2023N/AN/A0.81.21.5

(1)Values reflect the baseline scenario forecast inputs for each period presented, not updated for subsequent actual amounts.

Management continues to assess the uncertainty in the macroeconomic environment, including ongoing risks in the commercial real estate environment, current inflation levels, political uncertainty, and geopolitical instability, considering multiple macroeconomic forecasts that reflected a range of possible outcomes. While we have incorporated estimates of economic uncertainty into our ACL, the ultimate impact of specific challenges in the commercial real estate industry, recent inflation levels, higher interest rates, and the significant conflicts on-going around the world will have on the economy remains unknown.

Management develops additional analytics to support adjustments to our modeled results. Our Allowance for Credit Loss Development Methodology Committee reviewed model results of each economic scenario for appropriate usage, concluding that the quantitative transaction reserve will continue to utilize scenario weighting. Given the uncertainty associated with key economic scenario assumptions, the December 31, 2023 ACL included a general reserve that consists of various risk profile components, including profiles to capture uncertainty not addressed within the quantitative transaction reserve.

2023 Form 10-K 65

Table of Contents

Our Allowance for Credit Loss Development Methodology Committee is responsible for developing the methodology, assumptions and estimates used in the calculation, as well as determining the appropriateness of the ACL. The ALLL represents the estimate of lifetime expected losses in the loan and lease portfolio at the reported date. The loss modeling process uses an EAD concept to calculate total expected losses on both funded balances and unfunded lending commitments, where appropriate. Losses related to the unfunded lending commitments are then recorded as AULC within other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. A liability for expected credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures is recognized if Huntington has a present contractual obligation to extend the credit and the obligation is not unconditionally cancelable.

The AULC is determined by applying the same quantitative reserve determination process to the unfunded portion of the loan exposures adjusted by an applicable funding expectation. (See Note 1 - "Significant Accounting Policies" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).

Our ACL evaluation process includes the on-going assessment of credit quality metrics, and a comparison of certain ACL benchmarks to current performance. For further information, including the ALLL and AULC activity by portfolio segment, refer to Note 6 - “Allowance for Credit Losses” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The table below reflects the allocation of our ALLL among our various loan and lease categories as well as certain coverage metrics of the reported ALLL and ACL:

Table 13 - Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses
At December 31,
20232022
(dollar amounts in millions)Allocation of Allowance% of Total ALLL% of Total Loans and Leases (1)Allocation of Allowance% of Total ALLL% of Total Loans and Leases (1)
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$99344%42%$93945%41%
Commercial real estate52223104332011
Lease financing48245224
Total commercial1,56369561,4246756
Consumer
Residential mortgage188820187819
Automobile142710141711
Home equity1145810559
RV and marine1487514374
Other consumer1004112161
Total consumer69231446973344
Total ALLL2,2552,121
AULC145150
Total ACL$2,400$2,271
Total ALLL as % of:
Total loans and leases1.85%1.77%
Nonaccrual loans and leases338373
NPAs317357
Total ACL as % of:
Total loans and leases1.97%1.90%
Nonaccrual loans and leases360400
NPAs337382

(1)Percentages represent the percentage of each loan and lease category to total loans and leases.

At December 31, 2023, the ACL was $2.4 billion, or 1.97%, of total loans and leases, compared to $2.3 billion, or 1.90%, at December 31, 2022. The increase in the total ACL was primarily driven by a combination of loan and lease growth and modest overall coverage ratio builds throughout 2023. The ACL coverage ratio at December 31, 2023 is reflective of the current macro-economic environment.

66 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

NCOs

A loan in any portfolio may be charged-off prior to the policies described below if a loss confirming event has occurred. Loss confirming events include, but are not limited to, bankruptcy (unsecured), continued delinquency, foreclosure, or receipt of an asset valuation indicating a collateral deficiency where that asset is the sole source of repayment. Additionally, discharged, collateral dependent non-reaffirmed debt in Chapter 7 bankruptcy filings will result in a charge-off to estimated collateral value, less anticipated selling costs at the time of discharge.

Commercial loans and leases are either charged-off or written down to net realizable value by 90-days past due with the exception of administrative small ticket lease delinquencies. Automobile loans, RV and marine, and other consumer loans are generally fully charged-off at 120-days past due. First-lien and junior-lien home equity loans are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral, less anticipated selling costs, at 150-days past due and 120-days past due, respectively. Residential mortgages are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral, less anticipated selling costs, at 150-days past due. The remaining balance is in delinquent status until a modification can be completed, or the loan goes through the foreclosure process.

The following table reflects NCO detail:

Table 14 - Net Loan and Lease Charge-offs
Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)202320222021
Net charge-offs (recoveries) by loan and lease type:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$107$(2)$99
Commercial real estate57817
Lease financing(6)944
Total commercial15815160
Consumer:
Residential mortgage2(2)(1)
Automobile216(6)
Home equity(1)(5)(5)
RV and marine1285
Other consumer819962
Total consumer11510655
Total net charge-offs$273$121$215
Net charge-offs (recoveries) - annualized percentages:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial0.22%%0.26%
Commercial real estate0.430.060.16
Lease financing(0.12)0.181.18
Total commercial0.230.030.31
Consumer:
Residential mortgage0.01(0.01)
Automobile0.160.05(0.05)
Home equity(0.01)(0.05)(0.05)
RV and marine0.210.150.10
Other consumer6.037.555.56
Total consumer0.220.210.12
Net charge-offs as a % of average loans0.23%0.11%0.22%

2023 Form 10-K 67

Table of Contents

NCOs were 0.23% of average loans and leases in 2023, up from 0.11% in 2022. NCOs for commercial loans and leases were higher, with net charge-offs of 0.23% in 2023 compared to 0.03% in 2022, driven by increases in both commercial and industrial and commercial real estate portfolios and reflecting the continued normalization of net charge-offs. Consumer net charge-offs were modestly higher in 2023 compared to 2022, with increases in the automobile and RV and marine portfolios partially offset by lower NCOs in other consumer loans.

Market Risk

Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and commodity prices, including the correlation among these factors and their volatility. When the value of an instrument is tied to such external factors, the holder faces market risk. We are primarily exposed to interest rate risk as a result of offering a wide array of financial products to our customers, and secondarily, to price risk from trading securities, securities owned by our broker-dealer subsidiaries, foreign exchange positions, equity investments, and investments in securities backed by mortgage loans.

We measure market risk exposure via financial simulation models, which provide management with insights on the potential impact to net interest income and other key metrics as a result of changes in market interest rates. Models are used to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of the balance sheet based on assumptions regarding the slope or shape of the yield curve, the direction and volatility of interest rates, and the changing composition and characteristics of the balance sheet resulting from strategic objectives and customer behavior. Our models incorporate market-based assumptions that include the impact of changing interest rates on prepayment rates of assets and runoff of deposits. The models also include our projections of the future volume and pricing of various business lines.

In measuring the financial risks associated with interest rate sensitivity in our balance sheet, we compare a set of alternative interest rate scenarios to the results of a base case scenario derived using market forward rates. The market forward rates reflect the market consensus regarding the future level and slope of the yield curve across a range of tenor points. The standard set of interest rate scenarios includes two types: “shock” scenarios which are immediate parallel rate shifts, and “ramp” scenarios where the parallel shift is applied gradually over the first 12 months of the forecast on a pro rata basis. In both shock and ramp scenarios with falling rates, we presume that market rates will not go below 0%. The scenarios are inclusive of all executed interest rate risk hedging activities. Forward starting hedges are included to the extent that they have been transacted and that they start within the measurement horizon.

A key driver of our interest rate risk profile is our interest-bearing deposit repricing sensitivity assumptions to changes in interest rates, otherwise known as deposit beta. In addition, our interest expense is impacted by the composition of both interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits in relation to our total deposits. Accordingly, we consider the impacts from both interest-bearing and noninterest bearing deposits on our total deposit beta. Our cumulative to-date total deposit beta (total cost of deposits) is 41% within the current rate cycle, which started in March 2022.

Interest rate risk is measured across a range of scenarios and the results are reported to the ROC at least quarterly. A comprehensive discussion of risk management governance can be found in Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the “Risk Governance” section of this Form 10-K.

We use two approaches to model interest rate risk: Net interest income at risk (NII at risk) and economic value of equity at risk modeling sensitivity analysis (EVE at Risk).

NII at Risk is used by management to measure the risk and impact to earnings over the next 12 months, using a variety of interest rate scenarios. The NII at Risk results included in the table below reflect the analysis used monthly by management. It models gradual “ramp” -200, -100, +100 and +200 basis point parallel shift scenarios implied by the forward yield curve over the next 12 months.

68 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Table 15 - Net Interest Income at Risk
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Federal Funds Rate (1)Federal Funds Rate (1)
Basis point change scenarioStarting Point (2)Month 12 (3)NII at Risk (%)Starting Point (2)Month 12 (3)NII at Risk (%)
+2005.505.755.54.506.754.0
+1005.504.753.04.505.752.0
Base5.503.754.504.75
-1005.502.75-2.84.503.75-2.0
-2005.501.75-5.64.502.75-4.1

(1)Represents the upper bound.

(2)Represents the spot federal funds rate.

(3)Represents the federal funds rate in month 12 given a gradual, parallel “ramp” relative to the base implied forward scenario.

The NII at Risk shows that the balance sheet is asset sensitive at both December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022. The primary drivers to the change in sensitivity during 2023 include changes in the projected composition and characteristics of the balance sheet, pricing assumptions, hedging activity, and the evolution of market rates over the next 12 months.

EVE at Risk is used by management to measure the impact of interest rate changes on the net present value of assets and liabilities, including derivative exposures. The EVE results included in the table below reflect the analysis used monthly by management. It models immediate -200, -100, +100 and +200 basis point parallel “shock” scenarios from the yield curve term points at the specific point in time that EVE sensitivity is measured.

Table 16 - Economic Value of Equity at Risk
Economic Value of Equity at Risk (%)
Basis point change scenario-200-100+100+200
December 31, 20230.11.6-3.8-8.8
December 31, 20229.05.9-8.0-17.3

The change in sensitivity from December 31, 2022 was driven primarily by changes in the composition and characteristics of the balance sheet, routine enhancements to deposit and prepayment modeling assumptions, changes in hedging activity aligned with interest rate risk positioning through macroeconomic cycles, and market rates.

To address the discontinuance of LIBOR, we established a LIBOR transition team and project plan under the oversight of the CRO and CFO, providing periodic updates to the ROC. Contract remediation efforts coordinated by the LIBOR transition team were complete as of June 2023. Upon the discontinuation of LIBOR, loans and leases that referenced LIBOR were transitioned to a SOFR-based replacement rate as set forth in the related contract. For further details on the transition of notional derivatives, refer to the Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate Risk section below.

Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate Risk

An integral component of our interest rate risk management strategy is the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings caused by changes in market interest rates. Examples of derivative instruments that we may use as part of our interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, caps and floors, collars, forward contracts, and forward starting interest rate swaps.

Table 17 shows all swap, swaption, swaption collar and floor positions that are utilized for purposes of managing our exposures to the variability of interest rates. The interest rates variability may impact either the fair value of the assets and liabilities or impact the cash flows attributable to net interest margin. These positions are used to protect the fair value of asset and liabilities by converting the contractual interest rate on a specified amount of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index. The positions are also used to hedge the variability in cash flows attributable to the contractually specified interest rate by converting the variable rate index into a fixed rate. The volume, maturity, and mix of derivative positions change frequently as we adjust our broader interest rate risk management objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For further information, including the notional amount and fair values of these derivatives, refer to Note 20 - “Derivative Financial Instruments” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2023 Form 10-K 69

Table of Contents

The following presents additional information about the interest rate swaps, swaptions, swaption collars, and floors used in Huntington’s asset and liability management activities.

Table 17 - Information on Asset Liability Management Instruments
Notional ValueWeighted-Average Maturity (years)Fair ValueWeighted-Average Fixed RateWeighted-Average Reset Rate
(dollar amounts in millions)
At December 31, 2023
Asset conversion swaps
Securities (1):
Pay Fixed - Receive SOFR$10,7213.11$6831.37%5.42%
Pay Fixed - Receive SOFR - forward starting (2)9288.46182.81
Loans:
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR9,2753.06(243)2.775.34
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR - forward starting (3)1,4004.20(19)2.90
Liability conversion swaps
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR7,5683.40(199)2.955.14
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR - forward starting (3)2,1253.16454.33
Purchased floor spreads (4)
Purchased Floor Spread - SOFR5,0002.29382.97 / 3.97
Purchased Floor Spread - SOFR forward starting (3)1,0005.54$261.88 / 3.38
Basis swaps (5)
Pay SOFR- Receive Fed Fund (economic hedges)1742.585.335.41
Pay Fed Fund - Receive SOFR (economic hedges)111.815.455.33
Total swap portfolio$38,192$349
At December 31, 2022
Asset conversion swaps
Securities (1):
Pay Fixed - Receive 1 month LIBOR$8,0243.89$8340.93%4.37%
Pay Fixed - Receive SOFR3667.02491.463.82
Pay Fixed - Receive 1 month LIBOR - forward starting (6)917.31121.62
Pay Fixed - Receive SOFR - forward starting (7)1,9266.17852.17
Loans:
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR - forward starting (8)2,9504.91(109)2.64
Receive Fixed - Pay 1 month LIBOR7,8751.41(390)1.214.20
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR8,7003.55(351)2.573.90
Liability conversion swaps
Receive Fixed - Pay 1 month LIBOR1,4301.85(60)2.014.25
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR6,2994.91(201)3.163.36
Purchased swaption collars (4)
Purchased Interest Rate Swaption Collars4,8000.27(6)2.87 / 4.05
Basis swaps (5)
Pay SOFR- Receive Fed Fund (economic hedges)1743.584.334.31
Pay Fed Fund - Receive SOFR (economic hedges)112.814.354.33
Total swap portfolio$42,636$(137)

(1)Amounts include interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of fixed-rate investment securities using the portfolio layer method.

(2)Forward starting swaps effective starting from April 2025 to October 2027.

(3)Forward starting swaps effective starting from April 2024 to March 2025.

(4)The weighted average fixed rates for floor spread and swaption collars are the weighted average strike rates for the upper and lower bounds of the instruments.

(5)Basis swaps have variable pay and variable receive resets. Weighted average fixed fate column represents pay rate reset.

(6)Forward starting swaps effective starting from January 2023 to February 2023.

(7)Forward starting swaps effective starting from January 2023 to October 2027.

(8)Forward starting swaps effective starting from January 2023 to July 2024.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, we purchased interest rate swaptions to reduce the impact on capital from rising rates. These swaptions were economic hedges of interest rate risk attributable to our investment securities with the change in value of these instruments recorded in other noninterest income. We terminated these positions during the 2023 fourth quarter. Cumulatively for the full-year, the net unfavorable mark-to-market on the pay-fixed swaptions program totaled $24 million.

70 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

In the second quarter of 2023, all cleared derivatives that referenced LIBOR transitioned from LIBOR to a SOFR-based replacement rate in accordance with the conventions established by the applicable clearinghouse. Upon the discontinuation of LIBOR, all over-the-counter derivatives that referenced LIBOR were transitioned to a SOFR-based replacement rate as set forth in the related contract. Those derivatives that did not have a clearly defined or practicable replacement benchmark rate set forth in the related contract used the LIBOR Act to replace LIBOR with a SOFR-based rate established by FRB rulemaking. For every LIBOR referenced instrument with a reset date after the LIBOR cessation date, counterparties received a LIBOR referenced instrument maturing on the first reset date after the LIBOR cessation date, and a forward starting SOFR instrument. The instruments received through the transition were economically similar to the instruments held prior to the transition.

Use of Derivatives to Manage Credit Risk

We may utilize credit derivatives as a tool to manage credit risk within the portfolio by purchasing credit protection over certain types of loan products. When we purchase credit protection, such as a CDS, we pay a fee to the seller, or CDS counterparty, in return for the right to receive a payment if a specified credit event occurs. During the fourth quarter of 2023, we completed a synthetic CRT transaction consisting of a CDS to mitigate credit risk associated with a $3 billion portfolio of on-balance sheet prime indirect auto loans and which benefited our regulatory capital ratios by reducing the RWA on the associated pool of loans by approximately $2.4 billion.

MSRs

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 7 - “Mortgage Loan Sales and Servicing Rights” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

At December 31, 2023, we had a total of $515 million of capitalized MSRs representing the right to service $33.2 billion in mortgage loans.

MSR fair values are sensitive to movements in interest rates as expected future net servicing income depends on the projected outstanding principal balances of the underlying loans, which can be reduced by prepayments and declines in credit quality. Prepayments usually increase when mortgage interest rates decline and decrease when mortgage interest rates rise. We also employ hedging strategies to reduce the risk of MSR fair value changes or impairment. However, volatile changes in interest rates can diminish the effectiveness of these economic hedges. We report changes in the MSR value net of hedge-related trading activity in the mortgage banking income category of noninterest income.

MSR assets are included in servicing rights and other intangible assets in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Price Risk

Price risk represents the risk of loss arising from adverse movements in the prices of financial instruments that are carried at fair value and are subject to fair value accounting. We have price risk from trading securities, securities owned by our broker-dealer subsidiaries, foreign exchange positions, derivative instruments, and equity investments. We have established loss limits on the trading portfolio, on the amount of foreign exchange exposure that can be maintained, and on the amount of marketable equity securities that can be held.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the possibility of us being unable to meet current and future financial obligations in a timely manner. The goal of liquidity management is to ensure adequate, stable, reliable, and cost-effective sources of funds to satisfy changes in loan and lease demand, unexpected levels of deposit withdrawals, investment opportunities, and other contractual obligations. We consider core earnings, strong capital ratios, and credit quality essential for maintaining high credit ratings, which allows us cost-effective access to market-based liquidity. We mitigate liquidity risk by maintaining liquid assets in the form of cash, cash equivalents, and securities. In addition, we maintain a large, stable core deposit base and a diversified base of readily available wholesale funding sources, including secured funding sources from the FHLB and Federal Reserve through pledged borrowing capacity, issuance through dealers in the capital markets, and access to certificates of deposit issued through brokers.

2023 Form 10-K 71

Table of Contents

The Board of Directors is responsible for establishing an acceptable level of liquidity risk at Huntington, including approval of the liquidity risk appetite at least annually. The liquidity risk appetite includes certain structural and contingent liquidity risk metrics and limits that are designed and monitored to ensure Huntington maintains adequate liquidity to meet current and future funding needs, including during periods of potential stress. Further, the ALCO is appointed by the ROC to oversee liquidity risk management, including the establishment of liquidity risk policies and additional liquidity risk metrics and limits to support our overall liquidity risk appetite. Liquidity risk appetite metrics monitored by senior management and reported to the Board at least semi-annually include loans as a percentage of core deposits, a structural funding ratio, internal liquidity stress test coverage ratios, and a holding company cash coverage ratio. Additional key liquidity risk metrics monitored by senior management and reported to ALCO monthly include non-core funds (such as brokered deposits and wholesale borrowings) as a percentage of tangible assets, various deposit concentration limits, including large dollar depositor and brokered deposit limits, and varying types of internally defined liquidity coverage ratios, including minimum reserve balances at the FRB and U.S. Treasury holdings relative to internal liquidity stress outflows. Our liquidity risk metric monitoring thresholds are evaluated at a minimum annually, and more frequently if conditions warrant.

Liquidity risk is managed centrally by Corporate Treasury with independent oversight of liquidity risk performed by Corporate Risk Management. Our liquidity position is evaluated daily, weekly, and monthly by analyzing the composition of all funding sources, reviewing projected liquidity commitments by future months, and identifying sources and uses of funds. The overall management of our liquidity position is also integrated into consumer and commercial pricing policies to ensure a stable core deposit base. Liquidity risk is reviewed and managed continuously for the Bank and the parent company, as well as its subsidiaries. In addition, liquidity working groups meet regularly to identify and monitor liquidity positions, provide policy guidance, review funding strategies, and oversee the adherence to, and maintenance of, contingency funding plans. At December 31, 2023, management believes current sources of liquidity are sufficient to meet Huntington’s on and off-balance sheet obligations.

We maintain a contingency funding plan that provides for liquidity stress testing, which assesses the potential erosion of funds in the event of an institution-specific event or systemic financial market crisis. Examples of institution specific events could include a downgrade in our public credit rating by a rating agency, a large charge to earnings, declines in profitability or other financial measures, declines in liquidity sources including reductions in deposit balances or access to contingent funding sources, or a significant merger or acquisition. Examples of systemic events unrelated to us that could have an effect on our access to liquidity could include terrorism or war, natural disasters, political events, failure of a major financial institution, or the default or bankruptcy of a major corporation, mutual fund, or hedge fund. Similarly, market speculation or rumors about us, or the banking industry in general, may adversely affect the cost and availability of normal funding sources. The contingency funding plan, which is reviewed and approved by the ROC at least annually, outlines the process for addressing a liquidity crisis and provides for an evaluation of funding sources under various market conditions. It also assigns specific roles and responsibilities and communication protocols for effectively managing liquidity through a problem period and outlines early warning indicators that are used to monitor emerging liquidity stress events.

Our largest source of liquidity on a consolidated basis is core deposits, which provide stable and lower-cost funding. Core deposits were $145.5 billion at December 31, 2023 which comprised 96% of total deposits, compared to $142.1 billion, and 96% of total deposits at December 31, 2022. The $3.3 billion increase in core deposits, compared to December 31, 2022, was primarily driven by an increase in consumer deposits, largely money market and certificates of deposits, partially offset by a decrease in commercial core deposits driven by shifts to off-balance sheet liquidity solutions we provide for our customers. Our core deposits come from a base of primary bank customer relationships, and we continue to focus on acquiring and deepening those relationships resulting in our granular and diversified deposit base.

Non-core deposits consist primarily of brokered money market balances. Non-core deposits were $5.8 billion, or 4% of total deposits, at both December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022. Non-core deposits were below our established liquidity risk metric limits at December 31, 2023.

Insured deposits comprised approximately 70% of our total deposits at December 31, 2023, compared to 68% at December 31, 2022. Throughout 2023, we maintained one of the highest levels of insured deposits amongst banks with more than $100 billion in deposits.

72 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Table 18 - Deposit Composition
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20232022
By Type:
Demand deposits—noninterest-bearing$30,96720%$38,24226%
Demand deposits—interest-bearing39,1902643,13629
Money market deposits44,9473036,08224
Savings and other domestic deposits16,7221120,35714
Core certificates of deposit (1)13,62694,3243
Total core deposits:145,45296142,14196
Other domestic deposits of $250,000 or more447220
Negotiable CDs, brokered and other deposits5,33145,5534
Total deposits$151,230100%$147,914100%
Total core deposits:
Commercial$60,54742%$64,10745%
Consumer84,9055878,03455
Total core deposits$145,452100%$142,141100%
Total deposits (insured/uninsured):
Insured deposits$105,98670%$100,63168%
Uninsured deposits (2)45,2443047,28332
Total deposits$151,230100%$147,914100%

(1)Includes consumer certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more.

(2)Represents consolidated Huntington uninsured deposits, determined by adjusting the amounts reported in the Bank Call Report (FFIEC 031) by inter-company deposits, which are not customer deposits and are therefore eliminated through consolidation. As of December 31, 2023, the Bank Call Report uninsured deposit balance was $49.8 billion, which includes $4.6 billion of inter-company deposits. As of December 31, 2022, the Bank Call Report uninsured deposit balance was $84.6 billion, which includes $37.3 billion of inter-company deposits.

At December 31, 2023
(dollar amounts in millions)3 months or less3 months to 6 months6 months to 12 months12 months or moreTotal
Portion of U.S. time deposits in excess of insurance limit$443$527$368$29$1,367

Cash and cash equivalents were $10.1 billion and $6.7 billion at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. The $3.4 billion increase in cash and cash equivalents is primarily due to an increase in interest-bearing deposits at the Federal Reserve Bank to support short-term liquidity.

Our investment securities portfolio is evaluated under established ALCO objectives. Changing market conditions could affect the profitability of the portfolio, as well as the level of interest rate risk exposure.

Total investment securities were $41.2 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $40.5 billion at December 31, 2022. The $686 million increase in securities compared to December 31, 2022, was due to a managed increase in the portfolio through the purchase of U.S. Treasuries, in addition to an increase in fair market value, partially offset by maturities during the year. At December 31, 2023, the duration of the investment securities portfolio was 4.5 years, or 3.7 years net of hedging. Securities are pledged to secure borrowing capacity with the FHLB and the Federal Reserve, discussed further in the Bank Liquidity and Sources of Funding section below. At December 31, 2023, investment securities with market value of $5.8 billion were unpledged.

2023 Form 10-K 73

Table of Contents

The weighted average yield by maturity of the investment securities portfolio is presented on the following table:

Table 19 - Investment Securities Weighted Average Yield by Maturity
At December 31, 2023
1 year or lessAfter 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 years through 10 yearsAfter 10 yearsTotal
(dollar amounts in millions)Yield (1)Yield (1)Yield (1)Yield (1)Yield (1)
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. Treasury5.40%4.15%%%5.40%
Federal agencies:
Residential CMO2.463.223.22
Residential MBS1.662.172.17
Commercial MBS2.852.85
Other agencies2.551.557.337.094.52
Total U.S. Treasury, Federal agency, and other agency securities5.401.712.932.472.85
Municipal securities6.655.954.764.635.36
Private-label CMO0.202.422.972.73
Asset-backed securities8.311.901.672.523.58
Corporate debt2.042.302.23
Other securities/Sovereign debt0.800.800.80
Total available-for-sale securities5.63%3.79%3.66%2.55%3.12%
Held-to-maturity securities:
Federal agencies:
Residential CMO%%2.69%2.57%2.58%
Residential MBS2.522.52
Commercial MBS3.022.442.45
Other agencies2.292.492.362.602.51
Total Federal agencies and other agencies2.292.492.782.532.53
Municipal securities2.632.63
Total held-to-maturity securities2.29%2.49%2.78%2.53%2.53%

(1)Weighted average yields were calculated using amortized cost on a fully-taxable equivalent basis, assuming a 21% tax rate where applicable.

Sources of wholesale funding include non-core deposits (other domestic deposits of $250,000 or more, negotiable CDs, brokered and other deposits), short-term borrowings, and long-term debt. Our wholesale funding totaled $18.8 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $17.5 billion at December 31, 2022, with the increase primarily due to increases in long-term FHLB borrowings and senior notes, partially offset by a decrease in short-term FHLB borrowings. For further information on our short-term borrowings and long-term debt, refer to Note 11 - “Borrowings” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Bank Liquidity and Sources of Funding

Our primary sources of funding for the Bank are consumer and commercial core deposits. At December 31, 2023, these core deposits funded 77% of total assets (119% of total loans). To the extent we are unable to obtain sufficient liquidity through core deposits and cash and cash equivalents, we may meet out liquidity needs through wholesale funding and asset securitization or sale.

The Bank maintains borrowing capacity at both the FHLB and the Federal Reserve secured by pledged loans and securities. The Bank does not consider borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve a primary source of funding, however, it could be used as a potential source of liquidity in a stressed environment or during a market disruption. At December 31, 2023, the Bank’s available contingent borrowing capacity at the FHLB and Federal Reserve totaled $83.0 billion, compared to $53.5 billion at December 31, 2022. The increase reflects our optimization of contingent borrowing capacity through the pledge of incremental assets. The amount of available contingent borrowing capacity may fluctuate based on the level of borrowings outstanding and level of assets pledged.

74 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Following the first quarter of 2023 bank failures, the FRB established the BTFP as an additional source of available liquidity to support depository institutions through pledging qualifying assets as collateral. The Bank has taken steps to support readiness but has not participated through December 31, 2023. In January 2024, the FRB announced it will stop extending loans under the BTFP after March 11, 2024.

At December 31, 2023, we believe the Bank has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet its cash flow obligations over the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future.

The following table reflects the composition and maturities of the loan and lease portfolio:

Table 20 - Maturity Schedule of Loans and leases
At December 31, 2023
(dollar amounts in millions)One Year or LessOne to Five YearsFive to Fifteen YearsAfter Fifteen YearsTotal
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$14,795$28,553$6,447$862$50,657
Commercial real estate3,8466,9121,6145012,422
Lease financing4083,2479626115,228
Total commercial19,04938,7129,0231,52368,307
Consumer:
Residential mortgage101051,72521,88023,720
Automobile1637,9854,3132112,482
Home equity1483152,2597,39110,113
RV and marine21303,3282,4395,899
Other consumer353901170371,461
Total consumer6769,43611,79531,76853,675
Total loans and leases$19,725$48,148$20,818$33,291$121,982
Percent of total16%40%17%27%100%

The following table reflects the loans and leases due after one year:

Table 21 - Loans and leases due after one year
Interest rate
(dollar amounts in millions)FixedFloating or Adjustable
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$11,563$24,299
Commercial real estate8877,689
Lease financing4,571249
Total commercial17,02132,237
Consumer:
Residential mortgage10,11413,596
Automobile12,319
Home equity2,8417,124
RV and marine finance5,897
Other consumer522586
Total consumer31,69321,306
Total loans and leases$48,714$53,543

2023 Form 10-K 75

Table of Contents

Parent Company Liquidity

The parent company’s funding requirements consist primarily of dividends to shareholders, debt service, income taxes, operating expenses, funding of nonbank subsidiaries, repurchases of our stock, and acquisitions. The parent company obtains funding to meet obligations from dividends and interest received from the Bank, interest and dividends received from direct subsidiaries, net taxes collected from subsidiaries included in the federal consolidated tax return, fees for services provided to subsidiaries, and the issuance of debt securities.

The parent company had cash and cash equivalents of $4.0 billion and $3.5 billion at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

On January 17, 2024, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly common stock cash dividend of $0.155 per common share. The dividend is payable on April 1, 2024, to shareholders of record on March 18, 2024. Based on the current quarterly dividend of $0.155 per common share, cash demands required for common stock dividends are estimated to be approximately $224 million per quarter. Additionally, on January 17, 2024, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly Series B, Series E, Series F, Series G, Series H, and Series J Preferred Stock dividend payable on April 15, 2024 to shareholders of record on April 1, 2024. On December 7, 2023, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend for the Series I Preferred Stock payable on March 1, 2024 to shareholders of record on February 15, 2024. Total cash demands required for preferred stock dividends are expected to be approximately $36 million per quarter.

During 2023, the Bank paid preferred and common dividends to the parent company of $45 million and $1.7 billion, respectively. To meet any additional liquidity needs, the parent company may issue debt or equity securities. To support the parent company’s ability to issue debt or equity securities, we have filed with the SEC an automatic shelf registration statement covering an indeterminate amount or number of securities to be offered or sold from time to time as authorized by the Huntington’s Board of Directors.

At December 31, 2023, we believe the Company has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet its cash flow obligations over the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, we enter into various off-balance sheet arrangements. These arrangements include commitments to extend credit, interest rate swaps, caps and floors, swaption collars, financial guarantees contained in standby letters-of-credit issued by the Bank, and commitments by the Bank to sell mortgage loans.

COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT

Commitments to extend credit generally have fixed expiration dates, are variable-rate, and contain clauses that permit Huntington to terminate or otherwise renegotiate the contracts in the event of a significant deterioration in the customer’s credit quality. These arrangements normally require the payment of a fee by the customer, the pricing of which is based on prevailing market conditions, credit quality, probability of funding, and other relevant factors. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash requirements. The interest rate risk arising from these financial instruments is insignificant as a result of their predominantly short-term, variable-rate nature. See Note 22 - “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

STANDBY LETTERS-OF-CREDIT

Standby letters-of-credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third-party. These guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing, and similar transactions. Most of these arrangements mature within two years and are expected to expire without being drawn upon. Standby letters-of-credit are included in the determination of the amount of risk-based capital that the parent company and the Bank are required to hold. Through our credit process, we monitor the credit risks of outstanding standby letters-of-credit. When it is probable that a standby letter-of-credit will be drawn and not repaid in full, a loss is recognized in the provision for credit losses. See Note 22 - “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

76 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

COMMITMENTS TO SELL LOANS

Activity related to our mortgage origination activity supports the hedging of the mortgage pricing commitments to customers and the secondary sale to third parties. In addition, we have commitments to sell residential real estate loans. These contracts mature in less than one year. See Note 22 - “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Contractual obligations, including off-balance sheet arrangements, are properly considered in our liquidity risk management process.

Table 22 - Contractual Obligations (1)
At December 31, 2023
(dollar amounts in millions)Less than 1 Year1 to 3Years3 to 5YearsMore than5 YearsTotal
Deposits without a stated maturity$136,105$$$$136,105
Certificates of deposit and other time deposits14,6953844615,125
Short-term borrowings620620
Long-term debt (2)8044,5802,8834,30912,576
Operating lease obligations6611779251513
Purchase commitments1952627054581

(1)Amounts do not include associated interest payments.

(2)Maturities are based upon the par value.

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss due to human error, third-party performance failures, inadequate or failed internal systems and controls, including the use of financial or other quantitative methodologies that may not adequately predict future results; violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices, or ethical standards; and external influences such as market conditions, fraudulent activities, disasters, failed business contingency plans, and security risks. We continuously strive to test and strengthen our system of internal controls to ensure compliance with significant contracts, agreements, laws, rules, and regulations, to reduce our exposure to fraud, and to improve the oversight of our operational risk.

We actively monitor cyberattacks such as attempts related to online deception and loss of sensitive customer data. We evaluate internal systems, processes, and controls to mitigate loss from cyber-attacks and, to date, have not experienced any material losses. Cybersecurity threats have increased, primarily through phishing campaigns. We are actively monitoring our email gateways for malicious phishing email campaigns. We have also increased our cybersecurity and fraud monitoring activities through the implementation of specific monitoring of remote connections by geography and volume of connections to detect anomalous remote logins, since a significant portion of our workforce has the option to work remotely.

Our objective for managing cybersecurity risk is to avoid or minimize the impacts of external threat events or other efforts to penetrate our systems. We work to achieve this objective by hardening networks and systems against attack, and by diligently managing visibility and monitoring controls within our data and communications environment to recognize events and respond before the attacker has the opportunity to plan and execute on its own goals. To this end we employ a set of defense in-depth strategies, which include efforts to make us less attractive as a target and less vulnerable to threats, while investing in threat analytic capabilities for rapid detection and response. Potential concerns related to cybersecurity may be escalated to our board-level Technology Committee, as appropriate. As a complement to the overall cybersecurity risk management, we use a number of internal training methods, both formally through mandatory courses and informally through written communications and other updates. Internal policies and procedures have been implemented to encourage the reporting of potential phishing attacks or other security risks. We also use third-party services to test the effectiveness of our cybersecurity risk management framework, and any such third parties are required to comply with our policies regarding information security and confidentiality.

2023 Form 10-K 77

Table of Contents

To govern operational risks, we have an Operational Risk Committee, a Legal, Regulatory, and Compliance Committee, a Funds Movement Committee, a Fraud Risk Committee, an Information and Technology Risk Committee, and a Third Party Risk Management Committee. The responsibilities of these committees, among other duties, include establishing and maintaining management information systems to monitor material risks and to identify potential concerns, risks, or trends that may have a significant impact and ensuring that recommendations are developed to address the identified issues. In addition, we have a Model Risk Oversight Committee that is responsible for policies and procedures describing how model risk is evaluated and managed and the application of the governance process to implement these practices throughout the enterprise. These committees report any significant findings and remediation recommendations to the Risk Management Committee. Potential concerns may be escalated to our ROC and our Audit Committee, as appropriate.

The goal of this framework is to implement effective operational risk-monitoring; minimize operational, fraud, and legal losses; minimize the impact of inadequately designed models and enhance our overall performance.

Compliance Risk

Financial institutions are subject to many laws, rules, and regulations at both the federal and state levels. These broad-based laws, rules, and regulations include, but are not limited to, expectations relating to anti-money laundering, lending limits, client privacy, fair lending, prohibitions against unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices, protections for military members as they enter active duty, and community reinvestment. The volume and complexity of recent regulatory changes have increased our overall compliance risk. As such, we utilize various resources to help ensure expectations are met, including a team of compliance experts dedicated to ensuring our conformance with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations. Our colleagues receive training for several broad-based laws and regulations including, but not limited to, anti-money laundering and customer privacy. Additionally, colleagues engaged in lending activities receive training for laws and regulations related to flood disaster protection, equal credit opportunity, fair lending, and/or other courses related to the extension of credit. We hold ourselves to a high standard for adherence to compliance management and seek to continuously enhance our performance.

Capital

(This section should be read in conjunction with the “Regulatory Matters” section included in Part I, Item 1: Business and Note 23 - “Other Regulatory Matters” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

Our primary capital objective is to maintain appropriate levels of capital within our Board-approved risk appetite to support the Bank's operations, absorb unanticipated losses and declines in asset values, and provide protection to uninsured depositors and debt holders in the event of liquidation, while also funding organic growth and providing appropriate returns to our shareholders. Both regulatory capital and shareholders’ equity are managed at the Bank and on a consolidated basis. We have an active program for managing capital and maintain a comprehensive process for assessing the Company’s overall capital adequacy, including the monitoring and reporting of capital risk metrics to the Board and ROC that we believe are useful for evaluating capital adequacy and making capital decisions. In addition to as-reported regulatory capital and tangible common equity metrics, which are discussed in more detail below, we also actively monitor other measures of capital, such as tangible common equity including the mark-to-market impact on HTM securities and CET1 inclusive of AOCI excluding cash flow hedges. We believe our capital levels are adequate.

Regulatory Capital

We are subject to the Basel III capital requirements including the standardized approach for calculating risk-weighted assets in accordance with subpart D of the final capital rule. The following table presents risk-weighted assets and other financial data necessary to calculate certain financial ratios, including CET1, which we use to measure capital adequacy.

78 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Table 23 - Capital Under Current Regulatory Standards (Basel III)
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20232022
CET1 risk-based capital ratio:
Total shareholders’ equity$19,353$17,731
Regulatory capital adjustments:
CECL transitional amount (1)219328
Shareholders’ preferred equity and related surplus(2,404)(2,177)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss2,6763,098
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of taxes(5,591)(5,663)
Deferred tax assets that arise from tax loss and credit carryforwards(41)(27)
CET1 capital14,21213,290
Additional tier 1 capital
Shareholders’ preferred equity and related surplus2,4042,177
Tier 1 capital16,61615,467
Long-term debt and other tier 2 qualifying instruments1,3061,424
Qualifying allowance for loan and lease losses1,7351,682
Tier 2 capital3,0413,106
Total risk-based capital$19,657$18,573
RWA$138,706$141,940
CET1 risk-based capital ratio10.25%9.36%
Other regulatory capital data:
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio11.9810.90
Total risk-based capital ratio14.1713.09
Tier 1 leverage ratio9.328.60

(1)Huntington and the Bank elected to temporarily delay certain effects of CECL on regulatory capital until January 1, 2022 pursuant to a rule that allowed BHCs and banks to delay for two years 100% of the day-one impact of adopting CECL and 25% of the cumulative change in the reported allowance for credit losses since adopting CECL. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we have phased in 50% and 25%, respectively, of the cumulative CECL deferral with the remaining impact to be recognized through the first quarter 2025.

Table 24 - Capital Adequacy—Non-Regulatory (Non-GAAP)
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20232022
Consolidated capital calculations:
Total shareholders’ equity$19,353$17,731
Goodwill and other intangible assets(5,704)(5,766)
Deferred tax liability on other intangible assets (1)3041
Total tangible equity (2)13,67912,006
Preferred equity(2,394)(2,167)
Total tangible common equity (2)$11,285$9,839
Total assets$189,368$182,906
Goodwill and other intangible assets(5,704)(5,766)
Deferred tax liability on other intangible assets (1)3041
Total tangible assets (2)$183,694$177,181
Tangible equity / tangible asset ratio (2)7.45%6.78%
Tangible common equity / tangible asset ratio (2)6.145.55
Tangible common equity / RWA ratio (2)8.146.93

(1)Deferred tax liability related to other intangible assets is calculated at a 21% tax rate.

(2)Tangible equity, tangible common equity, and tangible assets, as well as ratios utilizing these financial measures are non-GAAP financial measures. See Non-GAAP Financial Measures in the Additional Disclosures section.

2023 Form 10-K 79

Table of Contents

The following table presents certain regulatory capital data at the consolidated and Bank level:

Table 25 - Regulatory Capital Data (1)
Basel III
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20232022
Total risk-weighted assetsConsolidated$138,706$141,940
Bank138,462141,571
CET1 risk-based capitalConsolidated14,21213,290
Bank14,67114,133
Tier 1 risk-based capitalConsolidated16,61615,467
Bank15,87915,334
Tier 2 risk-based capitalConsolidated3,0423,106
Bank2,2472,313
Total risk-based capitalConsolidated19,65718,573
Bank18,12617,647
CET1 risk-based capital ratioConsolidated10.25%9.36%
Bank10.609.98
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratioConsolidated11.9810.90
Bank11.4710.83
Total risk-based capital ratioConsolidated14.1713.09
Bank13.0912.47
Tier 1 leverage ratioConsolidated9.328.60
Bank8.518.54

(1)    Huntington and the Bank elected to temporarily delay certain effects of CECL on regulatory capital until January 1, 2022 pursuant to a rule that allowed BHCs and banks to delay for two years 100% of the day-one impact of adopting CECL and 25% of the cumulative change in the reported allowance for credit losses since adopting CECL. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we have phased in 50% and 25%, respectively, of the cumulative CECL deferral with the remaining impact to be recognized through the first quarter 2025.

At December 31, 2023, we, at both the consolidated and Bank level, maintained Basel III capital ratios in excess of the well-capitalized standards established by the Federal Reserve. The increase in the consolidated CET1 risk-based capital ratio compared to the prior year, was primarily driven by current period earnings and a decrease in risk-weighted assets, partially offset by dividends. The decrease in risk-weighted assets was largely driven by the synthetic CRT transaction, which reduced risk-weighted assets by approximately $2.4 billion, with the risk-weight moving from 100% to 20% on the selected pool of assets.

Shareholders’ Equity

We generate shareholders’ equity primarily through the retention of earnings, net of dividends and share repurchases. Other potential sources of shareholders’ equity include issuances of common and preferred stock. Our objective is to maintain capital at an amount commensurate with our risk appetite and risk tolerance objectives, to meet both regulatory and market expectations, and to provide the flexibility needed for future growth and business opportunities.

Shareholders’ equity totaled $19.4 billion at December 31, 2023, an increase of $1.6 billion, or 9%, when compared with December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily driven by earnings, net of dividends, the changing rate environment causing a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss, and net issuance of preferred stock. The net issuance of preferred stock is reflective of the first quarter of 2023 issuance of $317 million of Series J perpetual preferred stock, partially offset by the fourth quarter of 2023 repurchases totaling $90 million of Series E perpetual preferred stock.

80 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Share Repurchases

From time to time the Board of Directors authorizes the Company to repurchase shares of our common stock. Although we announce when our Board authorizes share repurchases, we typically do not give any public notice before we repurchase our shares. Future stock repurchases may be private or open-market repurchases, including block transactions, accelerated or delayed block transactions, forward transactions, and similar transactions. Various factors determine the amount and timing of our share repurchases, including our capital requirements, the number of shares we expect to issue for employee benefit plans and acquisitions, market conditions (including the trading price of our stock), and regulatory and legal considerations.

On January 18, 2023, our Board authorized the repurchase of up to $1.0 billion of common shares within the eight quarter period ending December 31, 2024, subject to the Federal Reserve’s capital regulations. Purchases of common stock under the authorization may include open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions, and accelerated share repurchase programs. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we repurchased no

shares of common stock under the current repurchase authorization. As part of the 2023 capital plan and our

current expectation that organic capital will be used for funding loan and lease growth and proposed changes to

regulatory capital requirements, we do not expect to utilize the share repurchase program through 2024. However,

we may at our discretion resume share repurchases at any time while considering factors including, but not limited

to, capital requirements and market conditions.

BUSINESS SEGMENT DISCUSSION

Overview

Huntington’s business segments are based on our internally-aligned segment leadership structure, which is how we monitor results and assess performance. To align with our strategic priorities, during the second quarter of 2023, we completed an organizational realignment and now report on two business segments: Consumer & Regional Banking and Commercial Banking. The Treasury / Other function includes technology and operations, and other unallocated assets, liabilities, revenue, and expense. The organizational realignment primarily involved consolidating our previously reported Consumer and Business Banking, Vehicle Finance and RBHPCG, into one new business segment called Consumer & Regional Banking. Prior period results have been adjusted to conform to the new segment presentation.

Business segment results are determined based upon our management practices, which assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each of the business segments. The process is designed around our organizational and management structure and, accordingly, the results derived are not necessarily comparable with similar information published by other financial institutions.

Revenue Sharing

Revenue is recorded in the business segment responsible for the related product or service. Fee sharing is recorded to allocate portions of such revenue to other business segments involved in selling to or providing service to customers. Results of operations for the business segments reflect these fee sharing allocations.

Expense Allocation

The management process that develops the business segment reporting utilizes various estimates and allocation methodologies to measure the performance of the business segments. Expenses are allocated to business segments using a two-phase approach. The first phase consists of measuring and assigning unit costs (activity-based costs) to activities related to product origination and servicing. These activity-based costs are then extended, based on volumes, with the resulting amount allocated to business segments that own the related products. The second phase consists of the allocation of overhead costs to the business segments from Treasury / Other. We utilize a full-allocation methodology, where all Treasury / Other expenses, except reported acquisition-related expenses, if any, and a small amount of other residual unallocated expenses, are allocated to the business segments.

2023 Form 10-K 81

Table of Contents

Funds Transfer Pricing (FTP)

We use an active and centralized FTP methodology to attribute appropriate net interest income to the business segments. The intent of the FTP methodology is to transfer interest rate risk from the business segments by providing modeled duration funding of assets and liabilities. The result is to centralize the financial impact, management, and reporting of interest rate risk in the Treasury / Other function where it can be centrally monitored and managed. The Treasury / Other function charges (credits) an internal cost of funds for assets held in (or pays for funding provided by) each business segment.

During the fourth quarter of 2023, we revised our FTP methodology for non-maturity deposits, which has been enhanced to consider the internally modeled weighted average life by non-maturity deposit type. In general, the impact of the FTP methodology revision resulted in a higher cost of funds allocation as compared with the previous method. Prior period results have been adjusted to conform to the revised FTP methodology.

Net Income (Loss) by Business Segment

Net income (loss) by business segment for the past three years is presented in the following table:

Table 26 - Net Income (Loss) by Business Segment
Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)202320222021
Consumer & Regional Banking$1,315$1,027$1,337
Commercial Banking1,1791,087939
Treasury / Other(543)124(981)
Net income$1,951$2,238$1,295
Table 27 - Key Performance Indicators for Consumer & Regional Banking
Year Ended December 31,Change from 2022Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions unless otherwise noted)20232022AmountPercent2021
Net interest income$3,717$3,213$50416%$3,103
Provision for credit losses246260(14)(5)2
Noninterest income1,2571,272(15)(1)1,289
Noninterest expense3,0642,92414052,698
Provision for income taxes3492747527355
Net income$1,315$1,027$28828%$1,337
Number of employees (average full-time equivalent)11,53611,984(448)(4)%11,322
Total average assets$71,214$69,176$2,0383$64,121
Total average loans/leases65,34962,8812,468458,715
Total average deposits105,821105,46935291,485
Net interest margin3.45%2.99%0.46%153.31%
NCOs$155$120$3529$96
NCOs as a % of average loans and leases0.24%0.19%0.05%260.16%
Total assets under management (in billions)—eop$23.8$21.7$2.110$19.8
Total trust assets (in billions)—eop172.2135.736.527123.0

82 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Consumer & Regional Banking reported net income of $1.3 billion in 2023, an increase of $288 million, or 28%, compared to the year-ago period. Segment net interest income increased $504 million, or 16%, primarily due to a $2.5 billion, or 4%, increase in average loans and leases and a 46 basis point increase in NIM driven by the higher rate environment. The provision for credit losses decreased $14 million, or 5%, primarily due to modest improvement in the macroeconomic environment that was somewhat offset by consumer loan growth over the course of 2023. Noninterest income decreased $15 million, or 1%, primarily due to decreases in gain on sale of loans resulting from the strategic decision to retain the guaranteed portion of SBA loans at origination, in customer deposit and loan fees largely due to program changes, and in mortgage banking income reflecting secondary marketing spreads and lower salable volume. The decreases in noninterest income were partially offset by a $57 million gain on the sale of our RPS business and increases in wealth and asset management revenue and payments and cash management revenue. Noninterest expense increased $140 million, or 5%, primarily due to higher overhead allocations, gains from branch sales recognized in 2022, an increase in personnel expense, and the impact of the FDIC DIF special assessment.

Consumer & Regional Banking reported net income of $1.0 billion in 2022, a decrease of $310 million, compared to the prior year period. Segment net interest income increased $110 million, or 4%, primarily due to an increase in average assets reflecting organic growth and the impact of the TCF acquisition, partially offset by a 32 basis point decrease in NIM driven by higher cost of funds and a decrease in accelerated PPP loan fees recognized upon forgiveness payments from the SBA. The provision for credit losses increased $258 million, primarily due to reserve releases in 2021 as the economic environment was improving, contrasted with reserve builds in 2022 that recognized the increased near-term recessionary risks. Noninterest income decreased $17 million, or 1%, primarily due to lower mortgage banking income reflecting lower salable volume and secondary marketing spreads, partially offset by the impact of the TCF acquisition and an increase in gain on sale of loans, primarily due to sales of SBA loans during the first through third quarters of 2022. Noninterest expense increased $226 million, or 8%, primarily due to the impact of the TCF acquisition largely driven by higher personnel expense reflecting an increase in the number of full-time equivalent employees and allocated overhead.

Table 28 - Key Performance Indicators for Commercial Banking
Year Ended December 31,Change from 2022Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions unless otherwise noted)20232022AmountPercent2021
Net interest income$2,162$1,807$35520%$1,483
Provision for credit losses15629127NM23
Noninterest income646667(21)(3)519
Noninterest expense1,1341,056787787
Provision for income taxes319292279251
Income attributable to non-controlling interest2010101002
Net income attributable to Huntington Bancshares Inc$1,179$1,087$928%$939
Number of employees (average full-time equivalent)2,2762,1001768%1,734
Total average assets$63,932$59,772$4,1607$43,924
Total average loans/leases55,38552,0943,291637,900
Total average deposits36,15234,7711,381428,545
Net interest margin3.74%3.30%0.44%133.64%
NCOs$119$2$117NM$119
NCOs as a % of average loans and leases0.21%%0.21%NM0.31%

2023 Form 10-K 83

Table of Contents

Commercial Banking reported net income of $1.2 billion in 2023, an increase of $92 million, or 8%, compared to the year-ago period. Segment net interest income increased $355 million, or 20%, primarily due to a 44 basis point increase in NIM, driven by the higher rate environment resulting in an increase in spreads and an increase in average loans and leases, partially offset by an increase in average deposits. The provision for credit losses increased $127 million due to a combination of commercial loan and lease growth and an increase in the coverage ratio in the commercial real estate portfolio, reflecting ongoing risks in the commercial real estate environment. Noninterest income decreased $21 million, or 3%, primarily due to a decrease in customer deposit and loan fees driven by a reduction in loan commitment fees and a decrease in capital markets and advisory fees, largely due to lower interest rate derivatives fees, partially offset by higher advisory fees from the Capstone acquisition. Partially offsetting these decreases in noninterest income were increases in payments and cash management revenue and wealth and asset management revenue. Noninterest expense increased $78 million, or 7%, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs reflecting the impact of the Capstone acquisition and an increase in average full-time equivalent employees, higher allocated overhead, and the impact of the FDIC DIF special assessment, partially offset by lower lease financing equipment depreciation.

Commercial Banking reported net income of $1.1 billion in 2022, an increase of $148 million, or 16%, compared to the prior year period. Segment net interest income increased $324 million, or 22%, primarily due to an increase in average loans and leases, reflecting the impact of the TCF acquisition and continued organic loan and lease growth, partially offset by a 34 basis point decrease in NIM, driven by higher cost of funds. The provision for credit losses increased $6 million due to a combination of loan and lease growth in 2022 and a reduction in ACL coverage ratios over the course of 2021, as there was more clarity around the economic impacts of COVID-19. Noninterest income increased $148 million, or 29%, reflecting the impact of the TCF acquisition in addition to an increase in capital markets and advisory fees, primarily due to higher advisory fees supported by the impact of the Capstone Partners acquisition, loan syndication fees, foreign exchange fees, and interest rate derivatives fees. Noninterest expense increased $269 million, or 34%, primarily reflecting the impact of the TCF and Capstone Partners acquisitions, which led to higher personnel costs and allocated overhead.

Treasury / Other

The Treasury / Other function includes revenue and expense related to assets, liabilities, derivatives (including mark-to-market of interest rate caps, as applicable), and equity not directly assigned or allocated to one of the business segments. Assets include investment securities and bank owned life insurance.

Net interest income includes the impact of administering our investment securities portfolios, the net impact of derivatives used to hedge interest rate sensitivity, as well as the financial impact associated with our FTP methodology, as described above. Noninterest income includes miscellaneous fee income not allocated to other business segments, such as bank owned life insurance income and securities and trading asset gains or losses. Noninterest expense includes certain corporate administrative, acquisition-related, if any, and other miscellaneous expenses not allocated to other business segments. The provision for income taxes for the business segments is calculated at a statutory 21% tax rate, although our overall effective tax rate is lower.

Treasury / Other reported a net loss of $543 million in 2023, a decrease in net income of $667 million, compared to the year-ago period, driven by a decrease in net interest income and an increase in noninterest expense, partially offset by an increase in provision benefit for income tax. Net interest income decreased $693 million primarily due to a higher cost of funds. Noninterest expense increased $155 million primarily due to increases in personnel costs and professional services. The increase in provision benefit for income taxes of $204 million is primarily due to lower pre-tax income in addition an increase in discrete tax benefits.

Treasury / Other reported net income of $124 million in 2022, an increase of $1.1 billion, compared to the year-ago period, driven by a $737 million increase in net interest income and a $669 million decrease in noninterest expense, partially offset by a $261 million reduction in provision benefit for income taxes.

84 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL DISCLOSURES

Forward-Looking Statements

This report, including MD&A, contains certain forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, certain plans, expectations, goals, projections, and statements, which are not historical facts and are subject to numerous assumptions, risks, and uncertainties. Statements that do not describe historical or current facts, including statements about beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements may be identified by words such as expect, anticipate, believe, intend, estimate, plan, target, goal, or similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as will, may, might, should, would, could, or similar variations. The forward-looking statements are intended to be subject to the safe harbor provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, below are certain factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained or implied in the forward-looking statements: changes in general economic, political, or industry conditions; deterioration in business and economic conditions, including persistent inflation, supply chain issues or labor shortages; instability in global economic conditions and geopolitical matters, as well as volatility in financial markets; the impact of pandemics, including the COVID-19 pandemic and related variants and mutations, and their impact on the global economy and financial market conditions and our business, results of operations, and financial condition; the impacts related to or resulting from recent bank failures and other volatility, including potential increased regulatory requirements and costs, such as FDIC special assessments, long-term debt requirements and heightened capital requirements, and potential impacts to macroeconomic conditions, which could affect the ability of depository institutions, including us, to attract and retain depositors and to borrow or raise capital; unexpected outflows of uninsured deposits which may require us to sell investment securities at a loss; rising interest rates which could negatively impact the value of our portfolio of investment securities; the loss of value of our investment portfolio which could negatively impact market perceptions of us and could lead to deposit withdrawals; the effects of social media on market perceptions of us and banks generally; cybersecurity risks; uncertainty in U.S. fiscal and monetary policy, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve; volatility and disruptions in global capital and credit markets; movements in interest rates; competitive pressures on product pricing and services; success, impact, and timing of our business strategies, including market acceptance of any new products or services including those implementing our “Fair Play” banking philosophy; the nature, extent, timing, and results of governmental actions, examinations, reviews, reforms, regulations, and interpretations, including those related to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the Basel III regulatory capital reforms, as well as those involving the OCC, Federal Reserve, FDIC, and CFPB; and other factors that may affect the future results of Huntington.

All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and are based on information available at that time. Huntington does not assume any obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements were made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events except as required by federal securities laws. As forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties, caution should be exercised against placing undue reliance on such statements.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

This document contains GAAP financial measures and non-GAAP financial measures where management believes it to be helpful in understanding our results of operations or financial position. Where non-GAAP financial measures are used, the comparable GAAP financial measure, as well as the reconciliation to the comparable GAAP financial measure, can be found herein.

Fully-Taxable Equivalent Basis

Interest income, yields, and ratios on an FTE basis are considered non-GAAP financial measures. Management believes net interest income on an FTE basis provides an insightful picture of the interest margin for comparison purposes. The FTE basis also allows management to assess the comparability of revenue arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources. The FTE basis assumes a federal statutory tax rate of 21%. We encourage readers to consider the Consolidated Financial Statements and other financial information contained in this Form 10-K in their entirety, and not to rely on any single financial measure.

2023 Form 10-K 85

Table of Contents

Non-Regulatory Capital Ratios

In addition to capital ratios defined by banking regulators, the Company considers various other measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including:

•Tangible common equity to tangible assets,

•Tangible equity to tangible assets, and

•Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets using Basel III definitions.

These non-regulatory capital ratios are viewed by management as useful additional methods of reflecting the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions. Additionally, presentation of these ratios allows readers to compare our capitalization to other financial services companies. These ratios differ from capital ratios defined by banking regulators principally in that the numerator excludes goodwill and other intangible assets, the nature and extent of which varies among different financial services companies. These ratios are not defined in GAAP or federal banking regulations. As a result, these non-regulatory capital ratios disclosed by the Company are considered non-GAAP financial measures.

Because there are no standardized definitions for these non-regulatory capital ratios, the Company’s calculation methods may differ from those used by other financial services companies. Also, there may be limits in the usefulness of these measures to investors. As a result, we encourage readers to consider the Consolidated Financial Statements and other financial information contained in this Form 10-K in their entirety, and not to rely on any single financial measure.

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000049196-23-000020.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-02-17. Report date: 2022-12-31.

Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

INTRODUCTION

This MD&A provides information we believe necessary for understanding our financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. The MD&A should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, and other information contained in this report. The forward-looking statements in this section and other parts of this report involve assumptions, risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including statements regarding our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, and financial performance. Our actual results could differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of factors set forth under the caption “Forward-Looking Statements” and those set forth in Item 1A.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Acquisitions

In June 2021, Huntington closed the acquisition of TCF Financial Corporation. Historical periods prior to June 9, 2021 reflect results of legacy Huntington operations. Subsequent to closing, results reflect all post-acquisition activity. For further information, refer to Note 3 “Business Combinations” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

In May 2022, Huntington completed the acquisition of Torana, now known as Huntington Choice Pay, a digital

payments business focused on business to consumer payments. This acquisition, along with the formation of our

enterprise-wide payments group, reflects one of our strategic priorities to accelerate our payments capabilities and expand the services provided to our customers.

In June 2022, Huntington completed the acquisition of Capstone Partners, a top tier middle market investment bank and advisory firm. The transaction brings a national scale to serve middle market business owners throughout the corporate lifecycle, building on Huntington’s regional banking foundation. Capstone Partners related revenue, including mergers and acquisitions, capital raising and other advisory-related fees, is recognized within capital markets fees in the Consolidated Statements of Income. For further information, refer to Note 3 “Business Combinations” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2022 Financial Performance Review

In 2022, we reported net income of $2.2 billion, a $943 million, or 73%, increase from the prior year. Earnings per common share on a diluted basis for the year were $1.45, up 61% from the prior year. The current year reported net income was negatively impacted by acquisition-related expenses totaling $95 million, or $76 million after tax ($0.05 per common share), compared to $701 million, or $566 million after tax ($0.44 per common share) in the prior year.

Net interest income for 2022 was $5.3 billion, up $1.2 billion, or 29%, from 2021. FTE net interest income, a non-GAAP financial measure, increased $1.2 billion, or 29%, from 2021. The increase in FTE net interest income reflected the benefit of a $23.3 billion, or 17%, increase in average earning assets in addition to a 30 basis point increase in the FTE NIM to 3.25%. Average earning asset growth included an $18.4 billion, or 19%, increase in average loans and leases and an $8.9 billion, or 27%, increase in average securities. Average balances across earning asset categories reflect organic growth in addition to the late second-quarter 2021 TCF acquisition. The increase in average securities was additionally driven by the redeployment of excess liquidity into securities in the second half of 2021. The NIM expansion was driven by the higher rate environment driving an increase in loan and lease and investment security yields, partially offset by higher cost of funds and the impact of lower accelerated PPP loan fees recognized upon forgiveness payments from the SBA in 2022.

The provision for credit losses increased $264 million to $289 million, primarily due to loan and lease growth and the likelihood of a worsening economic scenario throughout 2022. The reduction in ACL coverage ratios over the course of 2021 reflected more clarity relating to the economic impacts of COVID-19. The ACL was $2.3 billion, or 1.90% of total loans and leases, at December 31, 2022, compared to $2.1 billion, or 1.89% of total loans and leases, at December 31, 2021. The increase in the total ACL was primarily driven by loan and lease growth, but also recognizes the increased near-term recessionary risks at the end of 2022.

2022 Form 10-K 43

Table of Contents

Noninterest income was $2.0 billion, up $92 million, or 5%, from the prior year. Noninterest expense was $4.2 billion, down $174 million, or 4%, from the prior year. The changes in noninterest income and noninterest expense were impacted by the full-period impact of the TCF acquisition, completed in June 2021, in addition to the capital markets activity associated with the Capstone Partners acquisition, completed in June 2022. Noninterest expense was additionally impacted by a decrease in acquisition-related expenses of $606 million and the execution of cost reduction initiatives associated with the TCF acquisition.

The tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 5.55% at December 31, 2022, down 133 basis points from December 31, 2021, primarily due to a decrease in tangible common equity related to the higher interest rates causing an increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss, partially offset by earnings. CET1 risk-based capital ratio was 9.36%, up from 9.33% at December 31, 2021. The increase in regulatory capital ratios was primarily driven by earnings.

Business Overview

General

Our general business objectives are to:

•Build on our vision to be the country’s leading people-first, digitally powered bank

•Drive sustainable long-term revenue growth and efficiency

•Deliver a Category of One customer experience through our distinguished brand and culture

•Extend our digital leadership with focus on ease of use, access to information, and self-service across products and services

•Leverage expertise and capabilities to acquire and deepen relationships and launching of select partnerships

•Maintain positive operating leverage and execute disciplined capital management

•Stability and resilience through risk management, maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low, through-the-cycle risk appetite

Economy

Growth in economic activity and demand for goods and services, alongside labor shortages, supply chain complications and geopolitical matters, have contributed to rising inflation. In response, the Federal Reserve has raised interest rates and has been reducing the size of its balance sheet. Furthermore, the Federal Reserve has signaled that it would continue to implement these policy actions in order to bring inflation down. The timing and impact of inflation and rising interest rates on our business and related financial results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and difficult to predict. Our businesses and financial results may be impacted by a variety of other factors as well, such as an economic slowdown or recession. Our baseline economic forecast assumes a mild recession in 2023 with modest GDP growth for the full year. We expect the economy to exit the year on the path toward recovery with inflation gradually subsiding.

We delivered positive results in 2022, driven by broad-based loan and lease growth, growth in our deposit base, higher revenue, and disciplined expense management which were marked by the execution of strategic initiatives and acquisition synergies to further expand our capabilities. The addition of Capstone Partners has expanded the expertise we bring to customers, is benefiting our continued efforts to deepen relationships with commercial customers, and is increasing our fee income opportunities. Credit continues to perform well in keeping with our aggregate moderate-to-low, through the-cycle risk appetite. With our disciplined and proactive approach, we believe Huntington is well positioned to manage through the uncertain economic outlook on the horizon. We remain focused on delivering profitable growth and driving value for our shareholders.

Legislative and Regulatory

A comprehensive discussion of legislative and regulatory matters affecting us can be found in Item 1: Business - “Regulatory Matters” section of this Form 10-K.

44 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Table 1 - Selected Year to Date Income Statement Data
Year Ended December 31,
Change from 2021Change from 2020
(amounts in millions, except per share data)2022AmountPercent2021AmountPercent2020
Interest income$5,969$1,77842%$4,191$54415%$3,647
Interest expense696607NM89(334)(79)423
Net interest income5,2731,171294,102878273,224
Provision for credit losses289264NM25(1,023)(98)1,048
Net interest income after provision for credit losses4,984907224,0771,901872,176
Service charges on deposit accounts3841233727124301
Card and payment processing income37440123348635248
Capital markets fees252101671512621125
Trust and investment management services2491772324323189
Mortgage banking income144(165)(53)309(57)(16)366
Leasing revenue12627279978NM21
Insurance income11712111058897
Gain on sale of loans5748NM9(33)(79)42
Bank owned life insurance income56(13)(19)695864
Net gains (losses) on sales of securities(9)NM910NM(1)
Other noninterest income22222112006144139
Total noninterest income1,9819251,889298191,591
Personnel costs2,4016632,335643381,692
Outside data processing and other services610(240)(28)850466121384
Equipment2692182486838180
Net occupancy246(31)(11)27711975158
Marketing9122895113438
Professional services77(36)(32)1135810555
Deposit and other insurance expense67163151195932
Amortization of intangibles535104871741
Lease financing equipment depreciation454104140NM1
Other noninterest expense34219632310951214
Total noninterest expense4,201(174)(4)4,3751,580572,795
Income before income taxes2,7641,173741,59161964972
Provision for income taxes5152217529413990155
Income after income taxes2,249952731,29748059817
Income attributable to non-controlling interest119NM22NM
Net income attributable to Huntington Bancshares Inc2,238943731,29547859817
Dividends on preferred shares113(18)(14)1313131100
Impact of preferred stock redemption(11)NM1111NM
Net income applicable to common shares$2,125$97284%$1,153$43661%$717
Average common shares—basic1,44117914%1,26224524%1,017
Average common shares—diluted1,465178141,287254251,033
Net income per common share—basic$1.47$0.5662%$0.91$0.2028%$0.71
Net income per common share—diluted1.450.55610.900.21300.69
Cash dividends declared0.620.01520.6050.00510.60
Revenue and Net Interest Income—FTE (Non-GAAP)
Net interest income$5,273$1,17129%$4,102$87827%$3,224
FTE adjustment(1)316242541921
Net interest income, FTE (non-GAAP)(1)5,3041,177294,127882273,245
Noninterest income1,9819251,889298191,591
Total revenue, FTE (non-GAAP)(1)$7,285$1,26921%$6,016$1,18024%$4,836

(1)    On an FTE basis assuming a 21% tax rate.

2022 Form 10-K 45

Table of Contents

DISCUSSION OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section provides a review of financial performance on a consolidated basis. Key consolidated balance sheet and income statement trends are discussed. All earnings per share data are reported on a diluted basis. For additional insight on financial performance, please read this section in conjunction with the “Business Segment Discussion.”

For a discussion of our results of operations for 2021 versus 2020, see “Part II, Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” Discussion of Results of Operations included in our 2021 Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 18, 2022.

Average Balance Sheet / Net Interest Income

Our primary source of revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between interest income from earning assets (primarily loans, leases, and securities), and interest expense of funding sources (primarily interest-bearing deposits and borrowings). Earning asset balances and related funding sources, as well as changes in the levels of interest rates, impact net interest income. The difference between the average yield on earning assets and the average rate paid for interest-bearing liabilities is the net interest spread. Noninterest-bearing sources of funds, such as demand deposits and shareholders’ equity, also support earning assets. The impact of the noninterest-bearing sources of funds, often referred to as “free” funds, is captured in the net interest margin, which is calculated as net interest income divided by average earning assets. Both the net interest margin and net interest spread are presented on an FTE basis, which means that tax-free interest income has been adjusted to a pretax equivalent income, assuming a 21% tax rate.

The following table shows changes in fully-taxable equivalent interest income, interest expense, and net interest income due to volume and rate variances for major categories of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities:

Table 2 - Change in Net Interest Income Due to Changes in Average Volume and Interest Rates (1)
20222021
(dollar amounts in millions)Increase (Decrease) From Previous Year Due ToIncrease (Decrease) From Previous Year Due To
FTE basis (2)VolumeYield/ RateTotalVolumeYield/ RateTotal
Loans and leases$744$437$1,181$659$(102)$557
Investment securities165367532174(195)(21)
Other earning assets(30)1017130(18)12
Total interest income from earning assets8799051,784863(315)548
Deposits1130731846(199)(153)
Short-term borrowings301545(6)(6)(12)
Long-term debt8236244(38)(131)(169)
Total interest expense of interest-bearing liabilities495586072(336)(334)
Net interest income$830$347$1,177$861$21$882

(1)The change in interest income or expense due to both rate and volume has been allocated between the factors in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

(2)Calculated assuming a 21% tax rate.

46 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Table 3 - Consolidated Average Balance Sheet and Net Interest Margin Analysis
Year ended
20222021Change from 2021
AverageInterestYield/AverageInterestYield/Average Balances
(dollar amounts in millions)BalancesIncome (FTE) (1)Rate (2)BalancesIncome (FTE) (1)Rate (2)AmountPercent
Assets:
Interest-bearing deposits at Federal Reserve Bank$4,626$751.63%$8,129$110.14%$(3,503)(43)%
Interest-bearing deposits in banks22683.1537210.04(146)(39)
Securities:
Trading account securities3214.145013.32(18)(36)
Available-for-sale securities:
Taxable21,9945762.6219,7672611.322,22711
Tax-exempt2,842943.322,916712.42(74)(3)
Total available-for-sale securities24,8366702.7022,6833321.462,1539
Held-to-maturity securities—taxable16,5093512.1310,0001741.746,50965
Other securities845273.16556101.7528952
Total securities42,2221,0492.4833,2895171.558,93327
Loans held for sale973414.241,398412.96(425)(30)
Loans and leases: (3)
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial43,1181,8754.3536,8981,4463.926,22017
Commercial real estate15,7686834.3311,4123623.174,35638
Lease financing4,9742515.043,7391864.981,23533
Total commercial63,8602,8094.4052,0491,9943.8311,81123
Consumer:
Residential mortgage20,9076613.1615,9534793.004,95431
Automobile13,4544723.5113,0084713.624463
Home equity10,4095325.1110,0183913.903914
RV and marine5,3222274.264,6721994.2765014
Other consumer1,3141269.511,11811210.0419618
Total consumer51,4062,0183.9244,7691,6523.696,63715
Total loans and leases115,2664,8274.1996,8183,6463.7718,44819
Total earning assets163,3136,0003.67140,0064,2163.0123,30717
Cash and due from banks1,6661,35631023
Goodwill and other intangible assets5,6884,1081,58038
All other assets10,1848,8041,38016
Allowance for loan and lease losses(2,083)(1,993)(90)(5)
Total assets$178,768$152,281$26,48717%
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand deposits—interest-bearing$41,779$1580.38%$32,708$120.04%$9,07128%
Money market deposits33,7331120.3330,039210.073,69412
Savings and other domestic deposits21,31650.0217,35750.033,95923
Core certificates of deposit (4)2,439120.502,36810.03713
Other domestic deposits of $250,000 or more23310.4735310.21(120)(34)
Negotiable CDs, brokered and other deposits3,838751.963,52550.163139
Total interest-bearing deposits103,3383630.3586,350450.0516,98820
Short-term borrowings2,485461.8627810.202,207NM
Long-term debt (5)8,7242873.297,479430.571,24517
Total interest-bearing liabilities114,5476960.6194,107890.0920,44022
Demand deposits—noninterest-bearing41,57437,9603,61410
All other liabilities4,3533,2051,14836
Total Huntington Bancshares Inc shareholders’ equity18,26316,9971,2667
Non-controlling interest311219NM
Total equity18,29417,0091,2858
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$178,768$152,281$26,48717%
Net interest rate spread3.062.92
Impact of noninterest-bearing funds on margin0.190.03
Net interest margin/NII$5,3043.25%$4,1272.95%

(1)FTE yields are calculated assuming a 21% tax rate.

(2)Average yield/rates include the impact of applicable derivatives. Loan and lease and deposit average yield/rates also include impact of applicable non-deferrable and amortized fees.

(3)For purposes of this analysis, NALs are reflected in the average balances of loans and leases.

(4)Includes consumer certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more.

(5)Reflects the benefit of $89 million mark-to-market of interest rate caps for 2021. There was no impact for 2022.

2022 Form 10-K 47

Table of Contents

Table 3 - Consolidated Average Balance Sheet and Net Interest Margin Analysis (Continued)
Year ended
20212020Change from 2020
AverageInterestYield/AverageInterestYield/Average Balances
(dollar amounts in millions)BalancesIncome (FTE) (1)Rate (2)BalancesIncome (FTE) (1)Rate (2)AmountPercent
Assets:
Interest-bearing deposits at Federal Reserve Bank$8,129$110.14%$3,874$60.15%$4,255110%
Interest-bearing deposits in banks37210.0417610.47196111
Securities:
Trading account securities5013.325923.10(9)(15)
Available-for-sale securities:
Taxable19,7672611.3211,3922372.088,37574
Tax-exempt2,916712.422,735772.841817
Total available-for-sale securities22,6833321.4614,1273142.238,55661
Held-to-maturity securities—taxable10,0001741.749,2482162.337528
Other securities556101.7544361.4111326
Total securities33,2895171.5523,8775382.259,41239
Loans held for sale1,398412.961,121343.0627725
Loans and leases: (3)
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial36,8981,4463.9231,6241,1663.695,27417
Commercial real estate11,4123623.177,0542253.194,35862
Lease financing3,7391864.982,2931245.421,44663
Total commercial52,0491,9943.8340,9711,5153.7011,07827
Consumer:
Residential mortgage15,9534793.0011,6944063.474,25936
Automobile13,0084713.6212,8385043.931701
Home equity10,0183913.908,9303584.011,08812
RV and marine4,6721994.273,8761814.6879621
Other consumer1,11811210.041,08612511.48323
Total consumer44,7691,6523.6938,4241,5744.106,34517
Total loans and leases96,8183,6463.7779,3953,0893.8917,42322
Total earning assets140,0064,2163.01108,4433,6683.3831,56329
Cash and due from banks1,3561,12423221
Goodwill and other intangible assets4,1082,2011,90787
All other assets8,8047,0451,75925
Allowance for loan and lease losses(1,993)(1,581)(412)(26)
Total assets$152,281$117,232$35,04930%
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand deposits—interest-bearing$32,708$120.04%$23,514$320.14%$9,19439%
Money market deposits30,039210.0725,6951000.394,34417
Savings and other domestic deposits17,35750.0310,720100.096,63762
Core certificates of deposit (4)2,36810.032,610381.44(242)(9)
Other domestic deposits of $250,000 or more35310.2121631.1813763
Negotiable CDs, brokered and other deposits3,52550.163,822150.38(297)(8)
Total interest-bearing deposits86,350450.0566,5771980.3019,77330
Short-term borrowings27810.201,147131.18(869)(76)
Long-term debt (5)7,479430.579,4962122.24(2,017)(21)
Total interest-bearing liabilities94,107890.0977,2204230.5516,88722
Demand deposits—noninterest-bearing37,96025,33612,62450
All other liabilities3,2052,37383235
Total Huntington Bancshares Inc shareholders’ equity16,99712,3034,69438
Non-controlling interest1212100
Total equity17,00912,3034,70638
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$152,281$117,232$35,04930%
Net interest rate spread2.922.83
Impact of noninterest-bearing funds on margin0.030.16
Net interest margin/NII$4,1272.95%$3,2452.99%

(1)FTE yields are calculated assuming a 21% tax rate.

(2)Average yield/rates include the impact of applicable derivatives. Loan and lease and deposit average yield/rates also include impact of applicable non-deferrable and amortized fees.

(3)For purposes of this analysis, NALs are reflected in the average balances of loans and leases.

(4)Includes consumer certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more.

(5)Reflects the benefit of $89 million mark-to-market of interest rate caps for 2021. There was no impact for 2020.

48 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Net interest income for 2022 increased $1.2 billion, or 29%, from 2021. FTE net interest income, a non-GAAP financial measure, for 2022 increased $1.2 billion, or 29%, from 2021. The increase in FTE net interest income reflected the benefit of a $23.3 billion, or 17%, increase in average total earning assets in addition to a 30 basis point increase in the FTE NIM to 3.25%. The increase in average total earning assets included a $18.4 billion, or 19%, increase in average loans and leases and a $8.9 billion, or 27%, increase in average total securities. Average balance increases across earning asset categories for 2022 reflect organic growth in addition to the late second-quarter 2021 TCF acquisition. The increase in average securities was additionally driven by the redeployment of excess liquidity into securities in the second half of 2021.

The NIM expansion was driven by the higher rate environment driving an increase in loan and lease and investment security yields, partially offset by higher cost of funds and the impact of lower accelerated PPP loan fees recognized upon forgiveness payments from the SBA in 2022. Net interest income for 2022 included $21 million in accelerated PPP loan fees recognized upon forgiveness payments from the SBA, compared to $126 million in 2021.

Provision for Credit Losses

(This section should be read in conjunction with the “Credit Risk” section.)

The provision for credit losses is the expense necessary to maintain the ACL at levels appropriate to absorb our estimate of credit losses expected over the life of the loan and lease portfolio, securities portfolio, and unfunded lending commitments.

The provision for credit losses in 2022 was $289 million, an increase of $264 million from 2021. The increase in provision expense over the prior year was due to a combination of loan and lease growth in 2022 and a reduction in ACL coverage ratios over the course of 2021, as there was more clarity relating to the economic impacts of COVID-19.

The components of the provision for credit losses were as follows:

Table 4 - Provision for Credit Losses
Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)202220212020
Provision for loan and lease losses$212$(1)$1,089
Provision for unfunded lending commitments7326(41)
Provision for securities4
Total provision for credit losses$289$25$1,048

2022 Form 10-K 49

Table of Contents

Noninterest Income

The following table reflects noninterest income for each of the periods presented:

Table 5 - Noninterest Income
Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)Change from 2021Change from 2020
2022AmountPercent2021AmountPercent2020
Service charges on deposit accounts$384$123%$372$7124%$301
Card and payment processing income37440123348635248
Capital markets fees252101671512621125
Trust and investment management services2491772324323189
Mortgage banking income144(165)(53)309(57)(16)366
Leasing revenue12627279978NM21
Insurance income11712111058897
Gain on sale of loans5748NM9(33)(79)42
Bank owned life insurance income56(13)(19)695864
Net gains (losses) on sales of securities(9)NM910NM(1)
Other noninterest income22222112006144139
Total noninterest income$1,981$925%$1,889$29819%$1,591

Noninterest income was $2.0 billion, up $92 million, or 5%, from the prior year. Capital markets fees increased $101 million, or 67%, primarily reflecting higher advisory fees supported by the impact of Capstone Partners, loan syndication fees, foreign exchange fees, and interest rate derivative fees. Gain on sale of loans increased $48 million, primarily due to sales of SBA loans during the first through third quarters of 2022. Trust and investment management services income increased $17 million, or 7%, primarily reflecting the full-period impact of the TCF acquisition and an increase in sales. Service charges on deposit accounts increased $12 million, or 3%, primarily due to the full-period impact on volume due to TCF customers, partially offset by the impact from Fair Play enhancements implemented in the second half of 2022. Insurance income increased $12 million, or 11%, primarily reflecting an increase in agency commissions. All other increases were largely a result of the full-period impact of the TCF acquisition. Offsetting these increases, mortgage banking income decreased $165 million, or 53%, primarily reflecting lower salable volume and secondary marketing spreads, bank owned life insurance decreased $13 million, or 19%, primarily due to valuation adjustments and lower benefit claims, and net gains on sales of securities decreased $9 million, as the prior year included sales reflecting securities optimization following the acquisition of TCF.

50 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense
The following table reflects noninterest expense for each of the periods presented:
Table 6 - Noninterest Expense
Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)Change from 2021Change from 2020
2022AmountPercent2021AmountPercent2020
Personnel costs$2,401$663%$2,335$64338%$1,692
Outside data processing and other services610(240)(28)850466121384
Equipment2692182486838180
Net occupancy246(31)(11)27711975158
Marketing9122895113438
Professional services77(36)(32)1135810555
Deposit and other insurance expense67163151195932
Amortization of intangibles535104871741
Lease financing equipment depreciation454104140NM1
Other noninterest expense34219632310951214
Total noninterest expense$4,201$(174)(4)%$4,375$1,58057%$2,795
Number of employees (average FTE)19,9201,4788%18,4422,86418%15,578

Impacts of acquisition-related expenses:

Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)202220212020
Personnel costs$8$177$
Outside data processing and other services41303
Equipment516
Net occupancy3282
Marketing5
Professional services457
Deposit and other insurance expense1
Other noninterest expense461
Total noninterest expense adjustments$95$701$

Noninterest expense was $4.2 billion, a decrease of $174 million, or 4%, from the prior year, primarily reflecting a $606 million decrease in acquisition-related expenses and execution of cost reduction initiatives, partially offset by the full-period impact of the TCF acquisition. Outside data processing and other services decreased $240 million, or 28%, professional services expense decreased $36 million, or 32%, and net occupancy decreased $31 million, or 11%, all primarily reflecting decreases in acquisition-related expenses and execution of cost reduction initiatives, partially offset by the full-period impact of the TCF acquisition. Partially offsetting these decreases, personnel costs increased $66 million, or 3%, primarily due to the impact of the full-period impact of the TCF acquisition, the impact from the addition of Capstone Partners, and other merit increases, partially offset by a decrease in acquisition-related expenses. Equipment expense increased $21 million, or 8%, primarily reflecting timing of technology equipment purchases and amortization and the full-period impact of the TCF acquisition, partially offset by reductions to the post-conversion cost structure. Other noninterest expenses increased $19 million, or 6%, primarily due to Capstone Partners expenses attributable to revenue activity, an increase in travel expenses as travel resumes a more normalized level following the COVID-19 pandemic, and the full-period impact of the TCF acquisition, partially offset by a decrease in acquisition-related expenses. All other increases were primarily a result of the full-period impact of the TCF acquisition, partially offset by cost reduction initiatives.

2022 Form 10-K 51

Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 1 - “Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 18 - “Income Taxes” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

The provision for income taxes was $515 million for 2022, compared with $294 million in 2021. The effective tax rates for 2022 and 2021 were 18.6% and 18.5%, respectively. Both years included the benefits from general business credits, capital losses, tax-exempt income, tax-exempt bank owned life insurance income, and investments in qualified affordable housing projects.

The net federal deferred tax asset was $437 million, and the net state deferred tax asset was $97 million at December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021 there was no valuation allowance on federal deferred taxes. In 2022, a $3 million decrease in the provision for state income taxes, net of federal tax effect, was recorded for the portion of state deferred tax assets that are not more likely than not to be realized, compared to an increase of $7 million, net of federal tax effect, in 2021.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND CAPITAL

Risk Governance

Risk awareness, identification and assessment, reporting, and active management are key elements in overall risk management. Controls include, among other, effective segregation of duties, access management, and authorization and reconciliation procedures, as well as staff education and a disciplined assessment process.

We use a multi-faceted approach to risk governance. It begins with the Board of Directors defining our risk appetite as aggregate moderate-to-low, through-the-cycle. This does not preclude engagement in select higher risk activities. Rather, the definition is intended to represent an aggregate view of where we want our overall risk to be managed.

Three Board committees primarily oversee implementation and monitoring of this desired risk appetite:

•Our Audit Committee oversees the integrity of the consolidated financial statements, including policies, procedures, and practices regarding the preparation of financial statements, the financial reporting process, disclosures, and internal control over financial reporting. The Audit Committee also provides assistance to our Board in overseeing the internal audit division and the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence; compliance with our Financial Code of Ethics for the chief executive officer and senior financial officers; and compliance with corporate securities trading policies.

•Our Risk Oversight Committee assists the Board in overseeing management of material risks, the approval and monitoring of our capital position and plan supporting our overall aggregate moderate-to-low, through-the-cycle risk appetite, the risk governance structure, compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and determining adherence to the board’s stated risk appetite. The ROC has oversight responsibility with respect to the full range of inherent risks: credit, market, liquidity, legal, compliance/regulatory, operational, strategic, and reputational. The ROC provides assistance to our Board in overseeing the credit review group. This committee also oversees our capital management and planning process, ensures that the amount and quality of capital are adequate in relation to expected and unexpected risks, and that our capital levels exceed “well-capitalized” requirements.

•Our Technology Committee assists our Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to all technology, cyber security, and third-party risk management strategies and plans. The committee is charged with evaluating Huntington’s capability to properly perform all technology functions necessary for its business plan, including projected growth, technology capacity, planning, operational execution, product development, and management capacity. Our Technology Committee provides oversight of technology investments and plans to drive efficiency as well as to meet defined standards for risk, information security, and redundancy. Our Technology Committee oversees the allocation of technology costs and ensures that they are understood by the Board. Our Technology Committee monitors and evaluates innovation and technology trends that may affect our strategic plans, including monitoring of overall industry trends. The Technology Committee reviews and provides oversight of our continuity and disaster recovery planning and preparedness.

52 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Our Audit and Risk Oversight Committees routinely hold executive sessions with our key officers engaged in accounting and risk management. On a periodic basis, the two committees meet in joint session to cover matters relevant to both, such as the construct and appropriateness of the ACL, which is reviewed quarterly. All directors have access to information provided to each committee and all scheduled meetings are open to all directors.

Our Risk Oversight and Technology Committees routinely hold joint sessions to cover matters relevant to both such as cybersecurity and IT risk and control projects and risk assessments.

Further, through our Human Resources and Compensation Committee, our Board seeks to ensure its system of rewards is risk-sensitive and aligns the interests of management, creditors, and shareholders. We utilize a variety of compensation-related tools to induce appropriate behavior, including common stock ownership thresholds for the chief executive officer and certain members of senior management, equity deferrals, recoupment provisions, and the right to terminate compensation plans at any time.

Management has implemented an Enterprise Risk Management and Risk Appetite Framework. Critically important is our self-assessment process, in which each business segment produces an analysis of its risks and the strength of its risk controls. The segment analyses are combined with assessments by our risk management organization of major risk sectors (e.g., credit, market, liquidity, operational, compliance, strategic, and reputation) to produce an overall enterprise risk assessment. Outcomes of the process include a determination of the quality of the overall control process, the direction of risk, and our position compared to the defined risk appetite.

Management also utilizes a wide series of metrics (key risk indicators) to monitor risk positions throughout the Company. In general, a range for each metric is established, which allows the Company, in aggregate, to operate within an aggregate moderate-to-low, through-the-cycle risk appetite. Deviations from the range will indicate if the risk being measured exceeds desired tolerance, which may then necessitate corrective action.

We also have four executive level committees to manage risk: ALCO, Credit Policy and Strategy, Risk Management, and Capital Management. Each committee focuses on specific categories of risk and is supported by a series of subcommittees that are tactical in nature. We believe this structure helps ensure appropriate escalation of issues and overall communication of strategies.

Huntington utilizes three lines of defense with regard to risk management: (1) business segments, (2) corporate risk management, and (3) internal audit and credit review. To induce greater ownership of risk within its business segments, segment risk officers have been embedded in the business to identify and monitor risk, elevate and remediate issues, establish controls, perform self-testing, and oversee the self-assessment process. Corporate Risk Management establishes policies, sets operating limits, reviews new or modified products/processes, ensures consistency and quality assurance within the segments, and produces the enterprise risk assessment. The Chief Risk Officer has significant input into the design and outcome of incentive compensation plans as they apply to risk. Internal audit and credit review provide additional assurance that risk-related functions are operating as intended.

Huntington classifies/aggregates risk into seven risk pillars. Huntington recognizes that risks can be interrelated or embedded within each other, and therefore managing across risk pillars is a key component of the framework. The following defines the Company’s risk pillars:

•Credit risk, which is the risk of loss due to loan and lease customers or other counterparties not being able to meet their financial obligations under agreed upon terms;

•Market risk, which occurs when fluctuations in interest rates impact earnings and capital. Financial impacts are realized through changes in the interest rates of balance sheet assets and liabilities (net interest margin) or directly through valuation changes of capitalized MSR and/or trading assets (noninterest income);

•Liquidity risk, which is the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from an inability to meet obligations when they come due. Liquidity risk includes the inability to access funding sources or manage fluctuations in funding levels. Liquidity risk also results from the failure to recognize or address changes in market conditions that affect our ability to liquidate assets quickly and with minimal loss in value;

2022 Form 10-K 53

Table of Contents

•Operational risk, which is the risk of loss arising from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, including information security breaches or cyberattacks, human errors or misconduct, or adverse external events. Operational losses result from internal fraud, external fraud, inadequate or inappropriate employment practices and workplace safety, failure to meet professional obligations involving customers, products, and business practices, damage to physical assets, business disruption and systems failures, and failures in execution, delivery, and process management;

•Compliance risk, which exposes us to money penalties, enforcement actions, or other sanctions as a result of non-conformance with laws, rules, and regulations that apply to the financial services industry;

•Strategic risk, which is defined as risk to current or anticipated earnings, capital, or enterprise value arising from adverse business decisions, improper implementation of business decisions or lack of responsiveness to industry / market changes; and

•Reputation risk, which is the risk that negative publicity regarding an institution’s business practices, whether true or not, will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions.

A comprehensive discussion of risk management and capital matters affecting us can be found in the Risk Factors section included in Item 1A: Risk Factors and the “Regulatory Matters” section of Item 1: Business of this Form 10-K.

Some of the more significant processes used to manage and control credit, market, liquidity, operational, and compliance risks are described in the following sections.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a counterparty is not able to meet the agreed upon terms of the financial obligation. The majority of our credit risk is associated with lending activities, as the acceptance and management of credit risk is central to profitable lending. We also have credit risk associated with our investment securities portfolios (see Note 4 - "Investment Securities and Other Securities" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). We engage with other financial counterparties for a variety of purposes including investing, asset and liability management, mortgage banking, and trading activities. A variety of derivative financial instruments, principally interest rate swaps, caps and floors, swaption collars, forward contracts, and forward starting interest rate swaps are used in asset and liability management activities to protect against the risk of adverse price or interest rate movements. We also use derivatives, principally loan sale commitments, in hedging our mortgage loan interest rate lock commitments and mortgage loans held for sale. While there is credit risk associated with derivative activity, we believe this exposure is minimal. (See Note 1 - "Significant Accounting Policies" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

We focus on the early identification, monitoring, and management of all aspects of our credit risk. In addition to the traditional credit risk mitigation strategies of credit policies and processes, market risk management activities, and portfolio diversification, we use quantitative measurement capabilities utilizing external data sources, enhanced modeling technology, and internal stress testing processes. Our ongoing expansion of portfolio management resources is central to our commitment to maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low, through-the-cycle risk appetite. In our efforts to identify risk mitigation techniques, we have focused on product design features, origination policies, and solutions for delinquent or stressed borrowers.

The maximum level of credit exposure to individual credit borrowers is limited by policy guidelines based on the perceived risk of each borrower or related group of borrowers. Authority to grant commitments sits with the independent credit administration function, with limited exceptions, and is closely monitored and regularly updated. Concentration risk is managed through limits on loan type, industry, and loan quality factors. We focus predominantly on extending credit to consumer and commercial customers with existing or expandable relationships within our primary banking markets, although we will consider lending opportunities outside our primary markets if we believe the associated risks are acceptable and aligned with strategic initiatives. Although we offer a broad set of products, we continue to develop new lending products and opportunities. Each of these new products and opportunities goes through a rigorous development and approval process prior to implementation to ensure our overall objective of maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low risk portfolio profile.

54 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The checks and balances in the credit process and the separation of the credit administration and risk management functions are designed to appropriately assess and sanction the level of credit risk being accepted, facilitate the early recognition of credit problems when they occur, and provide for effective problem asset management and resolution. For example, we do not extend additional credit to delinquent borrowers except in certain circumstances that substantially improve our overall repayment or collateral coverage position.

Loan and Lease Credit Exposure Mix

At December 31, 2022, our loans and leases totaled $119.5 billion, representing a $8.3 billion, or 7%, increase compared to $111.3 billion at December 31, 2021.

Total commercial loans and leases were $67.0 billion at December 31, 2022 and represented 56% of our total loan and lease credit exposure. Our commercial loan portfolio is diversified by product type, customer size, and geography, and is comprised of the following (see Commercial Credit discussion):

C&I – C&I loans are made to commercial customers for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases, or other projects. We focus on borrowers doing business within our geographic markets. C&I loans are generally underwritten individually and secured with the assets of the company and/or the personal guarantee of the business owners. The financing of owner-occupied facilities is considered a C&I loan even though there is improved real estate as collateral. This treatment is a result of the credit decision process, which focuses on cash flow from operations of the business to repay the debt. The operation, sale, rental, or refinancing of the real estate is not considered the primary repayment source for these types of loans. As we have expanded our C&I portfolio, we have developed a series of “vertical specialties” to ensure that new products or lending types are embedded within a structured, centralized Commercial Lending area with designated, experienced credit officers. These specialties are comprised of either targeted industries (for example, healthcare, technology & telecom, finance and insurance, etc.) and/or lending disciplines (equipment finance, distribution finance, asset-based lending, etc.), all of which requires a high degree of expertise and oversight to effectively mitigate and monitor risk. As such, we have dedicated colleagues and teams focused on bringing value-added expertise to these specialty customers.

CRE – The CRE portfolio includes both CRE commercial and CRE construction loans. CRE commercial loans are loans to developers and institutional sponsors supporting income-producing or for-sale commercial real estate properties. We mitigate our risk on these loans by requiring collateral values that exceed the loan amount and underwriting the loan with projected cash flow in excess of the debt service requirement. These loans are made to finance properties such as apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings, and retail shopping centers, and are repaid through cash flows related to the operation, sale, or refinance of the property. For loans secured by real estate, appropriate appraisals are obtained at origination and updated on an as needed basis in compliance with regulatory requirements and our credit policies. CRE construction loans are loans to developers, companies, or individuals used for the construction of a commercial or residential property for which repayment will be generated by the sale or permanent financing of the property. Our CRE construction portfolio primarily consists of multi-family, retail, office, and warehouse project types. Generally, these loans are for construction projects that have been pre-sold or pre-leased, or have secured permanent financing, as well as loans to real estate companies with significant equity invested in each project. These loans are managed by a specialized real estate lending group that actively monitors the construction phase and manages the loan disbursements according to the predetermined construction schedule.

Lease Financing – Lease financing products are designed to address the diverse financing needs of small to large companies primarily for the acquisition of equipment. Our lease financing portfolio will utilize a variety of origination partners and third-party sources including equipment manufacturers, dealers, or vendors set up under program structures to generate transactions from a nationwide footprint. High level business lines comprise of industrial finance, specialty finance, healthcare finance, technology finance, and specialized transportation, franchise, & government.

Total consumer loans were $52.5 billion at December 31, 2022 and represented 44% of our total loan and lease credit exposure. The consumer portfolio is comprised primarily of automobile loans, home equity lines-of-credit, residential mortgages, and RV and marine finance (see Consumer Credit discussion).

2022 Form 10-K 55

Table of Contents

Residential mortgage – Residential mortgage loans represent loans to consumers for the purchase or refinance of a residence. These loans are generally financed over a 15-year to 30-year term, and in most cases, are extended to borrowers to finance their primary residence. Applications are underwritten centrally using consistent credit policies and processes. All residential mortgage loan decisions utilize a full appraisal for collateral valuation. Huntington has not originated or acquired residential mortgages that allow negative amortization or allow the borrower multiple payment options.

Automobile – Automobile loans are comprised primarily of loans made through automotive dealerships and include exposure in selected states outside of our primary banking markets. The exposure outside of our core footprint states represents 18% of the total exposure, with no individual state representing more than 6%. Applications are underwritten using an automated underwriting system that applies consistent policies and processes across the portfolio.

Home equity – Home equity lending includes both home equity loans and lines-of-credit. This type of lending, which is secured by a first-lien or junior-lien on the borrower’s residence, allows customers to borrow against the equity in their home or refinance existing mortgage debt. Products include closed-end loans which are generally fixed-rate with principal and interest payments, and variable-rate, interest-only lines-of-credit which do not require payment of principal during the 10-year revolving period. The home equity line of credit converts to a 20-year amortizing structure at the end of the revolving period. Applications are underwritten centrally in conjunction with an automated underwriting system. The home equity underwriting criteria is based on minimum credit scores, debt-to-income ratios, and LTV ratios, with current collateral valuations. The underwriting for the floating rate lines of credit also incorporates a stress analysis for rising interest rates.

RV and marine – RV and marine loans are loans provided to consumers for the purpose of financing recreational vehicles and boats. Loans are originated on an indirect basis through a series of dealerships across 35 states. The loans are underwritten centrally using an application and decisioning system similar to automobile loans. The current portfolio includes 26% of the balances within our core footprint states.

Other consumer – Other consumer loans primarily consists of consumer loans not secured by real estate, including credit cards, personal unsecured loans, and overdraft balances. We originate these products within our established set of credit policies and guidelines.

The table below provides the composition of our total loan and lease portfolio:

Table 7 - Loan and Lease Portfolio Composition
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20222021
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$45,12738%$41,68837%
Commercial real estate16,6341414,96114
Lease financing5,25245,0004
Total commercial67,0135661,64955
Consumer:
Residential mortgage22,2261919,25617
Automobile13,1541113,43412
Home equity10,375910,5509
RV and marine5,37645,0585
Other consumer1,37911,3202
Total consumer52,5104449,61845
Total loans and leases$119,523100%$111,267100%

56 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Our loan and lease portfolio is a managed mix of consumer and commercial credits. We manage the overall credit exposure and portfolio composition via a credit concentration policy. The policy designates specific loan types, collateral types, and loan structures to be formally tracked and assigned maximum exposure limits as a percentage of capital. Commercial lending by NAICS categories, specific limits for CRE project types, loans secured by residential real estate, large dollar exposures, and designated high risk loan categories represent examples of specifically tracked components of our concentration management process. There are no identified concentrations that exceed the assigned exposure limit. Our concentration management policy is approved by the ROC and is used to ensure a high quality, well diversified portfolio that is consistent with our overall objective of maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low, through-the-cycle risk appetite. Changes to existing concentration limits, incorporating specific information relating to the potential impact on the overall portfolio composition and performance metrics, require the approval of the ROC prior to implementation.

The table below provides our total loan and lease portfolio segregated by industry type. The changes in the industry composition from December 31, 2021 are consistent with the portfolio growth metrics.

Table 8 - Loan and Lease Portfolio by Industry TypeAt December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20222021
Commercial loans and leases:
Real estate and rental and leasing$16,31014%$14,28713%
Retail trade (1)9,89486,7096
Manufacturing7,80977,4017
Finance and insurance5,00544,5954
Health care and social assistance4,29344,7334
Wholesale Trade3,92234,0674
Accommodation and food services3,33533,7783
Transportation and warehousing3,24633,0963
Other services2,09722,1192
Professional, scientific, and technical services1,89921,9752
Construction1,75711,9802
Arts, entertainment, and recreation1,42411,4951
Admin./Support/Waste Mgmt. and Remediation Services1,37011,2851
Utilities1,29819321
Information1,16718701
Public administration66717131
Educational services513657
Agriculture, forestry, fishing, and hunting455453
Mining, quarrying, and oil and gas extraction196358
Management of companies and enterprises127130
Unclassified/other22916
Total commercial loans and leases by industry category67,01356%61,64955%
Residential mortgage22,2261919,25617
Automobile13,1541113,43412
Home Equity10,375910,5509
RV and marine5,37645,0585
Other consumer loans1,37911,3202
Total loans and leases$119,523100%$111,267100%

(1)    Amounts include $2.3 billion and $1.5 billion of auto dealer services loans at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

2022 Form 10-K 57

Table of Contents

Commercial Credit

The primary factors considered in commercial credit approvals are the financial strength of the borrower, assessment of the borrower’s management capabilities, cash flows from operations, industry sector trends, type and sufficiency of collateral, type of exposure, transaction structure, and the general economic outlook. While these are the primary factors considered, there are a number of other factors that may be considered in the decision process. We require the signature approval of both the appropriate line of business leaders and independent credit executives. The risk rating, credit exposure amount, and complexity of the credit determines the threshold for approval. Credit officers who understand each local region and are experienced in the industries and loan structures of the requested credit exposure are involved in all loan decisions and have the primary credit authority, with the exception of small business loans. For small business loans, we utilize a centralized loan approval process for standard products and structures. In this centralized decision environment, certain individuals who understand each local region may make credit-extension decisions to preserve our commitment to the communities in which we operate. In addition to disciplined and consistent judgmental factors, a sophisticated credit scoring process is used as a primary evaluation tool in the determination of approving a loan.

In commercial lending, on-going credit management is dependent on the type and nature of the loan. We monitor all significant exposures. All commercial credit extensions are assigned internal risk ratings reflecting the borrower’s PD and LGD. This two-dimensional rating methodology provides granularity in the portfolio management process. The PD is rated and applied at the borrower level. The LGD is rated and applied based on the specific type of credit extension and the quality and lien position associated with the underlying collateral. The internal risk ratings are assessed at origination and updated at each periodic monitoring event. There is also extensive macro-portfolio management analysis. We review and adjust our risk-rating criteria based on actual experience, which provides us with the current risk level in the portfolio. A centralized portfolio management function monitors and reports on the performance of the entire commercial portfolio, including small business loans, to provide consistent oversight.

In addition to the initial credit analysis conducted during the approval process, our credit review group performs testing to provide an independent review and assessment of the quality and risk of new loan originations. This group is part of our Risk Management area and conducts portfolio reviews on a risk-based cycle to evaluate individual loans, validate risk ratings, and test the consistency of credit processes.

Our standardized loan grading system considers many components that directly correlate to loan quality and likelihood of repayment, one of which is guarantor support. On an at least annual basis, we consider, among other things, the guarantor’s reputation and creditworthiness, where available, along with various key financial metrics such as liquidity and net worth. Our assessment of the guarantor’s credit strength, or lack thereof, is reflected in our risk ratings for such loans, which is directly tied to, and an integral component of, our ACL methodology. When a loan goes to impaired status, viable guarantor support is considered in the determination of a credit loss.

If our assessment of the guarantor’s credit strength yields an inherent capacity to perform, we will seek repayment from the guarantor as part of the collection process and have done so successfully.

Substantially all loans categorized as Classified (See Note 5 “Loans / Leases” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements) are managed by FRG. FRG is a specialized group of credit professionals that handle the day-to-day management of workouts, commercial recoveries, and problem loan sales. Its responsibilities include developing and implementing action plans, assessing risk ratings, and determining the appropriateness of the allowance, the accrual status, and the ultimate collectability of the Classified loan portfolio.

C&I PORTFOLIO

We manage the risks inherent in the C&I portfolio through origination policies, a defined loan concentration policy with established limits, on-going loan-level and portfolio-level reviews, recourse requirements, and continuous portfolio risk management activities. Our origination policies for the C&I portfolio include loan product-type specific policies such as LTV and debt service coverage ratios, as applicable.

58 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The C&I portfolio continues to have solid origination activity while we maintain a focus on high quality originations. We continue to maintain a proactive approach to identifying borrowers that may be facing financial difficulty in order to maximize the potential credit outcomes. Subsequent to the origination of the loan, the credit review group provides an independent review and assessment of the quality of the underwriting and risk of new loan originations.

CRE PORTFOLIO

We manage the risks inherent in this portfolio specific to CRE lending, focusing on the quality of the developer and the specifics associated with each project. Generally, we: (1) limit our loans to 80% of the appraised value of the commercial real estate at origination, (2) require net operating cash flows to be 120% of required interest and principal payments, and (3) if the commercial real estate is non-owner occupied, require that pre-leasing generate break-even interest-only debt service. We actively monitor project-type concentrations and both geographic and project-type performance metrics of all CRE loan types, with a focus on loans identified as higher risk based on the risk rating methodology. Both macro-level and loan-level stress-test scenarios based on existing and forecast market conditions are part of the on-going portfolio management process for the CRE portfolio.

Dedicated real estate professionals originate and manage the portfolio. The portfolio is diversified by project type and loan size, and this diversification represents a significant portion of the credit risk management strategies employed for this portfolio. Subsequent to the origination of the loan, the credit review group provides an independent review and assessment of the quality of the underwriting and risk of new loan originations.

Appraisal values are obtained in conjunction with all originations and renewals, and on an as-needed basis, in compliance with regulatory requirements and to ensure appropriate decisions regarding the on-going management of the portfolio reflect the changing market conditions. Appraisals are obtained from approved vendors and are reviewed by an internal appraisal review group comprised of certified appraisers to ensure the quality of the valuation used in the underwriting process. We continue to perform on-going portfolio level reviews within the CRE portfolio. These reviews generate action plans based on occupancy levels or leasing revenues associated with the projects being reviewed. This highly individualized process requires working closely with all of our borrowers, as well as an in-depth knowledge of CRE project lending and the market environment.

LEASE FINANCING

We manage the risks inherent in the Lease Financing portfolio through external consumer and business credit scoring solutions, internally developed custom probability of default and loss given default models, continuous portfolio risk management activities, and equipment and customer diversification. Our origination policies are aligned by transaction size with increased use of the personal guarantee of principals and external credit scoring tools for smaller transactions and expanded financial analysis and reporting requirements for larger transactions. Our program focuses on high-quality manufacturer, distributor, vendor, or third party originations sources with in-depth partner diligence. The lease financing group may use manufacturer loss risk share programs that provide additional transaction support, but the origination strategy prioritizes strong customer financial condition.

High level business lines are comprised of Industrial Finance, Specialty Finance, Healthcare Finance, Technology Finance, and Specialized Transportation, Franchise, and Government with multiple segments under each main line. We also have specific equipment types or industries designated as low tolerance with additional front-end guidance and diligence requirements. Subsequent to the origination of the lease, the credit review group provides an independent review and assessment of the quality of the underwriting and risk of new lease originations.

2022 Form 10-K 59

Table of Contents

Consumer Credit

Consumer credit approvals are based on, among other factors, the financial strength and payment history of the borrower, type of exposure, and transaction structure. Consumer credit decisions are generally made in a centralized environment utilizing decision models. Importantly, certain individuals who understand each local region have the authority to make credit extension decisions to preserve our focus on the local communities in which we operate. For all classes within the consumer loan portfolio, loans are assigned pool level PD factors based on the FICO range within which the borrower’s credit bureau score falls. The credit bureau score is widely accepted as the standard measure of consumer credit risk used by lenders, regulators, rating agencies, and consumers. The LGD is related to the type of collateral associated with the credit extension, which typically does not change over the course of the loan term. This allows Huntington to maintain a current view of the customer for credit risk management and ACL purposes.

In consumer lending, credit risk is managed from a segment (i.e., loan type, collateral position, geography, etc.) and vintage performance analysis. All portfolio segments are continuously monitored for changes in delinquency trends and other asset quality indicators. We make extensive use of portfolio assessment models to continuously monitor the quality of the portfolio, which may result in changes to future origination strategies. The credit review group conducts ongoing independent credit origination and process reviews to ensure the effectiveness and efficiency of the consumer credit processes.

Collection actions by our customer assistance team are initiated as needed through a centrally managed collection and recovery function. We employ a series of collection methodologies designed to maintain a high level of effectiveness, while maximizing efficiency. In addition to the consumer loan portfolio, the customer assistance team is responsible for collection activity on all sold and securitized consumer loans and leases. Collection practices include a single contact point for the majority of the residential real estate secured portfolios.

RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE SECURED PORTFOLIOS

The properties securing our residential mortgage and home equity portfolios are primarily located within our geographic footprint. Huntington continues to support our local markets with consistent underwriting across all residential secured products. The residential secured portfolio originations continue to be of high quality. Our portfolio management strategies associated with our Home Savers group allow us to focus on effectively helping our customers with appropriate solutions for their specific circumstances.

Huntington underwrites all residential mortgage applications centrally, with a focus on higher quality borrowers. We do not originate residential mortgages that allow negative amortization or allow the borrower multiple payment options. Residential mortgages are originated based on a completed full appraisal during the credit underwriting process. We update values in compliance with applicable regulations to facilitate our portfolio management, as well as our workout and loss mitigation functions.

We are subject to repurchase risk associated with residential mortgage loans sold in the secondary market. An appropriate level of reserve for representations and warranties related to residential mortgage loans sold has been established to address this repurchase risk inherent in the portfolio.

AUTOMOBILE PORTFOLIO

Our strategy in the automobile portfolio continues to focus on high quality borrowers as measured by both FICO and internal custom scores, combined with appropriate LTVs, terms, and profitability. Our strategy and operational capabilities allow us to appropriately manage the origination quality across the entire portfolio, including our newer markets. Although increased origination volume and entering new markets can be associated with increased risk levels, we believe our disciplined strategy and operational processes significantly mitigate these risks.

We have continued to consistently execute our value proposition and take advantage of available market opportunities. Importantly, we have maintained our high credit quality standards while expanding the portfolio.

RV AND MARINE PORTFOLIO

Our strategy in the RV and Marine portfolio focuses on high quality borrowers, combined with appropriate LTVs, terms, and profitability. Although entering new markets can be associated with increased risk levels, we believe our disciplined strategy and operational processes significantly mitigate these risks.

60 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Credit Quality

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 5 “Loans / Leases and Note 6 “Allowance for Credit Losses” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

We believe the most meaningful way to assess overall credit quality performance is through an analysis of specific performance ratios. This approach forms the basis of the discussion in the sections immediately following: NPAs, NALs, ACL, and NCOs. In addition, we utilize delinquency rates, risk distribution and migration patterns, product segmentation, and origination trends in the analysis of our credit quality performance.

Credit quality performance in 2022 reflected NCOs of $121 million, or 0.11% of average total loans and leases, a decrease from $215 million or 0.22% in the prior year. The decrease was driven by a $145 million decrease in Commercial NCOs, partially offset by a $51 million increase in Consumer NCOs. NPAs decreased by $156 million, or 21%, to $594 million, primarily driven by decreases in commercial and industrial and lease financing NALs.

NPAs and NALs

NPAs consist of (1) NALs, which represent loans and leases no longer accruing interest, (2) OREO properties, and (3) other NPAs. Any loan or lease in our portfolio may be placed on nonaccrual status prior to the policies described below when collection of principal or interest is in doubt. Also, when a borrower with discharged non-reaffirmed debt in a Chapter 7 bankruptcy is identified and the loan or lease is determined to be collateral dependent, the loan is placed on nonaccrual status.

Commercial loans and leases are placed on nonaccrual status at 90-days past due, or earlier if repayment of principal and interest is in doubt. Of the $398 million of commercial related NALs at December 31, 2022, $270 million, or 68%, represent loans and leases that were less than 30-days past due, demonstrating our continued commitment to proactive credit risk management. With the exception of residential mortgage loans guaranteed by government organizations which continue to accrue interest, first lien loans secured by residential mortgage collateral are placed on nonaccrual status at 150-days past due. Junior-lien home equity loans are placed on nonaccrual status at the earlier of 120-days past due or when the related first-lien loan has been identified as nonaccrual. Automobile, RV and marine, and other consumer loans are generally fully charged-off at 120-days past due, and if not fully charged-off are placed on non-accrual.

When loans and leases are placed on nonaccrual, any accrued interest is reversed against interest income. When, in our judgment, the borrower’s ability to make required interest and principal payments has resumed and collectability is no longer in doubt, the loan or lease could be returned to accrual status.

2022 Form 10-K 61

Table of Contents

The following table reflects period-end NALs and NPAs detail:

Table 9 - Nonaccrual Loans and Leases and Nonperforming Assets
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20222021
Nonaccrual loans and leases (NALs):
Commercial and industrial$288$370
Commercial real estate92104
Lease financing1848
Residential mortgage90111
Automobile43
Home equity7679
RV and marine11
Total nonaccrual loans and leases569716
Other real estate, net:
Residential118
Commercial1
Total other real estate, net119
Other NPAs (1)1425
Total nonperforming assets$594$750
Nonaccrual loans and leases as a % of total loans and leases0.48%0.64%
NPA ratio (2)0.500.67

(1)Other nonperforming assets include certain impaired investment securities and/or nonaccrual loans held-for-sale.

(2)Nonperforming assets divided by the sum of loans and leases, other real estate owned, and other NPAs.

ACL

Our ACL is comprised of two different components, both of which in our judgment are appropriate to absorb lifetime expected credit losses in our loan and lease portfolio: the ALLL and the AULC.

We use statistically-based models that employ assumptions about current and future economic conditions throughout the contractual life of the loan. The process of estimating expected credit losses is based on three key parameters: PD, EAD, and LGD. Beyond the reasonable and supportable period (two to three years), the economic variables revert to a historical equilibrium at a pace dependent on the state of the economy reflected within the economic scenario.

Future economic conditions consider multiple macroeconomic scenarios provided to us by an independent third party and are reviewed through the appropriate committee governance channels described below. These macroeconomic scenarios contain certain variables that are influential to our modeling process, the most significant being unemployment rates and GDP. The probability weights assigned to each scenario are generally expected to be consistent from period to period and determined through our ACL process. Any changes in probability weights must be supported by appropriate documentation and approval of senior management. Additionally, we consider whether to adjust the modeled estimates to address possible limitations within the models or factors not captured within the macroeconomic scenarios. Lifetime losses for most of our loans and leases are evaluated collectively based on similar risk characteristics, risk ratings, origination credit bureau scores, delinquency status, and remaining months within loan agreements, among other factors.

The baseline scenario used for the 2022 fourth quarter assumes the weaker pace of job growth in 2023 will cause the unemployment rate to gradually increase to 4.1% by the end of 2023. The overnight federal funds rate is forecasted to continue to increase, hitting a terminal rate of approximately 4.6% in the second quarter of 2023 as the Federal Reserve continues to address the elevated inflation levels. The expectation is that the Federal Reserve would start to cut rates late in 2023 and throughout 2024 although monetary policy remains restrictive until the end of 2025 when the federal funds rate returns to its neutral rate. Inflation is forecast to drop from an average of 8.1% in 2022 to 2.4% in 2024 as a result of Federal Reserve’s actions, a reduction in U.S supply chain stress, below potential GDP growth, declines in global energy prices and moderating nominal wage growth.

62 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The table below is intended to show how the forecasted path of unemployment and GDP has changed since the end of 2021:

Table 10 - Forecasted Key Macroeconomic Variables
202120222023
Baseline scenario forecastQ4Q2Q4Q2Q4
Unemployment rate (1)
4Q 20214.5%3.7%3.5%3.5%3.5%
4Q 2022N/AN/A3.73.94.1
Gross Domestic Product (1)
4Q 20216.6%3.6%2.5%2.9%2.8%
4Q 2022N/AN/A(0.1)0.42.0

(1)Values reflect the baseline scenario forecast inputs for each period presented, not updated for subsequent actual amounts.

Management continues to assess the uncertainty in the macroeconomic environment, including geopolitical instability and current inflation levels, considering multiple macroeconomic forecasts that reflected a range of possible outcomes. While we have incorporated estimates of economic uncertainty into our ACL, the ultimate impact of the current inflation levels and attempts to lower inflation through Federal Reserve rate actions will have on the economy remains unknown.

Management develops additional analytics to support adjustments to our modeled results. Our governance committees reviewed model results of each economic scenario for appropriate usage, concluding that the quantitative transactional reserve will continue to utilize scenario weighting. Given the uncertainty associated with key economic scenario assumptions, the December 31, 2022 ACL included a general reserve that consists of various risk profile components, including profiles to capture uncertainty not addressed within the quantitative transaction reserve.

Our ACL methodology committee is responsible for developing the methodology, assumptions and estimates used in the calculation, as well as determining the appropriateness of the ACL. The ALLL represents the estimate of lifetime expected losses in the loan and lease portfolio at the reported date. The loss modeling process uses an EAD concept to calculate total expected losses on both funded balances and unfunded lending commitments, where appropriate. Losses related to the unfunded lending commitments are then recorded as AULC within other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. A liability for expected credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures is recognized if Huntington has a present contractual obligation to extend the credit and the obligation is not unconditionally cancelable.

The AULC is determined by applying the same quantitative reserve determination process to the unfunded portion of the loan exposures adjusted by an applicable funding expectation. (See Note 1 - "Significant Accounting Policies" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).

Our ACL evaluation process includes the on-going assessment of credit quality metrics, and a comparison of certain ACL benchmarks to current performance. For further information, including the ALLL and AULC activity by portfolio segment, refer to Note 6 “Allowance for Credit Losses” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2022 Form 10-K 63

Table of Contents

The table below reflects the allocation of our ALLL among our various loan and lease categories and the reported ACL:

Table 11 - Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses
(dollar amounts in millions)At December 31,
20222021
Allocation of Allowance% of Total ALLL% of Total Loans and Leases (1)Allocation of Allowance% of Total ALLL% of Total Loans and Leases (1)
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$89042%38%$83241%37%
Commercial real estate48223145862914
Lease financing52244424
Total commercial1,42467561,4627255
Consumer
Residential mortgage187819145817
Automobile141711108512
Home equity105598849
RV and marine1437410555
Other consumer1216112262
Total consumer69733445682845
Total ALLL2,121100%100%2,030100%100%
AULC15077
Total ACL$2,271$2,107
Total ALLL as % of:
Total loans and leases1.77%1.82%
Nonaccrual loans and leases373284
NPAs357271
Total ACL as % of:
Total loans and leases1.90%1.89%
Nonaccrual loans and leases400294
NPAs382281

(1)Percentages represent the percentage of each loan and lease category to total loans and leases.

At December 31, 2022, the ACL was $2.3 billion, or 1.90%, of total loans and leases, compared to $2.1 billion, or 1.89%, at December 31, 2021. The increase in the total ACL was primarily driven by loan and lease growth, but also recognizes the increased near-term recessionary risks at the end of 2022.

NCOs

A loan in any portfolio may be charged-off prior to the policies described below if a loss confirming event has occurred. Loss confirming events include, but are not limited to, bankruptcy (unsecured), continued delinquency, foreclosure, or receipt of an asset valuation indicating a collateral deficiency where that asset is the sole source of repayment. Additionally, discharged, collateral dependent non-reaffirmed debt in Chapter 7 bankruptcy filings will result in a charge-off to estimated collateral value, less anticipated selling costs at the time of discharge.

Commercial loans and leases are either charged-off or written down to net realizable value by 90-days past due with the exception of administrative small ticket lease delinquencies. Automobile loans, RV and marine, and other consumer loans are generally fully charged-off at 120-days past due. First-lien and junior-lien home equity loans are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral, less anticipated selling costs, at 150-days past due and 120-days past due, respectively. Residential mortgages are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral, less anticipated selling costs, at 150-days past due. The remaining balance is in delinquent status until a modification can be completed, or the loan goes through the foreclosure process.

64 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The following table reflects NCO detail:

Table 12 - Net Loan and Lease Charge-offs
(dollar amounts in millions)Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Net charge-offs by loan and lease type:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$(2)$99$287
Commercial real estate81743
Lease financing94412
Total commercial15160342
Consumer:
Residential mortgage(2)(1)3
Automobile6(6)33
Home equity(5)(5)6
RV and marine8512
Other consumer996253
Total consumer10655107
Total net charge-offs$121$215$449
Net charge-offs - annualized percentages:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial%0.27%0.91%
Commercial real estate0.050.140.61
Lease financing0.181.180.54
Total commercial0.030.310.84
Consumer:
Residential mortgage(0.01)0.03
Automobile0.05(0.05)0.26
Home equity(0.05)(0.05)0.07
RV and marine0.150.100.31
Other consumer7.555.564.84
Total consumer0.210.120.28
Net charge-offs as a % of average loans0.11%0.22%0.57%

NCOs decreased $94 million, or 44%, to $121 million in 2022 compared to 2021. NCOs for the commercial portfolios showed significant improvement, with net charge-offs of 0.03% in 2022 compared to 0.31% in 2021, primarily attributable to a reduction in NCOs in the C&I portfolio. Consumer charge-offs were higher in 2022 compared to 2021, primarily due to an increase in the other consumer portfolio.

Market Risk

Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices, including the correlation among these factors and their volatility. When the value of an instrument is tied to such external factors, the holder faces market risk. We are primarily exposed to interest rate risk as a result of offering a wide array of financial products to our customers and secondarily to price risk from trading securities, securities owned by our broker-dealer subsidiaries, foreign exchange positions, equity investments, and investments in securities backed by mortgage loans.

2022 Form 10-K 65

Table of Contents

We measure market risk exposure via financial simulation models, which provide management with insights on the potential impact to net interest income and other key metrics as a result of changes in market interest rates. Models are used to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of the balance sheet based on assumptions regarding the slope or shape of the yield curve, the direction and volatility of interest rates, and the changing composition and characteristics of the balance sheet resulting from strategic objectives and customer behavior. Assumptions and models provide insight on forecasted balance sheet growth and composition, and the pricing and maturity characteristics of current and future business.

In measuring the financial risks associated with interest rate sensitivity in our balance sheet, we compare a set of alternative interest rate scenarios to the results of a base case scenario derived using market forward rates. The market forward reflects the market consensus regarding the future level and slope of the yield curve across a range of tenor points. The standard set of interest rate scenarios includes two types: “shock” scenarios which are immediate parallel rate shifts, and “ramp” scenarios where the parallel shift is applied gradually over the first 12 months of the forecast on a pro rata basis. In both shock and ramp scenarios with falling rates, we presume that market rates will not go below 0%. The scenarios are inclusive of all executed interest rate risk hedging activities. Forward starting hedges are included to the extent that they have been transacted and that they start within the measurement horizon.

Interest rate risk measurement is calculated and reported to the Board of Directors at least quarterly. A comprehensive discussion of risk management governance can be found in Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the “Risk Governance” section of this Form 10-K.

We use two approaches to model interest rate risk: Net interest income at risk (NII at risk) and economic value of equity at risk modeling sensitivity analysis (EVE at Risk).

Table 13 - Net Interest Income at Risk
Net Interest Income at Risk (%)
Basis point change scenario-100+100+200
December 31, 2022-2.02.04.0
December 31, 2021-4.24.68.9

The NII at Risk results included in the table above reflect the analysis used monthly by management. It models gradual “ramp” -100, +100 and +200 basis point parallel shift scenarios, implied by the forward yield curve over the next twelve months.

The NII at Risk shows that the balance sheet is asset sensitive at both December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. The change in sensitivity is primarily driven by changes in forecasted market interest rate expectations, and the mix of the balance sheet.

Table 14 - Economic Value of Equity at Risk
Economic Value of Equity at Risk (%)
Basis point change scenario-100+100+200
December 31, 20225.9-8.0-17.3
December 31, 2021-4.6-1.5-5.6

The EVE results included in the table above reflect the analysis used monthly by management. It models immediate -100, +100 and +200 basis point parallel “shock” scenarios.

The change in sensitivity from December 31, 2021 was driven primarily by increases in the yield curve shortening the duration of liabilities, change in deposit mix, and hedging throughout the year.

66 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2022, Huntington had outstanding LIBOR-based instruments that mature after June 30, 2023, including loan and lease exposures totaling approximately $19 billion, notional derivative exposure totaling approximately $37 billion, securities of approximately $1 billion, and long-term debt of $347 million. To address the discontinuance of LIBOR in its current form, we established a LIBOR transition team and project plan under the oversight of the CRO and CFO, providing periodic updates to the ROC. Contract remediation efforts coordinated by the LIBOR transition team are scheduled for completion by June 2023. Source systems have been updated to support alternative reference rates. At this time alternative reference rates are predominantly SOFR based. As such, we have developed a SOFR-enabled interest rate risk monitoring framework and a strategy for managing interest rate risk during the transition from LIBOR to SOFR. We continue to monitor market developments and regulatory updates. For a discussion of the risks associated with the LIBOR transition to alternative reference rates, refer to "Item 1A: Risk Factors.”

Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate Risk

An integral component of our interest rate risk management strategy is the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings caused by changes in market interest rates. Examples of derivative instruments that we may use as part of our interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, caps and floors, forward contracts, and forward starting interest rate swaps.

Table 15 shows all swap, swaption collar and floor positions that are utilized for purposes of managing our exposures to the variability of interest rates. The interest rates variability may impact either the fair value of the assets and liabilities or impact the cash flows attributable to net interest margin. These positions are used to protect the fair value of asset and liabilities by converting the contractual interest rate on a specified amount of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index. The positions are also used to hedge the variability in cash flows attributable to the contractually specified interest rate by converting the variable rate index into a fixed rate. The volume, maturity, and mix of derivative positions change frequently as we adjust our broader interest rate risk management objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For further information, including the notional amount and fair values of these derivatives, refer to Note 20 “Derivative Financial Instruments” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2022 Form 10-K 67

Table of Contents

The following tables present additional information about the interest rate swaps, swaption collars, and floors used in Huntington’s asset and liability management activities.

Table 15 - Weighted-Average Maturity, Receive Rate and SOFR/LIBOR Reset Rate on Asset Liability Management Instruments
At December 31, 2022
Notional ValueAverage Maturity (years)Fair ValueWeighted-Average Fixed RateWeighted-Average Reset Rate
(dollar amounts in millions)
Asset conversion swaps
Receive Fixed - Pay 1 month LIBOR$7,8751.41$(390)1.21%4.20%
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR8,7003.55(351)2.573.90
Pay Fixed - Receive 1 month LIBOR (1)8,0243.898340.934.37
Pay Fixed - Receive SOFR3667.02491.463.82
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR - forward starting (2)2,9504.91(109)2.64
Pay Fixed - Receive 1 month LIBOR - forward starting (3)917.31121.62
Pay Fixed - Receive SOFR - forward starting (1)(4)1,9266.17852.17
Liability conversion swaps
Receive Fixed - Pay 1 month LIBOR1,4301.85(60)2.014.25
Receive Fixed - Pay SOFR6,2994.91(201)3.163.36
Purchased swaption collars
Purchased Interest Rate Swaption Collars (5)4,8000.27(6)2.87 / 4.05
Basis swaps
Pay SOFR- Receive Fed Fund (economic hedges) (6)1743.58$4.334.31
Pay Fed Fund - Receive SOFR (economic hedges) (6)112.814.354.33
Total swap portfolio (7)$42,636$(137)
At December 31, 2021
Notional ValueAverage Maturity (years)Fair ValueWeighted-Average Fixed RateWeighted-Average Reset Rate
(dollar amounts in millions)
Asset conversion swaps
Receive Fixed - Pay 1 month LIBOR$10,7751.88$581.38%0.11%
Pay Fixed - Receive 1 month LIBOR (1)1,6258.83341.080.10
Pay Fixed - Receive SOFR677.981.32
Pay Fixed - Receive 1 month LIBOR - forward starting (8)6,5003.97780.90
Pay Fixed - Receive SOFR - forward starting (8)367.321.29
Liability conversion swaps
Receive Fixed - Pay 1 month LIBOR1,9282.16542.130.10
Basis swaps
Pay SOFR- Receive Fed Fund (economic hedges) (6)2303.66$0.080.06
Pay Fed Fund - Receive SOFR (economic hedges) (6)410.980.050.08
Total swap portfolio$21,202$224
At December 31, 2021
Notional ValueAverage Maturity (years)Fair ValueWeighted-Average Floor StrikeWeighted-Average Reset Rate
(dollar amounts in millions)
Interest rate floors
Purchased Interest Rate Floors - 1 month LIBOR$3750.06$21.93%0.10%
Total floors portfolio$375$2

(1)Amounts include interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of fixed-rate investment securities using the portfolio layer method.

(2)Forward starting swaps effective starting from January 2023 to July 2024.

(3)Forward starting swaps effective starting from January 2023 to February 2023

(4)Forward starting swaps effective starting from January 2023 to October 2027.

(5)The weighted average fixed rates for the swaption collars are the weighted average strike rates for the upper and lower bounds of the collars.

(6)Swaps have variable pay and variable receive resets. Weighted Average Fixed Rate column represents pay rate reset.

(7)LIBOR swap instruments that remain outstanding in July 2023 will transition to a SOFR-based rate.

(8)Forward starting swaps effective starting from January 2022 to February 2023.

68 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

MSRs

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 7 - “Mortgage Loan Sales and Servicing Rights” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

At December 31, 2022, we had a total of $494 million of capitalized MSRs representing the right to service $32.4 billion in mortgage loans.

MSR fair values are sensitive to movements in interest rates as expected future net servicing income depends on the projected outstanding principal balances of the underlying loans, which can be reduced by prepayments and declines in credit quality. Prepayments usually increase when mortgage interest rates decline and decrease when mortgage interest rates rise. We also employ hedging strategies to reduce the risk of MSR fair value changes or impairment. However, volatile changes in interest rates can diminish the effectiveness of these economic hedges. We report changes in the MSR value net of hedge-related trading activity in the mortgage banking income category of noninterest income.

MSR assets are included in servicing rights and other intangible assets in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Price Risk

Price risk represents the risk of loss arising from adverse movements in the prices of financial instruments that are carried at fair value and are subject to fair value accounting. We have price risk from trading securities, securities owned by our broker-dealer subsidiaries, foreign exchange positions, derivative instruments, and equity investments. We have established loss limits on the trading portfolio, on the amount of foreign exchange exposure that can be maintained, and on the amount of marketable equity securities that can be held.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the possibility of us being unable to meet current and future financial obligations in a timely manner. The goal of liquidity management is to ensure adequate, stable, reliable, and cost-effective sources of funds to satisfy changes in loan and lease demand, unexpected levels of deposit withdrawals, investment opportunities, and other contractual obligations. We consider core earnings, strong capital ratios, and credit quality essential for maintaining high credit ratings, which allows us cost-effective access to market-based liquidity. We mitigate liquidity risk by maintaining liquid assets in the form of cash, deposits at the Federal Reserve Bank, and investment securities. In addition, we maintain a large, stable core deposit base and a diversified base of readily available wholesale funding sources, including advances from the FHLB through pledged borrowing capacity, issuance through dealers in the capital markets, and access to certificates of deposit issued through brokers. The Board of Directors approves the liquidity strategy and furthermore reviews the acceptable level of liquidity risk, policy, and procedures established by senior management. The ALCO is appointed by the ROC to oversee liquidity risk management and the establishment of liquidity risk policies and limits. Liquidity Risk is managed centrally by Corporate Treasury. Our liquidity position is evaluated daily, weekly, and monthly by analyzing the composition of all funding sources, reviewing projected liquidity commitments by future months, and identifying sources and uses of funds. The overall management of our liquidity position is also integrated into consumer and commercial pricing policies to ensure a stable core deposit base. Liquidity risk is reviewed and managed continuously for the Bank and the parent company, as well as its subsidiaries. In addition, liquidity working groups meet regularly to identify and monitor liquidity positions, provide policy guidance, review funding strategies, and oversee the adherence to, and maintenance of, the contingency funding plans.

Our primary source of liquidity is our core deposit base. Core deposits comprised approximately 96% of total deposits at December 31, 2022. We also have available unused wholesale sources of liquidity. Liquidity is further provided by unencumbered, or unpledged, investment securities that totaled $13.1 billion as of December 31, 2022.

2022 Form 10-K 69

Table of Contents

The treasury department also maintains a contingency funding plan that provides for liquidity stress testing, which assesses the potential erosion of funds in the event of a systemic financial market crisis or institutional-specific stress scenario. An example of an institution specific event would be a downgrade in our public credit rating by a rating agency due to factors such as deterioration in asset quality, a large charge to earnings, a decline in profitability or other financial measures, or a significant merger or acquisition. Examples of systemic events unrelated to us that could have an effect on our access to liquidity would be terrorism or war, natural disasters, political events, or the default or bankruptcy of a major corporation, mutual fund, or hedge fund. Similarly, market speculation or rumors about us, or the banking industry in general, may adversely affect the cost and availability of normal funding sources. The contingency funding plan outlines the process for addressing a liquidity crisis. The plan provides for an evaluation of funding sources under various market conditions. It also assigns specific roles and responsibilities and communication protocols for effectively managing liquidity through a problem period.

Investment securities portfolio

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 4 - “Investment Securities and Other Securities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

Our investment securities portfolio is evaluated under established ALCO objectives. Changing market conditions could affect the profitability of the portfolio, as well as the level of interest rate risk exposure.

The weighted average yield by maturity of the investment securities portfolio is presented on the following table:

Table 16 - Investment Securities Weighted Average Yield by Maturity
At December 31, 2022
1 year or lessAfter 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 years through 10 yearsAfter 10 yearsTotal
(dollar amounts in millions)Yield (1)Yield (1)Yield (1)Yield (1)Yield (1)
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. Treasury4.64%4.15%%%4.62%
Federal agencies:
Residential CMO2.692.69
Residential MBS1.572.162.16
Commercial MBS2.822.82
Other agencies1.812.594.933.51
Total U.S. Treasury, Federal agency, and other agency securities4.642.012.412.342.35
Municipal securities4.524.674.104.054.34
Private-label CMO0.222.142.682.50
Asset-backed securities5.251.901.672.623.02
Corporate debt2.772.022.202.25
Other securities/Sovereign debt1.640.800.96
Total available-for-sale securities4.64%3.54%3.02%2.40%2.61%
Held-to-maturity securities:
Federal agencies:
Residential CMO%%2.56%2.44%2.45%
Residential MBS2.512.51
Commercial MBS2.772.522.52
Other agencies2.492.352.602.51
Total Federal agencies and other agencies2.492.602.492.49
Municipal securities2.632.63
Total held-to-maturity securities%2.49%2.60%2.49%2.49%

(1)Weighted average yields were calculated using amortized cost on a fully-taxable equivalent basis, assuming a 21% tax rate where applicable.

70 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Bank Liquidity and Sources of Funding

Our primary sources of funding for the Bank are consumer and commercial core deposits. At December 31, 2022, these core deposits funded 78% of total assets (119% of total loans). Other sources of liquidity include non-core deposits, FHLB advances, wholesale debt instruments, and securitizations. Demand deposit overdrafts that have been reclassified as loan balances were $25 million and $29 million at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

The following table reflects deposit composition detail:

Table 17 - Deposit Composition
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20222021
By Type:
Demand deposits—noninterest-bearing$38,24226%$43,23630%
Demand deposits—interest-bearing43,1362939,83728
Money market deposits36,0822432,52223
Savings and other domestic deposits20,3571421,08815
Core certificates of deposit (1)4,32432,7402
Total core deposits:142,14196139,42398
Other domestic deposits of $250,000 or more220359
Negotiable CDs, brokered and other deposits5,55343,4812
Total deposits$147,914100%$143,263100%
Total core deposits:
Commercial$64,10745%$61,52144%
Consumer78,0345577,90256
Total core deposits$142,141100%$139,423100%

(1)Includes consumer certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more.

The following table reflects consolidated Huntington Bancshares Incorporated amounts. Uninsured deposits are defined as the portion of deposit accounts in U.S. offices that exceed the FDIC insurance limit or similar state deposit insurance regimes and amounts in any other uninsured investment or deposit accounts that are classified as deposits and not subject to any federal or state deposit insurance regimes.

Table 18 - Uninsured deposits
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20222021
Uninsured deposits (1)$47,283$48,869

(1)Uninsured deposits were determined by adjusting the amounts reported in the Bank Call Report by internal deposits to arrive at consolidated Huntington Bancshares Incorporated.

At December 31, 2022
(dollar amounts in millions)3 months or less3 months to 6 months6 months to 12 months12 months or moreTotal
Portion of U.S. time deposits in excess of insurance limit$107$67$115$173$462

To the extent we are unable to obtain sufficient liquidity through core deposits, we may meet our liquidity needs through sources of wholesale funding, asset securitization or sale. Sources of wholesale funding include other domestic deposits of $250,000 or more, negotiable CDs, brokered and other deposits, short-term borrowings, and long-term debt. Our wholesale funding for both the Bank and parent company totaled $17.5 billion at December 31, 2022, compared to $11.3 billion at December 31, 2021. The increase from the prior year-end is primarily due to increases in senior debt, brokered funds, and FHLB borrowings.

The Bank may issue long-term debt pursuant to an authorization from the Bank’s board of directors that allows for the periodic issuance of senior and/or subordinated debt securities with fixed or floating interest rates. The aggregate principal amount of the debt securities available for issuance is capped by the board authorization and is reviewed periodically for adjustment.

2022 Form 10-K 71

Table of Contents

The Bank maintains borrowing capacity at the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window. The Bank does not consider borrowing capacity from the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window as a primary source of liquidity. Total loans and securities pledged to the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window and the FHLB were $90.0 billion at December 31, 2022.

At December 31, 2022, we believe the Bank has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet its cash flow obligations over the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future.

The following table reflects the composition and maturities of the loan and lease portfolio:

Table 19 - Maturity Schedule of Loans and leases
At December 31, 2022
(dollar amounts in millions)One Year or LessOne to Five YearsFive to Fifteen YearsAfter Fifteen YearsTotal
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$12,443$26,186$5,789$709$45,127
Commercial real estate3,25110,4332,8985216,634
Lease financing4473,7218322525,252
Total commercial16,14140,3409,5191,01367,013
Consumer:
Residential mortgage11881,94720,18022,226
Automobile1677,9614,9923413,154
Home equity1953612,2297,59010,375
RV and marine21022,9942,2785,376
Other consumer350831154441,379
Total consumer7259,34312,31630,12652,510
Total loans and leases$16,866$49,683$21,835$31,139$119,523
Percent of total14%42%18%26%100%

The following table reflects the loans and leases due after one year:

Table 20 - Loans and leases due after one year
Interest rate
(dollar amounts in millions)FixedFloating or Adjustable
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$9,781$22,903
Commercial real estate1,12812,255
Lease financing4,579226
Total commercial15,48835,384
Consumer:
Residential mortgage10,13712,078
Automobile12,987
Home equity2,5627,618
RV and marine finance5,374
Other consumer459570
Total consumer31,51920,266
Total loans and leases$47,007$55,650

72 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Parent Company Liquidity

The parent company’s funding requirements consist primarily of dividends to shareholders, debt service, income taxes, operating expenses, funding of nonbank subsidiaries, repurchases of our stock, and acquisitions. The parent company obtains funding to meet obligations from dividends and interest received from the Bank, interest and dividends received from direct subsidiaries, net taxes collected from subsidiaries included in the federal consolidated tax return, fees for services provided to subsidiaries, and the issuance of debt securities.

The parent company had $3.5 billion and $2.8 billion, at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, in cash and cash equivalents, respectively.

On January 18, 2023, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly common stock cash dividend of $0.155 per common share. The dividend is payable on April 3, 2023, to shareholders of record on March 20, 2023. Based on the current quarterly dividend of $0.155 per common share, cash demands required for common stock dividends are estimated to be approximately $224 million per quarter. Additionally, on January 18, 2023, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly Series B, Series E, Series F, Series G, and Series H Preferred Stock dividend payable on April 17, 2023 to shareholders of record on April 1, 2023. On December 8, 2022, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend for the Series I Preferred Stock payable on March 1, 2023 to shareholders of record on February 15, 2023. Based on the current quarterly dividends declared, total cash demands required for Series B, Series E, Series F, Series G, Series H and Series I Preferred Stock are expected to be approximately $29 million per quarter.

During 2022, the Bank paid preferred and common dividends to the parent company of $45 million and $1.5 billion, respectively. To meet any additional liquidity needs, the parent company may issue debt or equity securities. To support the parent company’s ability to issue debt or equity securities, we have filed with the SEC an automatic shelf registration statement covering an indeterminate amount or number of securities to be offered or sold from time to time as authorized by the Huntington’s Board of Directors.

At December 31, 2022, we believe the Company has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet its cash flow obligations over the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, we enter into various off-balance sheet arrangements. These arrangements include commitments to extend credit, interest rate swaps, caps and floors, swaption collars, financial guarantees contained in standby letters-of-credit issued by the Bank, and commitments by the Bank to sell mortgage loans.

COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT

Commitments to extend credit generally have fixed expiration dates, are variable-rate, and contain clauses that permit Huntington to terminate or otherwise renegotiate the contracts in the event of a significant deterioration in the customer’s credit quality. These arrangements normally require the payment of a fee by the customer, the pricing of which is based on prevailing market conditions, credit quality, probability of funding, and other relevant factors. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash requirements. The interest rate risk arising from these financial instruments is insignificant as a result of their predominantly short-term, variable-rate nature. See Note 22 - “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

STANDBY LETTERS-OF-CREDIT

Standby letters-of-credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third-party. These guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing, and similar transactions. Most of these arrangements mature within two years and are expected to expire without being drawn upon. Standby letters-of-credit are included in the determination of the amount of risk-based capital that the parent company and the Bank are required to hold. Through our credit process, we monitor the credit risks of outstanding standby letters-of-credit. When it is probable that a standby letter-of-credit will be drawn and not repaid in full, a loss is recognized in the provision for credit losses. See Note 22 - “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

2022 Form 10-K 73

Table of Contents

COMMITMENTS TO SELL LOANS

Activity related to our mortgage origination activity supports the hedging of the mortgage pricing commitments to customers and the secondary sale to third parties. In addition, we have commitments to sell residential real estate loans. These contracts mature in less than one year. See Note 22 - “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Contractual obligations, including off-balance sheet arrangements are properly considered in our liquidity risk management process. At December 31, 2022, we believe the Company has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet its cash flow obligations over the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future.

Table 21 - Contractual Obligations (1)
At December 31, 2022
(dollar amounts in millions)Less than 1 Year1 to 3Years3 to 5YearsMore than5 YearsTotal
Deposits without a stated maturity$142,684$$$$142,684
Certificates of deposit and other time deposits2,4112,734855,230
Short-term borrowings2,0272,027
Long-term debt (2)1,0353,7335894,64510,002
Operating lease obligations7012579262536
Purchase commitments1641886670488

(1)Amounts do not include associated interest payments.

(2)Maturities are based upon the par value.

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss due to human error, third-party performance failures, inadequate or failed internal systems and controls, including the use of financial or other quantitative methodologies that may not adequately predict future results; violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices, or ethical standards; and external influences such as market conditions, fraudulent activities, disasters, failed business contingency plans, and security risks. We continuously strive to strengthen our system of internal controls to ensure compliance with significant contracts, agreements, laws, rules, and regulations, and to improve the oversight of our operational risk.

We actively monitor cyberattacks such as attempts related to online deception and loss of sensitive customer data. We evaluate internal systems, processes, and controls to mitigate loss from cyber-attacks and, to date, have not experienced any material losses. Cybersecurity threats have increased, primarily through phishing campaigns. We are actively monitoring our email gateways for malicious phishing email campaigns. We have also increased our cybersecurity and fraud monitoring activities through the implementation of specific monitoring of remote connections by geography and volume of connections to detect anomalous remote logins, since a significant portion of our workforce has the option to work remotely.

Our objective for managing cyber security risk is to avoid or minimize the impacts of external threat events or other efforts to penetrate our systems. We work to achieve this objective by hardening networks and systems against attack, and by diligently managing visibility and monitoring controls within our data and communications environment to recognize events and respond before the attacker has the opportunity to plan and execute on its own goals. To this end we employ a set of defense in-depth strategies, which include efforts to make us less attractive as a target and less vulnerable to threats, while investing in threat analytic capabilities for rapid detection and response. Potential concerns related to cyber security may be escalated to our board-level Technology Committee, as appropriate. As a complement to the overall cyber security risk management, we use a number of internal training methods, both formally through mandatory courses and informally through written communications and other updates. Internal policies and procedures have been implemented to encourage the reporting of potential phishing attacks or other security risks. We also use third-party services to test the effectiveness of our cyber security risk management framework, and any such third parties are required to comply with our policies regarding information security and confidentiality.

74 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

To govern operational risks, we have an Operational Risk Committee, a Legal, Regulatory, and Compliance Committee, a Funds Movement Committee, and a Third Party Risk Management Committee. The responsibilities of these committees, among other duties, include establishing and maintaining management information systems to monitor material risks and to identify potential concerns, risks, or trends that may have a significant impact and ensuring that recommendations are developed to address the identified issues. In addition, we have a Model Risk Oversight Committee that is responsible for policies and procedures describing how model risk is evaluated and managed and the application of the governance process to implement these practices throughout the enterprise. These committees report any significant findings and remediation recommendations to the Risk Management Committee. Potential concerns may be escalated to our ROC and our Audit Committee, as appropriate. Significant findings or issues are escalated by the Third Party Risk Management Committee to the Technology Committee of the Board, as appropriate.

The goal of this framework is to implement effective operational risk-monitoring; minimize operational, fraud, and legal losses; minimize the impact of inadequately designed models and enhance our overall performance.

Compliance Risk

Financial institutions are subject to many laws, rules, and regulations at both the federal and state levels. These broad-based laws, rules, and regulations include, but are not limited to, expectations relating to anti-money laundering, lending limits, client privacy, fair lending, prohibitions against unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices, protections for military members as they enter active duty, and community reinvestment. The volume and complexity of recent regulatory changes have increased our overall compliance risk. As such, we utilize various resources to help ensure expectations are met, including a team of compliance experts dedicated to ensuring our conformance with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations. Our colleagues receive training for several broad-based laws and regulations including, but not limited to, anti-money laundering and customer privacy. Additionally, colleagues engaged in lending activities receive training for laws and regulations related to flood disaster protection, equal credit opportunity, fair lending, and/or other courses related to the extension of credit. We hold ourselves to a high standard for adherence to compliance management and seek to continuously enhance our performance.

Capital

(This section should be read in conjunction with the “Regulatory Matters” section included in Part I, Item 1: Business and Note 23 - “Other Regulatory Matters” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

Both regulatory capital and shareholders’ equity are managed at the Bank and on a consolidated basis. We have an active program for managing capital and maintain a comprehensive process for assessing the Company’s overall capital adequacy. We believe our current levels of both regulatory capital and shareholders’ equity are adequate.

Regulatory Capital

We are subject to the Basel III capital requirements including the standardized approach for calculating risk-weighted assets in accordance with subpart D of the final capital rule. The following table presents risk-weighted assets and other financial data necessary to calculate certain financial ratios, including CET1, which we use to measure capital adequacy.

2022 Form 10-K 75

Table of Contents

Table 22 - Capital Under Current Regulatory Standards (Basel III)
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20222021
CET1 risk-based capital ratio:
Total shareholders’ equity$17,731$19,297
Regulatory capital adjustments:
CECL transitional amount (1)328437
Shareholders’ preferred equity and related surplus(2,177)(2,177)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss3,098230
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of taxes(5,663)(5,484)
Deferred tax assets that arise from tax loss and credit carryforwards(27)(54)
CET1 capital13,29012,249
Additional tier 1 capital
Shareholders’ preferred equity and related surplus2,1772,177
Tier 1 capital15,46714,426
Long-term debt and other tier 2 qualifying instruments1,4241,539
Qualifying allowance for loan and lease losses1,6821,281
Tier 2 capital3,1062,820
Total risk-based capital$18,573$17,246
RWA$141,940$131,266
CET1 risk-based capital ratio9.36%9.33%
Other regulatory capital data:
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio10.9010.99
Total risk-based capital ratio13.0913.14
Tier 1 leverage ratio8.608.56

(1)Huntington and the Bank elected to temporarily delay certain effects of CECL on regulatory capital until January 1, 2022 pursuant to a rule that allowed BHCs and banks to delay for two years 100% of the day-one impact of adopting CECL and 25% of the cumulative change in the reported allowance for credit losses since adopting CECL. As of December 31, 2022, we have phased in 25% of the cumulative CECL deferral with the remaining impact to be recognized through the first quarter 2025.

Table 23 - Capital Adequacy—Non-Regulatory (Non-GAAP)
(dollar amounts in millions)At December 31,
20222021
Consolidated capital calculations:
Total shareholders’ equity$17,731$19,297
Goodwill and other intangible assets(5,766)(5,591)
Deferred tax liability on other intangible assets (1)4151
Total tangible equity (2)12,00613,757
Preferred equity(2,167)(2,167)
Total tangible common equity (2)$9,839$11,590
Total assets$182,906$174,064
Goodwill and other intangible assets(5,766)(5,591)
Deferred tax liability on other intangible assets (1)4151
Total tangible assets (2)$177,181$168,524
Tangible equity / tangible asset ratio (2)6.78%8.16%
Tangible common equity / tangible asset ratio (2)5.556.88
Tangible common equity / RWA ratio (2)6.938.83

(1)Deferred tax liability related to other intangible assets is calculated at a 21% tax rate.

(2)Tangible equity, tangible common equity, and tangible assets, as well as ratios utilizing these financial measures are non-GAAP financial measures. See Non-GAAP Financial Measures in the Additional Disclosures section.

76 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The following table presents certain regulatory capital data at the consolidated and Bank level:

Table 24 - Regulatory Capital Data (1)
Basel III
(dollar amounts in millions)At December 31,
20222021
Total risk-weighted assetsConsolidated$141,940$131,266
Bank141,571130,597
CET1 risk-based capitalConsolidated13,29012,249
Bank14,13313,261
Tier 1 risk-based capitalConsolidated15,46714,426
Bank15,33414,445
Tier 2 risk-based capitalConsolidated3,1062,821
Bank2,3131,982
Total risk-based capitalConsolidated18,57317,246
Bank17,64716,427
CET1 risk-based capital ratioConsolidated9.36%9.33%
Bank9.9810.15
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratioConsolidated10.9010.99
Bank10.8311.06
Total risk-based capital ratioConsolidated13.0913.14
Bank12.4712.58
Tier 1 leverage ratioConsolidated8.608.56
Bank8.548.60

(1)    Huntington and the Bank elected to temporarily delay certain effects of CECL on regulatory capital until January 1, 2022 pursuant to a rule that allowed BHCs and banks to delay for two years 100% of the day-one impact of adopting CECL and 25% of the cumulative change in the reported allowance for credit losses since adopting CECL. As of December 31, 2022, we have phased in 25% of the cumulative CECL deferral with the remaining impact to be recognized through the first quarter 2025.

At December 31, 2022, we, at both the consolidated and Bank level, maintained Basel III capital ratios in excess of the well-capitalized standards established by the Federal Reserve. The increase in the consolidated CET1 risk-based capital ratio compared to the prior year, was primarily driven by current period earnings, partially offset by dividends and growth in risk-weighted assets.

Shareholders’ Equity

We generate shareholders’ equity primarily through the retention of earnings, net of dividends and share repurchases. Other potential sources of shareholders’ equity include issuances of common and preferred stock. Our objective is to maintain capital at an amount commensurate with our risk appetite and risk tolerance objectives, to meet both regulatory and market expectations, and to provide the flexibility needed for future growth and business opportunities.

Shareholders’ equity totaled $17.7 billion at December 31, 2022, a decrease of $1.6 billion, or 8%, when compared with December 31, 2021. The decrease was primarily driven by the higher rate environment causing an increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss, partially offset by earnings, net of dividends.

Huntington is authorized to make capital distributions that are consistent with the requirements in the Federal Reserve’s capital rule, inclusive of the SCB requirement. On April 5, 2022, Huntington submitted its 2022 Capital Plan to the Federal Reserve for supervisory review. By notice dated August 4, 2022, the Federal Reserve informed Huntington that its final SCB requirement associated with its 2022 Capital Plan is 3.3%, effective for the period of October 1, 2022 through September 20, 2023. As of December 31, 2022, Huntington’s SCB requirement was 3.3%.

2022 Form 10-K 77

Table of Contents

Share Repurchases

From time to time the Board of Directors authorizes the Company to repurchase shares of our common stock. Although we announce when our Board authorizes share repurchases, we typically do not give any public notice before we repurchase our shares. Future stock repurchases may be private or open-market repurchases, including block transactions, accelerated or delayed block transactions, forward transactions, and similar transactions. Various factors determine the amount and timing of our share repurchases, including our capital requirements, the number of shares we expect to issue for employee benefit plans and acquisitions, market conditions (including the trading price of our stock), and regulatory and legal considerations.

On January 18, 2023, our Board authorized the repurchase of up to $1.0 billion of common shares within the eight quarter period ending December 31, 2024, subject to the Federal Reserve’s capital regulations. Purchases of common stock under the authorization may include open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions, and accelerated share repurchase programs.

BUSINESS SEGMENT DISCUSSION

Overview

Our business segments are based on our internally-aligned segment leadership structure, which is how we monitor results and assess performance. We have four major business segments: Commercial Banking, Consumer and Business Banking, Vehicle Finance, and Regional Banking and The Huntington Private Client Group (RBHPCG). The Treasury / Other function includes technology and operations, other unallocated assets, liabilities, revenue, and expense.

To align with our strategic priorities, in the second quarter of 2023, we plan to complete an organizational realignment to consolidate three of our current major business segments, consisting of Consumer and Business Banking, Vehicle Finance, and RBHPCG, into one new major business segment called Consumer & Regional Banking. This will result in two major business segments, Consumer & Regional Banking and Commercial Banking.

Business segment results are determined based upon our management practices, which assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each of the business segments. The process is designed around our organizational and management structure and, accordingly, the results derived are not necessarily comparable with similar information published by other financial institutions.

For a discussion of business segment trends for 2021 versus 2020, see “Part II, Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” Business Segment Discussion included in our 2021 Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 18, 2022.

Revenue Sharing

Revenue is recorded in the business segment responsible for the related product or service. Fee sharing is recorded to allocate portions of such revenue to other business segments involved in selling to or providing service to customers. Results of operations for the business segments reflect these fee sharing allocations.

Expense Allocation

The management process that develops the business segment reporting utilizes various estimates and allocation methodologies to measure the performance of the business segments. Expenses are allocated to business segments using a two-phase approach. The first phase consists of measuring and assigning unit costs (activity-based costs) to activities related to product origination and servicing. These activity-based costs are then extended, based on volumes, with the resulting amount allocated to business segments that own the related products. The second phase consists of the allocation of overhead costs to all four business segments from Treasury / Other. We utilize a full-allocation methodology, where all Treasury / Other expenses, except reported acquisition-related expenses, if any, and a small amount of other residual unallocated expenses, are allocated to the four business segments.

78 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Funds Transfer Pricing (FTP)

We use an active and centralized FTP methodology to attribute appropriate net interest income to the business segments. The intent of the FTP methodology is to transfer interest rate risk from the business segments by providing modeled duration funding of assets and liabilities. The result is to centralize the financial impact, management, and reporting of interest rate risk in the Treasury / Other function where it can be centrally monitored and managed. The Treasury / Other function charges (credits) an internal cost of funds for assets held in (or pays for funding provided by) each business segment. The FTP rate is based on prevailing market interest rates for comparable duration assets (or liabilities).

Net Income (Loss) by Business Segment

Net income (loss) by business segment for the past three years is presented in the following table:

Table 25 - Net Income by Business Segment
Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)202220212020
Commercial Banking$1,143$798$78
Consumer and Business Banking789308270
Vehicle Finance191319120
RBHPCG1065585
Treasury / Other9(185)264
Net income$2,238$1,295$817
Commercial Banking
Table 26 - Key Performance Indicators for Commercial Banking
Year Ended December 31,Change from 2021Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions unless otherwise noted)20222021AmountPercent2020
Net interest income$1,879$1,284$59546%$903
Provision for credit losses28424NM626
Noninterest income67052314728364
Noninterest expense1,06179127034542
Provision for income taxes307212954521
Income attributable to non-controlling interest1028NM
Net income attributable to Huntington Bancshares Inc$1,143$798$34543%$78
Number of employees (average FTE)2,1341,75438022%1,276
Total average assets$59,962$44,427$15,53535$35,490
Total average loans/leases52,27538,09214,1833727,234
Total average deposits35,55129,3516,2002123,321
Net interest margin3.42%3.15%0.27%93.04%
NCOs$2$119$(117)(98)$302
NCOs as a % of average loans and leases%0.31%(0.31)%NM1.11%

2022 Form 10-K 79

Table of Contents

Commercial Banking reported net income of $1.1 billion in 2022, an increase of $345 million, or 43%, compared to the year ago period. Segment net interest income increased $595 million, or 46%, primarily due to an increase in average loans and leases, reflecting the impact of the TCF acquisition and continued organic loan and lease growth, and a 27-basis point increase in NIM, driven by the higher rate environment resulting in an increase in spreads. The provision for credit losses increased $24 million due to a combination of loan and lease growth in 2022 and a reduction in ACL coverage ratios over the course of 2021, as there was more clarity around the economic impacts of COVID-19. Noninterest income increased $147 million, or 28%, reflecting the impact of the TCF acquisition in addition to an increase in capital markets fees, primarily due to higher advisory fees supported by the impact of the Capstone Partners acquisition, loan syndication fees, foreign exchange fees, and interest rate derivatives fees. Noninterest expense increased $270 million, or 34%, primarily reflecting the impact of the TCF and Capstone Partners acquisitions, which led to higher personnel costs and allocated overhead.

Consumer and Business Banking
Table 27 - Key Performance Indicators for Consumer and Business Banking
Year Ended December 31,Change from 2021Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions unless otherwise noted)20222021AmountPercent2020
Net interest income$2,577$1,667$91055%$1,436
Provision for credit losses161917077265
Noninterest income1,0171,045(28)(3)945
Noninterest expense2,4342,23120391,774
Provision for income taxes21082128NM72
Net income$789$308$481NM$270
Number of employees (average FTE)10,5739,2111,36215%7,908
Total average assets$38,374$36,617$1,7575$28,853
Total average loans/leases32,12331,436687225,453
Total average deposits94,07181,28912,7821656,960
Net interest margin2.71%2.02%0.69%342.48%
NCOs$106$96$1010$102
NCOs as a % of average loans and leases0.33%0.31%0.02%60.40%

Consumer and Business Banking reported net income of $789 million in 2022, an increase of $481 million, compared to the year ago period. Segment net interest income increased $910 million, or 55%, primarily due to a 69 basis point increase in NIM driven by the higher rate environment and an increase in average assets reflecting the impact of the TCF acquisition, partially offset by a decrease in accelerated PPP loan fees recognized upon forgiveness payments from the SBA. The provision for credit losses increased $70 million, or 77%, primarily due to an increase in loan growth and uncertainty in the near-term recessionary risks. Noninterest income decreased $28 million, or 3%, primarily due to lower mortgage banking income reflecting lower salable volume and secondary marketing spreads, partially offset by the impact of the TCF acquisition and an increase in gain on sale of loans, primarily due to sales of SBA loans during the first through third quarters of 2022. Noninterest expense increased $203 million, or 9%, primarily due to the impact of the TCF acquisition largely driven by higher personnel expense reflecting an increase in the number of FTE employees and allocated overhead.

80 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Vehicle Finance
Table 28 - Key Performance Indicators for Vehicle Finance
Year Ended December 31,Change from 2021Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions unless otherwise noted)20222021AmountPercent2020
Net interest income$477$468$92%$430
Provision (benefit) for credit losses83(86)169NM146
Noninterest income13139
Noninterest expense16516321141
Provision for income taxes5185(34)(40)32
Net income$191$319$(128)(40)%$120
Number of employees (average FTE)272262104%266
Total average assets$21,306$19,787$1,5198$19,760
Total average loans/leases21,55820,0281,530819,939
Total average deposits1,2421,161817653
Net interest margin2.21%2.33%(0.12)%(5)2.15%
NCOs$13$(1)$14NM$45
NCOs as a % of average loans and leases0.06%%0.06%1000.23%

Vehicle Finance reported net income of $191 million in 2022, a decrease of $128 million, or 40%, compared to the year ago period. Segment net interest income increased $9 million or 2%, primarily due to an increase in average earning assets, partially offset by a 12 basis point decrease in the NIM. The provision for credit losses increased $169 million, primarily due to reserve releases in 2021 as the economic environment was improving, contrasted with reserve builds in 2022 that recognize the increased near-term recessionary risks.

Regional Banking and The Huntington Private Client Group
Table 29 - Key Performance Indicators for Regional Banking and The Huntington Private Client Group
Year Ended December 31,Change from 2021Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions unless otherwise noted)20222021AmountPercent2020
Net interest income$232$159$7346%$160
Provision for credit losses17161611
Noninterest income239227125201
Noninterest expense320300207243
Provision for income taxes2815138722
Net income$106$55$5193%$85
Number of employees (average FTE)1,1101,071394%1,018
Total average assets$9,304$7,496$1,80824$6,845
Total average loans/leases9,0167,1991,817256,574
Total average deposits9,3758,1871,188156,531
Net interest margin2.39%1.90%0.49%262.36%
NCOs$$$$
NCOs as a % of average loans and leases(0.01)%%(0.01)%NM0.01%
Total assets under management (in billions)—eop$21.7$25.2$(3.5)(14)$19.8
Total trust assets (in billions)—eop142.4135.76.75123.0

eop—End of Period.

2022 Form 10-K 81

Table of Contents

RBHPCG reported net income of $106 million in 2022, an increase of $51 million, or 93%, compared to the year ago period. Segment net interest income increased $73 million, or 46%, primarily due to an increase in average earning assets and a 49 basis point increase in NIM, largely driven by higher benefit in deposit spreads. Average loans and leases increased $1.8 billion, or 25%, due to growth in both commercial and residential real estate mortgages, and the impact of the TCF acquisition. Average deposits increased $1.2 billion, or 15%, primarily related to the acquired TCF deposit portfolio. Noninterest income increased $12 million, or 5%, reflecting higher sales production and the impact of the TCF acquisition. Total assets under management decreased 14% due to equity and bond market declines, partially offset by strong sales. Noninterest expense increased $20 million, or 7%, primarily due to an increase in personnel expense impacted by the TCF acquisition and impacts of strategic initiative investments.

Treasury / Other

The Treasury / Other function includes revenue and expense related to assets, liabilities, derivatives (including mark-to-market of interest rate caps, as applicable), and equity not directly assigned or allocated to one of the four business segments. Assets include investment securities and bank owned life insurance.

Net interest income includes the impact of administering our investment securities portfolios, the net impact of derivatives used to hedge interest rate sensitivity as well as the financial impact associated with our FTP methodology, as described above. Noninterest income includes miscellaneous fee income not allocated to other business segments, such as bank owned life insurance income and securities and trading asset gains or losses. Noninterest expense includes certain corporate administrative, acquisition-related expenses, if any, and other miscellaneous expenses not allocated to other business segments. The provision for income taxes for the business segments is calculated at a statutory 21% tax rate, although our overall effective tax rate is lower.

ADDITIONAL DISCLOSURES

Forward-Looking Statements

This report, including MD&A, contains certain forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, certain plans, expectations, goals, projections, and statements, which are not historical facts and are subject to numerous assumptions, risks, and uncertainties. Statements that do not describe historical or current facts, including statements about beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements may be identified by words such as expect, anticipate, believe, intend, estimate, plan, target, goal, or similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as will, may, might, should, would, could, or similar variations. The forward-looking statements are intended to be subject to the safe harbor provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, below are certain factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained or implied in the forward-looking statements: changes in general economic, political, or industry conditions; deterioration in business and economic conditions, including persistent inflation, supply chain issues or labor shortages; instability in global economic conditions and geopolitical matters, as well as volatility in financial markets; the impact of pandemics, including the COVID-19 pandemic and related variants and mutations, and their impact on the global economy and financial market conditions and our business, results of operations, and financial condition; cybersecurity risks; uncertainty in U.S. fiscal and monetary policy, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve; volatility and disruptions in global capital and credit markets; movements in interest rates; transition away from LIBOR; competitive pressures on product pricing and services; success, impact, and timing of our business strategies, including market acceptance of any new products or services including those implementing our “Fair Play” banking philosophy; the nature, extent, timing, and results of governmental actions, examinations, reviews, reforms, regulations, and interpretations, including those related to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the Basel III regulatory capital reforms, as well as those involving the OCC, Federal Reserve, FDIC, and CFPB; and other factors that may affect the future results of Huntington.

82 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and are based on information available at that time. Huntington does not assume any obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements were made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events except as required by federal securities laws. As forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties, caution should be exercised against placing undue reliance on such statements.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

This document contains GAAP financial measures and non-GAAP financial measures where management believes it to be helpful in understanding our results of operations or financial position. Where non-GAAP financial measures are used, the comparable GAAP financial measure, as well as the reconciliation to the comparable GAAP financial measure, can be found herein.

Fully-Taxable Equivalent Basis

Interest income, yields, and ratios on an FTE basis are considered non-GAAP financial measures. Management believes net interest income on an FTE basis provides an insightful picture of the interest margin for comparison purposes. The FTE basis also allows management to assess the comparability of revenue arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources. The FTE basis assumes a federal statutory tax rate of 21 percent. We encourage readers to consider the Consolidated Financial Statements and other financial information contained in this Form 10-K in their entirety, and not to rely on any single financial measure.

Non-Regulatory Capital Ratios

In addition to capital ratios defined by banking regulators, the Company considers various other measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including:

•Tangible common equity to tangible assets,

•Tangible equity to tangible assets, and

•Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets using Basel III definitions.

These non-regulatory capital ratios are viewed by management as useful additional methods of reflecting the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions. Additionally, presentation of these ratios allows readers to compare our capitalization to other financial services companies. These ratios differ from capital ratios defined by banking regulators principally in that the numerator excludes goodwill and other intangible assets, the nature and extent of which varies among different financial services companies. These ratios are not defined in GAAP or federal banking regulations. As a result, these non-regulatory capital ratios disclosed by the Company are considered non-GAAP financial measures.

Because there are no standardized definitions for these non-regulatory capital ratios, the Company’s calculation methods may differ from those used by other financial services companies. Also, there may be limits in the usefulness of these measures to investors. As a result, we encourage readers to consider the Consolidated Financial Statements and other financial information contained in this Form 10-K in their entirety, and not to rely on any single financial measure.

FY 2021 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000049196-22-000023.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-02-18. Report date: 2021-12-31.

Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

INTRODUCTION

This MD&A provides information we believe necessary for understanding our financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. The MD&A should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, and other information contained in this report. The forward-looking statements in this section and other parts of this report involve assumptions, risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including statements regarding our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, and financial performance. Our actual results could differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of factors set forth under the caption “Forward-Looking Statements” and those set forth in Item 1A.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Acquisition of TCF Financial Corporation

On June 9, 2021, Huntington closed the acquisition of TCF Financial Corporation in an all-stock transaction valued at $7.2 billion. TCF was a financial holding company headquartered in Detroit, Michigan with operations across the Midwest. The acquisition brought increased scale and market density, as well as added new markets and capabilities. Historical periods prior to June 9, 2021 reflect results of legacy Huntington operations. Subsequent to closing, results reflect all post-acquisition activity. For further information, refer to Note 3 “Acquisition of TCF Financial Corporation” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

46 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

2021 Financial Performance Review

Total full-year revenue increased 24% to $6.0 billion, driven from the benefits of the TCF acquisition and organic growth. In 2021, we reported net income of $1.3 billion, a 59% increase from the prior year. Earnings per common share on a diluted basis for the year were $0.90, up 30% from the prior year. The reported net income was negatively impacted by TCF acquisition-related expenses totaling $701 million, or $566 million after tax ($0.44 per common share), in addition to the TCF acquisition initial provision for credit losses of $294 million, or $239 million after tax ($0.19 per common share).

Net interest income for 2021 was $4.1 billion, up $878 million, or 27%, from 2020. FTE net interest income for 2021 increased $882 million from 2020. The increase in FTE net income reflected the benefit from a $31.7 billion, or 29%, increase in average earning assets, partially offset by a 5 basis point decrease in the FTE net interest margin to 2.94%. Average earning asset growth included a $17.6 billion, or 22%, increase in average loans and leases, impacted by the TCF acquisition in June 2021, and a $9.4 billion, or 39% increase in average securities. The NIM compression reflected an 37 basis point decline in average earning asset yields and a 14 basis point decline in the benefit from noninterest-bearing funds, partially offset by a 46 basis point decline in average funding costs.

The provision for credit losses was $25 million, a decrease of $1.0 billion, or 98%. The current year reflects forecasted improvement in the macroeconomic scenarios resulting primarily from lower forecasted unemployment, partially offset by the TCF acquisition initial provision for credit losses of $294 million ($234 million from non-PCD loans and leases and $60 million from acquired unfunded lending commitments). Prior year reflects the forecasted impact of COVID-19 and the related uncertainty.

Noninterest income was $1.9 billion, up $298 million, or 19%, from the prior year. Noninterest expense was $4.4 billion, up $1.6 billion, or 57%, from the prior year. The increases in both noninterest income and noninterest expense were primarily impacted by the acquisition of TCF.

The tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 6.88%, down 29 basis points. The regulatory Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) risk-based capital ratio was 9.33%, down 67 basis points. The regulatory Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 10.99%, down 148 basis points. The decrease in regulatory capital ratios was driven by the repurchase of $650 million of common stock during 2021 and cash dividends, partially offset by earnings. The balance sheet growth as a result of the TCF acquisition was largely offset by the common stock issued related to the acquisition, net of goodwill and intangibles, as both are deducted from capital in the ratio calculation. The regulatory Tier 1 risk-based capital and total risk-based capital ratios also reflect the issuance of $500 million of Series H preferred stock in the 2021 first quarter, the issuance of $175 million of Series I preferred stock in the 2021 second quarter, partially offset by the redemptions of $600 million of Series D preferred stock in the 2021 third quarter and $100 million of Series C preferred stock in the 2021 fourth quarter. Additionally, the total risk-based capital ratio reflects the issuance of $558 million of subordinated notes in the 2021 third quarter.

On July 21, 2021, the Board approved the repurchase of up to $800 million of common shares within the four quarter period from the third quarter of 2021 through the second quarter of 2022. Purchases of common stock under the authorization may include open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions, and accelerated share repurchase programs. During 2021, Huntington repurchased a total of $650 million of common stock, representing 43.1 million common shares, at a weighted average price of $15.07.

2021 Form 10-K 47

Table of Contents

Business Overview

General

Our general business objectives are:

•Build on our vision to become the country’s leading people-first, digitally powered bank

•Drive sustainable long-term revenue growth and efficiency

•Deliver a Category of One customer experience through proactive and personalized guidance, differentiated products, and expertise

•Extend our digital capabilities with focus on ease of use, access to information, and self-service across products and services

•Add scale and scope by acquiring and deepening relationships and launching of select partnerships

•Maintain positive operating leverage and execute disciplined capital management

•Execute effective risk management with an aggregate moderate-to-low, through-the-cycle risk appetite

COVID-19

Although U.S. and global economies have begun to recover from the COVID-19 pandemic as many health and safety restrictions have been lifted and vaccine distribution has increased, certain adverse consequences of the pandemic continue to impact the macroeconomic environment and may persist for some time, including labor shortages and disruptions of global supply chains. The growth in economic activity and demand for goods and services, alongside labor shortages and supply chain complications, has also contributed to rising inflationary pressures. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic continues to impact our business, financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and are difficult to predict, including, but not limited to, the rate and distribution and administration of vaccines globally, the severity and duration of any resurgence of COVID-19 variants, the actions taken to contain the virus or treat its impact, and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operating conditions can resume.

We also expect that the temporary reduction of interest rates to near zero in response to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic will, gradually and slowly over the course of the next year, be reversed, with the FRB now signaling its concerns with respect to inflation and announcing that it will begin to taper its purchase of mortgage and other bonds. The timing and impact of the expected reversal in interest rate trends is unknown.

Throughout the pandemic, we have worked with our customers to originate and renew business loans as well as originate loans made available through the SBA PPP, a lending program established as part of the relief to American consumers and businesses in the CARES Act. Several subsequent congressional acts have reopened and extended the PPP loan program. During the year, we continued to work with our customers who received PPP loan forgiveness. Through December 2021, $9.4 billion of the PPP loans have been forgiven by the SBA of the original $11.4 billion of PPP loans originated by both Huntington and TCF prior to acquisition. As of December 31, 2021, we have outstanding PPP loan balances of $1.5 billion.

Economy

Our 2021 results reflect good execution across the bank given the economic challenges faced by our customers, colleagues, communities and the country. We proactively managed through the continued low interest rate environment and economic volatility while finding additional ways to help our communities and complete the acquisition of TCF. The economy in our footprint continues to strengthen as demonstrated by the strong close to the year in commercial lending and our increasing loan pipelines. Additionally, many of the key economic indicators in the region such as unemployment rate, consumer confidence and consumer retail spending, continue to improve. We believe that Huntington enters 2022 with strong momentum. We are positioned to advance the strategy and long-term financial performance of the company through investments in technology, digital innovation, marketing and people.

Legislative and Regulatory

A comprehensive discussion of legislative and regulatory matters affecting us can be found in Item 1: Business - “Regulatory Matters” section of this Form 10-K.

48 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Table 1 - Selected Year to Date Income Statements
(amounts in millions, except per share data)
Year Ended December 31,
Change from 2020Change from 2019
2021AmountPercent2020AmountPercent2019
Interest income$4,191$54415%$3,647$(554)(13)%$4,201
Interest expense89(334)(79)423(565)(57)988
Net interest income4,102878273,224113,213
Provision for credit losses25(1,023)(98)1,048761265287
Net interest income after provision for credit losses4,0771,901872,176(750)(26)2,926
Service charges on deposit accounts3727124301(71)(19)372
Card and payment processing income334863524821246
Mortgage banking income309(57)(16)366199119167
Trust and investment management services2324323189116178
Capital markets fees151262112522123
Insurance income105889791088
Leasing revenue99783712121119
Bank owned life insurance income695864(2)(3)66
Gain on sale of loans9(33)(79)42(13)(24)55
Net gains (losses) on sales of securities910NM(1)2396(24)
Other noninterest income2006144139(25)(15)164
Total noninterest income1,889298191,59113791,454
Personnel costs2,335643381,6923821,654
Outside data processing and other services8504661213843811346
Net occupancy27711975158(1)(1)159
Equipment24868381801710163
Professional services11358105551254
Marketing8951134381337
Deposit and other insurance expense51195932(2)(6)34
Amortization of intangibles4871741(8)(16)49
Lease financing equipment depreciation4140NM1(3)(75)4
Other noninterest expense32310951214(7)(3)221
Total noninterest expense4,3751,580572,7957432,721
Income before income taxes1,59161964972(687)(41)1,659
Provision for income taxes29413990155(93)(38)248
Income after income taxes1,29748059817(594)(42)1,411
Income attributable to non-controlling interest22NM
Net income attributable to Huntington Bancshares Inc1,29547859817(594)(42)1,411
Dividends on preferred shares1313131100263574
Impact of preferred stock redemption1111NM
Net income applicable to common shares$1,153$43661%$717$(620)(46)%$1,337
Average common shares—basic1,26224524%1,017(22)(2)%1,039
Average common shares—diluted1,287254251,033(23)(2)1,056
Per common share:
Net income—basic$0.91$0.2028%$0.71$(0.58)(45)%$1.29
Net income—diluted0.900.21300.69(0.58)(46)1.27
Cash dividends declared0.6050.0120.600.0230.58
Revenue—FTE
Net interest income$4,102$87827%$3,224$11%$3,213
FTE adjustment(1)2541921(5)(19)26
Net interest income(1)4,127882273,24563,239
Noninterest income1,889298191,59113791,454
Total revenue(1)$6,016$1,18024%$4,836$1433%$4,693

NM - Not meaningful

(1)    On a fully-taxable equivalent (FTE) basis assuming a 21% tax rate.

2021 Form 10-K 49

Table of Contents

DISCUSSION OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section provides a review of financial performance on a consolidated basis. Key consolidated balance sheet and income statement trends are discussed. All earnings per share data are reported on a diluted basis. For additional insight on financial performance, please read this section in conjunction with the “Business Segment Discussion.”

For a discussion of our results of operations for 2020 versus 2019, see “Part II, Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” Discussion of Results of Operations included in our 2020 Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 26, 2021.

Net Interest Income / Average Balance Sheet

Our primary source of revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between interest income from earning assets (primarily loans, securities, and direct financing leases), and interest expense of funding sources (primarily interest-bearing deposits and borrowings). Earning asset balances and related funding sources, as well as changes in the levels of interest rates, impact net interest income. The difference between the average yield on earning assets and the average rate paid for interest-bearing liabilities is the net interest spread. Noninterest-bearing sources of funds, such as demand deposits and shareholders’ equity, also support earning assets. The impact of the noninterest-bearing sources of funds, often referred to as “free” funds, is captured in the net interest margin, which is calculated as net interest income divided by average earning assets. Both the net interest margin and net interest spread are presented on a FTE basis, which means that tax-free interest income has been adjusted to a pretax equivalent income, assuming a 21% tax rate.

The following table shows changes in fully-taxable equivalent interest income, interest expense, and net interest income due to volume and rate variances for major categories of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities:

Table 2 - Change in Net Interest Income Due to Changes in Average Volume and Interest Rates (1)
20212020
(dollar amounts in millions)Increase (Decrease) From Previous Year Due ToIncrease (Decrease) From Previous Year Due To
Fully-taxable equivalent basis (2)VolumeYield/ RateTotalVolumeYield/ RateTotal
Loans and leases$663$(106)$557$200$(655)$(455)
Investment securities174(195)(21)23(122)(99)
Other earning assets30(18)1250(55)(5)
Total interest income from earning assets867(319)548273(832)(559)
Deposits46(199)(153)38(425)(387)
Short-term borrowings(6)(6)(12)(21)(20)(41)
Long-term debt(38)(131)(169)6(143)(137)
Total interest expense of interest-bearing liabilities2(336)(334)23(588)(565)
Net interest income$865$17$882$250$(244)$6

(1)The change in interest income or expense due to both rate and volume has been allocated between the factors in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

(2)Calculated assuming a 21% tax rate.

50 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Table 3 - Consolidated Average Balance Sheet and Net Interest Margin Analysis
(dollar amounts in millions)Average Balances
Change from 2020Change from 2019
2021AmountPercent2020AmountPercent2019
Assets
Interest-bearing deposits in Federal Reserve Bank$8,129$4,255110%$3,874$3,322602%$552
Interest-bearing deposits in banks3721961111763424142
Securities:
Trading account securities50(9)(15)59(77)(57)136
Available-for-sale securities:
Taxable19,7678,3757411,392498510,894
Tax-exempt2,91618172,735(172)(6)2,907
Total available-for-sale securities22,6838,5566114,127326213,801
Held-to-maturity securities—taxable10,00075289,24860378,645
Other securities55611326443(28)(6)471
Total securities33,2899,4123923,877824423,053
Loans held for sale1,398277251,12130537816
Loans and leases: (1)
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial36,8985,2741731,6243,3391228,285
Commercial real estate:
Construction1,500344301,156(15)(1)1,171
Commercial9,9124,014685,89819635,702
Commercial real estate11,4124,358627,05418136,873
Lease financing3,7391,446632,2932912,264
Total commercial52,04911,0782740,9713,549937,422
Consumer:
Residential mortgage15,9534,2593611,694607511,087
Automobile13,008170112,838495412,343
Home equity10,0181,088128,930(486)(5)9,416
RV and marine4,672796213,876425123,451
Other consumer1,287201191,086(173)(14)1,259
Total consumer44,9386,5141738,424868237,556
Total loans and leases96,98717,5922279,3954,417674,978
Allowance for loan and lease losses(1,993)(412)(26)(1,581)(795)(101)(786)
Net loans and leases94,99417,1802277,8143,622574,192
Total earning assets140,17531,73229108,4438,902999,541
Cash and due from banks1,356232211,12428233842
Goodwill and other intangible assets4,1081,907872,201(45)(2)2,246
All other assets8,6351,590237,045917156,128
Total assets$152,281$35,04930%$117,232$9,2619%$107,971
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand deposits—interest-bearing$32,708$9,19439%$23,514$3,65618%$19,858
Money market deposits30,0394,3441725,6951,923823,772
Savings and other domestic deposits17,3576,6376210,72080489,916
Core certificates of deposit (2)2,368(242)(9)2,610(2,980)(53)5,590
Other domestic time deposits of $250,000 or more35313763216(103)(32)319
Negotiable CDs, brokered and other deposits3,525(297)(8)3,8221,006362,816
Total interest-bearing deposits86,35019,7733066,5774,306762,271
Short-term borrowings278(869)(76)1,147(1,297)(53)2,444
Long-term debt7,479(2,017)(21)9,49616429,332
Total interest-bearing liabilities94,10716,8872277,2203,173474,047
Demand deposits—noninterest-bearing37,96012,6245025,3365,2752620,061
All other liabilities3,205832352,3737032,303
Total Huntington Bancshares Inc shareholders’ equity16,9974,6943812,303743611,560
Non-controlling interest1212100
Total equity17,0094,7063812,303743611,560
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$152,281$35,04930%$117,232$9,2619%$107,971

(1)For purposes of this analysis, NALs are reflected in the average balances of loans and leases.

(2)Includes consumer certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more

2021 Form 10-K 51

Table of Contents

Table 3 - Consolidated Average Balance Sheet and Net Interest Margin Analysis (Continued)
(dollar amounts in millions)
Interest Income / ExpenseAverage Yield Rate (1)
FTE basis (2)202120202019202120202019
Assets
Interest-bearing deposits in Federal Reserve Bank$11$6$120.14%0.15%2.12%
Interest-bearing deposits in banks1130.040.472.01
Securities:
Trading account securities1233.323.102.17
Available-for-sale securities:
Taxable2612372951.322.082.71
Tax-exempt71771052.422.843.61
Total available-for-sale securities3323144001.462.232.90
Held-to-maturity securities—taxable1742162181.742.332.52
Other securities106161.751.413.47
Total securities5175386371.552.252.76
Loans held for sale4134312.963.063.76
Loans and leases: (3)
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial1,4461,1661,3133.923.694.64
Commercial real estate:
Construction5544643.673.845.51
Commercial3071812733.103.074.79
Commercial real estate3622253373.173.194.91
Lease financing1861241284.985.425.66
Total commercial1,9941,5151,7783.833.704.75
Consumer:
Residential mortgage4794064223.003.473.81
Automobile4715045003.623.934.05
Home equity3913585083.904.015.40
RV and marine1991811714.274.684.95
Other consumer1121251658.7311.4813.11
Total consumer1,6521,5741,7663.684.104.70
Total loans and leases3,6463,0893,5443.763.894.73
Total earning assets$4,216$3,668$4,2273.01%3.38%4.25%
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand deposits—interest-bearing$12$32$1160.04%0.14%0.58%
Money market deposits211002600.070.391.09
Savings and other domestic deposits510220.030.090.22
Core certificates of deposit (4)1381190.031.442.13
Other domestic time deposits of $250,000 or more1370.211.181.82
Negotiable CDs, brokered and other deposits515610.160.382.18
Total interest-bearing deposits451985850.050.300.94
Short-term borrowings113540.201.182.23
Long-term debt (5)432123490.572.243.74
Total interest-bearing liabilities894239880.090.551.34
Net interest income$4,127$3,245$3,239
Net interest rate spread2.922.832.91
Impact of noninterest-bearing funds on margin0.020.160.35
Net interest margin2.94%2.99%3.26%

(1)Average rates include the impact of applicable derivatives. Loan and lease and deposit average rates also include impact of applicable non-deferrable and amortized fees.

(2)FTE yields are calculated assuming a 21% tax rate.

(3)For purposes of this analysis, NALs are reflected in the average balances of loans and leases.

(4)Includes consumer certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more.

(5)Reflects the benefit of $89 million mark-to-market of interest rate caps for 2021. There was no impact for 2020 or 2019.

52 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Net interest income for 2021 increased $878 million, or 27%, from 2020. FTE net interest income, a non-GAAP financial measure, for 2021 increased $882 million, or 27%, from 2020. The increase reflects the benefit of a $31.7 billion, or 29%, increase in average total earning assets partially offset by a 5 basis point decrease in the FTE NIM to 2.94%.

The increase in average total earning assets included a $17.6 billion, or 22%, increase in average loans and leases and a $9.4 billion, or 39%, increase in average total securities. Average balances across earning asset categories for 2021 reflect the late second-quarter TCF acquisition. The increase in average securities additionally reflected the purchase of securities to deploy excess liquidity. Average earning asset yields decreased 37 basis points due to lower interest rates on loans and leases (down 13 basis points), a decline in securities yields (down 70 basis points) and the impact of elevated deposits at the Federal Reserve Bank, partially offset by deferred PPP loan fees recognized upon receipt of forgiveness payments from the SBA (benefit of 9 basis points) and purchase accounting net accretion (benefit of 6 basis points). Average funding costs decreased 46 basis points, primarily driven by lower cost of long-term debt (down 167 basis points) and interest-bearing deposits (down 25 basis points). The benefit from noninterest-bearing funding declined 14 basis points.

Provision for Credit Losses

(This section should be read in conjunction with the “Credit Risk” section.)

The provision for credit losses is the expense necessary to maintain the ALLL and the AULC at levels appropriate to absorb our estimate of credit losses expected over the life of the loan and lease portfolio and unfunded lending commitments.

The provision for credit losses in 2021 was $25 million, a decrease of $1.0 billion, or 98%, from 2020. The decrease in provision expense over the prior year was primarily attributed to the improvement in the macroeconomic scenarios resulting primarily from lower forecasted unemployment, partially offset by the TCF acquisition initial provision for credit losses of $294 million ($234 million from non-PCD loans and leases and $60 million from acquired unfunded lending commitments). The provision for credit losses in 2020 reflects the forecasted impact of COVID-19 and the related uncertainty.

Noninterest Income

The following table reflects noninterest income for each of the periods presented:

Table 4 - Noninterest Income
Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)Change from 2020Change from 2019
2021AmountPercent2020AmountPercent2019
Service charges on deposit accounts$372$7124%$301$(71)(19)%$372
Card and payment processing income334863524821246
Mortgage banking income309(57)(16)366199119167
Trust and investment management services2324323189116178
Capital markets fees151262112522123
Insurance income105889791088
Leasing revenue99783712121119
Bank owned life insurance income695864(2)(3)66
Gain on sale of loans9(33)(79)42(13)(24)55
Net gains (losses) on sales of securities910NM(1)2396(24)
Other noninterest income2006144139(25)(15)164
Total noninterest income$1,889$29819%$1,591$1379%$1,454

2021 Form 10-K 53

Table of Contents

Noninterest income was $1.9 billion, up $298 million, or 19%, from the prior year. Noninterest income for 2021 was impacted by the June 2021 acquisition of TCF. Card and payment processing increased $86 million, or 35%, primarily reflecting higher interchange income resulting from the TCF acquisition in addition to reduced customer activity as a result of the pandemic stay-at-home orders in the beginning of the prior year period. Leasing revenue increased $78 million primarily reflecting the addition of TCF’s portfolio of products. Service charges on deposit accounts increased $71 million, or 24%, primarily due to the impact of the addition of TCF customers, while the prior year period reflected pandemic-related fee waivers occurring through June. Other noninterest income increased $61 million, or 44%, primarily reflecting increased mezzanine investment income, increased amortization of upfront card-related contract renewal fees, purchase accounting accretion from acquired unfunded loan commitments and a gain from branch divestiture, partially offset by the prior year period gain on the annuitization of a retiree health plan. Trust and investment management services income increased $43 million, or 23%, primarily reflecting higher sales production, overall market performance and the impact of TCF. Capital markets fees increased $26 million, or 21%, primarily driven by increases in derivative trading fees and foreign exchange fees. Offsetting these increases, mortgage banking income decreased $57 million, or 16%, largely reflecting lower secondary marketing spreads. Gains on the sale of loans decreased $33 million, or 79%, due largely to the strategic decision to retain SBA loans on the balance sheet.

Noninterest Expense
The following table reflects noninterest expense for each of the periods presented:
Table 5 - Noninterest Expense
Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)Change from 2020Change from 2019
2021AmountPercent2020AmountPercent2019
Personnel costs$2,335$64338%$1,692$382%$1,654
Outside data processing and other services8504661213843811346
Net occupancy27711975158(1)(1)159
Equipment24868381801710163
Professional services11358105551254
Marketing8951134381337
Deposit and other insurance expense51195932(2)(6)34
Amortization of intangibles4871741(8)(16)49
Lease financing equipment depreciation4140NM1(3)(75)4
Other noninterest expense32310951214(7)(3)221
Total noninterest expense$4,375$1,58057%$2,795$743%$2,721
Number of employees (average full-time equivalent)18,4422,86418%15,578(86)(1)%15,664

Impacts of TCF acquisition-related expense:

Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)202120202019
Personnel costs$177$$
Outside data processing and other services303
Net occupancy82
Equipment16
Professional services57
Marketing5
Other noninterest expense61
Total noninterest expense adjustments$701$$

54 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Noninterest expense was $4.4 billion, an increase of $1.6 billion, or 57%, from the prior year primarily reflecting the impact of the TCF acquisition and the TCF acquisition-related expenses. Personnel costs increased $643 million, or 38%, primarily reflecting higher salaries and incentives related to an 18% increase in average full-time equivalent employees as a result of the TCF acquisition, as well as TCF acquisition-related expenses. Outside data processing and other services increased $466 million, or 121%, reflecting TCF acquisition-related expenses and an increase in technology investments. Increases in net occupancy of $119 million, or 75%, equipment expense of $68 million, or 38%, professional services expense of $58 million, or 105%, and other noninterest expense of $109 million, or 51%, were primarily due to the impact of the TCF acquisition and TCF acquisition-related expenses. Marketing expense increased $51 million, or 134%, reflecting deepening spend in new markets, and an increase in acquisition-related expenses. Lease financing equipment depreciation increased $40 million and deposit and other insurance expense increased $19 million, or 59%, primarily reflecting the impact of the TCF acquisition.

Provision for Income Taxes

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 1 - “Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 18 - “Income Taxes” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

The provision for income taxes was $294 million for 2021, compared with a provision for income taxes of $155 million in 2020. The effective tax rates for 2021 and 2020 were 18.5% and 15.9%, respectively. Both years included the benefits from general business credits, capital losses, tax-exempt income, tax-exempt bank owned life insurance income, and investments in qualified affordable housing projects.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 there was no valuation allowance on federal deferred taxes. In 2021, a $7 million increase in the provision for state income taxes, net of federal tax effect, was recorded for the portion of state deferred tax assets that are not more likely than not to be realized, compared to an increase of $5 million, net of federal tax effect, in 2020.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND CAPITAL

Risk Governance

We use a multi-faceted approach to risk governance. It begins with the Board of Directors defining our risk appetite as aggregate moderate-to-low, through-the-cycle. This does not preclude engagement in select higher risk activities. Rather, the definition is intended to represent an aggregate view of where we want our overall risk to be managed.

Three Board committees primarily oversee implementation and monitoring of this desired risk appetite:

•Our Audit Committee oversees the integrity of the consolidated financial statements, including policies, procedures, and practices regarding the preparation of financial statements, the financial reporting process, disclosures, and internal control over financial reporting. The Audit Committee also provides assistance to our Board in overseeing the internal audit division and the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence; compliance with our Financial Code of Ethics for the chief executive officer and senior financial officers; and compliance with corporate securities trading policies.

•Our Risk Oversight Committee assists the Board in overseeing management of material risks, the approval and monitoring of our capital position and plan supporting our overall aggregate moderate-to-low, through-the-cycle risk appetite, the risk governance structure, compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and determining adherence to the board’s stated risk appetite. The ROC has oversight responsibility with respect to the full range of inherent risks: credit, market, liquidity, legal, compliance/regulatory, operational, strategic, and reputational. The ROC provides assistance to our Board in overseeing the credit review group. This committee also oversees our capital management and planning process, ensures that the amount and quality of capital are adequate in relation to expected and unexpected risks, and that our capital levels exceed “well-capitalized” requirements.

2021 Form 10-K 55

Table of Contents

•Our Technology Committee assists our Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to all technology, cyber security, and third-party risk management strategies and plans. The committee is charged with evaluating Huntington’s capability to properly perform all technology functions necessary for its business plan, including projected growth, technology capacity, planning, operational execution, product development, and management capacity. Our Technology Committee provides oversight of technology investments and plans to drive efficiency as well as to meet defined standards for risk, information security, and redundancy. Our Technology Committee oversees the allocation of technology costs and ensures that they are understood by the Board. Our Technology Committee monitors and evaluates innovation and technology trends that may affect our strategic plans, including monitoring of overall industry trends. The Technology Committee reviews and provides oversight of our continuity and disaster recovery planning and preparedness.

Our Audit and Risk Oversight Committees routinely hold executive sessions with our key officers engaged in accounting and risk management. On a periodic basis, the two committees meet in joint session to cover matters relevant to both, such as the construct and appropriateness of the ACL, which is reviewed quarterly. All directors have access to information provided to each committee and all scheduled meetings are open to all directors.

Our Risk Oversight and Technology Committees routinely hold joint sessions to cover matters relevant to both such as cybersecurity and IT risk and control projects and risk assessments.

Further, through our Compensation Committee, our Board seeks to ensure its system of rewards is risk-sensitive and aligns the interests of management, creditors, and shareholders. We utilize a variety of compensation-related tools to induce appropriate behavior, including common stock ownership thresholds for the chief executive officer and certain members of senior management, a requirement to hold until retirement or exit from the Company, a portion of net shares received upon exercise of stock options or release of restricted stock awards (50% for executive officers and 25% for other award recipients), equity deferrals, recoupment provisions, and the right to terminate compensation plans at any time.

Management has implemented an Enterprise Risk Management and Risk Appetite Framework. Critically important is our self-assessment process, in which each business segment produces an analysis of its risks and the strength of its risk controls. The segment analyses are combined with assessments by our risk management organization of major risk sectors (e.g., credit, market, liquidity, operational, compliance, strategic, and reputation) to produce an overall enterprise risk assessment. Outcomes of the process include a determination of the quality of the overall control process, the direction of risk, and our position compared to the defined risk appetite.

Management also utilizes a wide series of metrics (key risk indicators) to monitor risk positions throughout the Company. In general, a range for each metric is established, which allows the Company, in aggregate, to operate within an aggregate moderate-to-low, through-the-cycle risk appetite. Deviations from the range will indicate if the risk being measured exceeds desired tolerance, which may then necessitate corrective action.

We also have four executive level committees to manage risk: ALCO, Credit Policy and Strategy, Risk Management, and Capital Management. Each committee focuses on specific categories of risk and is supported by a series of subcommittees that are tactical in nature. We believe this structure helps ensure appropriate escalation of issues and overall communication of strategies.

Huntington utilizes three lines of defense with regard to risk management: (1) business segments, (2) corporate risk management, and (3) internal audit and credit review. To induce greater ownership of risk within its business segments, segment risk officers have been embedded in the business to identify and monitor risk, elevate and remediate issues, establish controls, perform self-testing, and oversee the self-assessment process. Corporate Risk Management establishes policies, sets operating limits, reviews new or modified products/processes, ensures consistency and quality assurance within the segments, and produces the enterprise risk assessment. The Chief Risk Officer has significant input into the design and outcome of incentive compensation plans as they apply to risk. Internal audit and credit review provide additional assurance that risk-related functions are operating as intended.

A comprehensive discussion of risk management and capital matters affecting us can be found in the Risk Factors section included in Item 1A: Risk Factors and the “Regulatory Matters” section of Item 1: Business of this Form 10-K.

56 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Some of the more significant processes used to manage and control credit, market, liquidity, operational, and compliance risks are described in the following sections.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a counterparty is not able to meet the agreed upon terms of the financial obligation. The majority of our credit risk is associated with lending activities, as the acceptance and management of credit risk is central to profitable lending. We also have credit risk associated with our investment securities portfolios (see Note 4 - "Investment Securities and Other Securities" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). We engage with other financial counterparties for a variety of purposes including investing, asset and liability management, mortgage banking, and trading activities. A variety of derivative financial instruments, principally interest rate swaps, caps, floors, and collars, are used in asset and liability management activities to protect against the risk of adverse price or interest rate movements. We also use derivatives, principally loan sale commitments, in hedging our mortgage loan interest rate lock commitments and mortgage loans held for sale. While there is credit risk associated with derivative activity, we believe this exposure is minimal. (See Note 1 - "Significant Accounting Policies" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

We focus on the early identification, monitoring, and management of all aspects of our credit risk. In addition to the traditional credit risk mitigation strategies of credit policies and processes, market risk management activities, and portfolio diversification, we use quantitative measurement capabilities utilizing external data sources, enhanced modeling technology, and internal stress testing processes. Our ongoing expansion of portfolio management resources is central to our commitment to maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low, through-the-cycle risk appetite. In our efforts to identify risk mitigation techniques, we have focused on product design features, origination policies, and solutions for delinquent or stressed borrowers.

The maximum level of credit exposure to individual credit borrowers is limited by policy guidelines based on the perceived risk of each borrower or related group of borrowers. All authority to grant commitments sits with the independent credit administration function and is closely monitored and regularly updated. Concentration risk is managed through limits on loan type, geography, industry, and loan quality factors. We focus predominantly on extending credit to consumer and commercial customers with existing or expandable relationships within our primary banking markets, although we will consider lending opportunities outside our primary markets if we believe the associated risks are acceptable and aligned with strategic initiatives. Although we offer a broad set of products, we continue to develop new lending products and opportunities. Each of these new products and opportunities goes through a rigorous development and approval process prior to implementation to ensure our overall objective of maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low risk portfolio profile.

The checks and balances in the credit process and the separation of the credit administration and risk management functions are designed to appropriately assess and sanction the level of credit risk being accepted, facilitate the early recognition of credit problems when they occur, and provide for effective problem asset management and resolution. For example, we do not extend additional credit to delinquent borrowers except in certain circumstances that substantially improve our overall repayment or collateral coverage position.

Loan and Lease Credit Exposure Mix

At December 31, 2021, our loans and leases totaled $111.9 billion, representing a $30.3 billion, or 37%, increase compared to $81.6 billion at December 31, 2020.

2021 Form 10-K 57

Table of Contents

Total commercial loans and leases were $61.6 billion at December 31, 2021, and represented 55% of our total loan and lease credit exposure. Our commercial loan portfolio is diversified by product type, customer size, and geography, and is comprised of the following (see Commercial Credit discussion):

C&I – C&I loans are made to commercial customers for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases, or other projects. We focus on borrowers doing business within our geographic markets. C&I loans are generally underwritten individually and secured with the assets of the company and/or the personal guarantee of the business owners. The financing of owner-occupied facilities is considered a C&I loan even though there is improved real estate as collateral. This treatment is a result of the credit decision process, which focuses on cash flow from operations of the business to repay the debt. The operation, sale, rental, or refinancing of the real estate is not considered the primary repayment source for these types of loans. As we have expanded our C&I portfolio, we have developed a series of “vertical specialties” to ensure that new products or lending types are embedded within a structured, centralized Commercial Lending area with designated, experienced credit officers. These specialties are comprised of either targeted industries (for example, Healthcare, Food & Beverage, Finance and Insurance, etc.) and/or lending disciplines (Equipment Finance, Inventory Finance, Asset Based Lending, etc.), all of which requires a high degree of expertise and oversight to effectively mitigate and monitor risk. As such, we have dedicated colleagues and teams focused on bringing value-added expertise to these specialty customers.

CRE – CRE loans consist of loans to developers and REITs supporting income-producing or for-sale commercial real estate properties. We mitigate our risk on these loans by requiring collateral values that exceed the loan amount and underwriting the loan with projected cash flow in excess of the debt service requirement. These loans are made to finance properties such as apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings, and retail shopping centers, and are repaid through cash flows related to the operation, sale, or refinance of the property. For loans secured by real estate, appropriate appraisals are obtained at origination and updated on an as needed basis in compliance with regulatory requirements and our credit policies.

Construction CRE – Construction CRE loans are loans to developers, companies, or individuals used for the construction of a commercial or residential property for which repayment will be generated by the sale or permanent financing of the property. Our construction CRE portfolio primarily consists of multi-family, retail, office, and warehouse project types. Generally, these loans are for construction projects that have been pre-sold or pre-leased, or have secured permanent financing, as well as loans to real estate companies with significant equity invested in each project. These loans are managed by a specialized real estate lending group that actively monitors the construction phase and manages the loan disbursements according to the predetermined construction schedule.

Lease Financing – Lease financing products are designed to address the diverse financing needs of small to large companies primarily for the acquisition of equipment. Our lease financing portfolio will utilize a variety of origination partners and third-party sources including equipment manufacturers, dealers, or vendors set up under program structures to generate transactions from a nationwide footprint. High level business lines comprise of Industrial Finance, Specialty Finance, Healthcare Finance, Technology Finance, and Specialized Transportation, Franchise, & Government.

Total consumer loans and leases were $50.3 billion at December 31, 2021, and represented 45% of our total loan and lease credit exposure. The consumer portfolio is comprised primarily of automobile loans, home equity lines-of-credit, residential mortgages, and RV and marine finance (see Consumer Credit discussion).

Residential mortgage – Residential mortgage loans represent loans to consumers for the purchase or refinance of a residence. These loans are generally financed over a 15-year to 30-year term, and in most cases, are extended to borrowers to finance their primary residence. Applications are underwritten centrally using consistent credit policies and processes. All residential mortgage loan decisions utilize a full appraisal for collateral valuation. Huntington has not originated or acquired residential mortgages that allow negative amortization or allow the borrower multiple payment options.

Automobile – Automobile loans are comprised primarily of loans made through automotive dealerships and include exposure in selected states outside of our primary banking markets. The exposure outside of our core footprint states represents 19% of the total exposure, with no individual state representing more than 6%.

58 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Applications are underwritten using an automated underwriting system that applies consistent policies and processes across the portfolio.

Home equity – Home equity lending includes both home equity loans and lines-of-credit. This type of lending, which is secured by a first-lien or junior-lien on the borrower’s residence, allows customers to borrow against the equity in their home or refinance existing mortgage debt. Products include closed-end loans which are generally fixed-rate with principal and interest payments, and variable-rate, interest-only lines-of-credit which do not require payment of principal during the 10-year revolving period. The home equity line of credit converts to a 20-year amortizing structure at the end of the revolving period. Applications are underwritten centrally in conjunction with an automated underwriting system. The home equity underwriting criteria is based on minimum credit scores, debt-to-income ratios, and LTV ratios, with current collateral valuations. The underwriting for the floating rate lines of credit also incorporates a stress analysis for rising interest rates.

RV and marine – RV and marine loans are loans provided to consumers for the purpose of financing recreational vehicles and boats. Loans are originated on an indirect basis through a series of dealerships across 34 states. The loans are underwritten centrally using an application and decisioning system similar to automobile loans. The current portfolio includes 31% of the balances within our core footprint states.

Other consumer – Other consumer loans primarily consists of consumer loans not secured by real estate, including credit cards, personal unsecured loans, and overdraft balances. We originate these products within our established set of credit policies and guidelines.

The table below provides the composition of our total loan and lease portfolio:

Table 6 - Loan and Lease Portfolio Composition
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20212020
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$41,68837%$33,15140%
Commercial real estate:
Commercial13,090126,1648
Construction1,87121,0351
Commercial real estate14,961147,1999
Lease financing5,00042,2223
Total commercial61,6495542,57252
Consumer:
Residential mortgage19,2561712,14115
Automobile13,4341212,77816
Home equity10,55098,89411
RV and marine5,05854,1905
Other consumer1,97321,0331
Total consumer50,2714539,03648
Total loans and leases$111,920100%$81,608100%

Our loan and lease portfolio is a managed mix of consumer and commercial credits. We manage the overall credit exposure and portfolio composition via a credit concentration policy. The policy designates specific loan types, collateral types, and loan structures to be formally tracked and assigned maximum exposure limits as a percentage of capital. Commercial lending by NAICS categories, specific limits for CRE project types, loans secured by residential real estate, large dollar exposures, and designated high risk loan categories represent examples of specifically tracked components of our concentration management process. There are no identified concentrations that exceed the assigned exposure limit. Our concentration management policy is approved by the ROC and is used to ensure a high quality, well diversified portfolio that is consistent with our overall objective of maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low, through-the-cycle risk appetite. Changes to existing concentration limits, incorporating specific information relating to the potential impact on the overall portfolio composition and performance metrics, require the approval of the ROC prior to implementation.

2021 Form 10-K 59

Table of Contents

The table below provides our total loan and lease portfolio segregated by industry type. The changes in the industry composition from December 31, 2020 are consistent with the portfolio growth metrics.

Table 7 - Loan and Lease Portfolio by Industry Type
(dollar amounts in millions)December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Commercial loans and leases:
Real estate and rental and leasing$14,28713%$6,9629%
Manufacturing7,40175,5567
Retail trade (1)6,70965,1116
Health care and social assistance4,73343,6464
Finance and insurance4,59543,3894
Wholesale Trade4,06742,6523
Accommodation and food services3,77833,1004
Transportation and warehousing3,09631,4012
Other services2,11921,6132
Construction1,98021,3892
Professional, scientific, and technical services1,97522,0513
Arts, entertainment, and recreation1,49517441
Admin./Support/Waste Mgmt. and Remediation Services1,28519751
Utilities93217931
Information87018291
Public administration71316621
Educational services6577351
Agriculture, forestry, fishing and hunting453157
Mining, quarrying, and oil and gas extraction358601
Management of companies and enterprises130144
Unclassified/other1662
Total commercial loans and leases by industry category61,64955%42,57252%
Residential mortgage19,2561712,14115
Automobile13,4341212,77816
Home Equity10,55098,89411
RV and marine5,05854,1905
Other consumer loans1,97321,0331
Total loans and leases$111,920100%$81,608100%

(1)    Amounts include $1.5 billion and $2.4 billion of auto dealer services loans at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

60 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Commercial Credit

The primary factors considered in commercial credit approvals are the financial strength of the borrower, assessment of the borrower’s management capabilities, cash flows from operations, industry sector trends, type and sufficiency of collateral, type of exposure, transaction structure, and the general economic outlook. While these are the primary factors considered, there are a number of other factors that may be considered in the decision process. We utilize signature approval authorities and centralized loan approval committees, led by our credit officers. The risk rating, credit exposure amount, and complexity of the credit determines the threshold for approval. Credit officers who understand each local region and are experienced in the industries and loan structures of the requested credit exposure are involved in all loan decisions not requiring loan committee approval and have the primary credit authority, with the exception of small business loans. For small business loans, we utilize a centralized loan approval process for standard products and structures. In this centralized decision environment, certain individuals who understand each local region may make credit-extension decisions to preserve our commitment to the communities in which we operate. In addition to disciplined and consistent judgmental factors, a sophisticated credit scoring process is used as a primary evaluation tool in the determination of approving a loan.

In commercial lending, on-going credit management is dependent on the type and nature of the loan. We monitor all significant exposures. All commercial credit extensions are assigned internal risk ratings reflecting the borrower’s PD and LGD. This two-dimensional rating methodology provides granularity in the portfolio management process. The PD is rated and applied at the borrower level. The LGD is rated and applied based on the specific type of credit extension and the quality and lien position associated with the underlying collateral. The internal risk ratings are assessed at origination and updated at each periodic monitoring event. There is also extensive macro-portfolio management analysis. We review and adjust our risk-rating criteria based on actual experience, which provides us with the current risk level in the portfolio and is the basis for determining an appropriate ACL amount. A centralized portfolio management team monitors and reports on the performance of the entire commercial portfolio, including small business loans, to provide consistent oversight.

In addition to the initial credit analysis conducted during the approval process, our credit review group performs testing to provide an independent review and assessment of the quality and risk of new loan originations. This group is part of our Risk Management area and conducts portfolio reviews on a risk-based cycle to evaluate individual loans, validate risk ratings, and test the consistency of credit processes.

Our standardized loan grading system considers many components that directly correlate to loan quality and likelihood of repayment, one of which is guarantor support. On an at least annual basis, we consider, among other things, the guarantor’s reputation and creditworthiness, where available, along with various key financial metrics such as liquidity and net worth. Our assessment of the guarantor’s credit strength, or lack thereof, is reflected in our risk ratings for such loans, which is directly tied to, and an integral component of, our ACL methodology. When a loan goes to impaired status, viable guarantor support is considered in the determination of a credit loss.

If our assessment of the guarantor’s credit strength yields an inherent capacity to perform, we will seek repayment from the guarantor as part of the collection process and have done so successfully.

Substantially all loans categorized as Classified (See Note 5 “Loans / Leases” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements) are managed by FRG. FRG is a specialized group of credit professionals that handle the day-to-day management of workouts, commercial recoveries, and problem loan sales. Its responsibilities include developing and implementing action plans, assessing risk ratings, and determining the appropriateness of the allowance, the accrual status, and the ultimate collectability of the Classified loan portfolio.

C&I PORTFOLIO

We manage the risks inherent in the C&I portfolio through origination policies, a defined loan concentration policy with established limits, on-going loan-level and portfolio-level reviews, recourse requirements, and continuous portfolio risk management activities. Our origination policies for the C&I portfolio include loan product-type specific policies such as LTV and debt service coverage ratios, as applicable.

2021 Form 10-K 61

Table of Contents

The C&I portfolio continues to have solid origination activity while we maintain a focus on high quality originations. We continue to maintain a proactive approach to identifying borrowers that may be facing financial difficulty in order to maximize the potential credit outcomes. Subsequent to the origination of the loan, the credit review group provides an independent review and assessment of the quality of the underwriting and risk of new loan originations.

CRE PORTFOLIO

We manage the risks inherent in this portfolio specific to CRE lending, focusing on the quality of the developer and the specifics associated with each project. Generally, we: (1) limit our loans to 80% of the appraised value of the commercial real estate at origination, (2) require net operating cash flows to be 120% of required interest and principal payments, and (3) if the commercial real estate is non-owner occupied, require that pre-leasing generate break-even interest-only debt service. We actively monitor both geographic and project-type concentrations and performance metrics of all CRE loan types, with a focus on loans identified as higher risk based on the risk rating methodology. Both macro-level and loan-level stress-test scenarios based on existing and forecast market conditions are part of the on-going portfolio management process for the CRE portfolio.

Dedicated real estate professionals originate and manage the portfolio. The portfolio is diversified by project type and loan size, and this diversification represents a significant portion of the credit risk management strategies employed for this portfolio. Subsequent to the origination of the loan, the credit review group provides an independent review and assessment of the quality of the underwriting and risk of new loan originations.

Appraisal values are obtained in conjunction with all originations and renewals, and on an as-needed basis, in compliance with regulatory requirements and to ensure appropriate decisions regarding the on-going management of the portfolio reflect the changing market conditions. Appraisals are obtained from approved vendors and are reviewed by an internal appraisal review group comprised of certified appraisers to ensure the quality of the valuation used in the underwriting process. We continue to perform on-going portfolio level reviews within the CRE portfolio. These reviews generate action plans based on occupancy levels or sales volume associated with the projects being reviewed. This highly individualized process requires working closely with all of our borrowers, as well as an in-depth knowledge of CRE project lending and the market environment.

LEASE FINANCING

We manage the risks inherent in the Lease Financing portfolio through external consumer and business credit scoring solutions, internally developed custom probability of default and loss given default models, continuous portfolio risk management activities, and equipment and customer diversification. Our origination policies are aligned by transaction size with increased use of the personal guarantee of principals and external credit scoring tools for smaller transactions and expanded financial analysis and reporting requirements for larger transactions. Our program focuses on high-quality manufacturer, distributor, vendor, or third party originations sources with in-depth partner diligence. The lease financing group may use manufacturer loss risk share programs that provide additional transaction support, but the origination strategy prioritizes strong customer financial condition.

High level business lines are comprised of Industrial Finance, Specialty Finance, Healthcare Finance, Technology Finance, and Specialized Transportation, Franchise, and Government with multiple segments under each main line. We also have specific equipment types or industries designated as low tolerance with additional front-end guidance and diligence requirements. Subsequent to the origination of the lease, the credit review group provides an independent review and assessment of the quality of the underwriting and risk of new lease originations.

62 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Consumer Credit

Consumer credit approvals are based on, among other factors, the financial strength and payment history of the borrower, type of exposure, and transaction structure. Consumer credit decisions are generally made in a centralized environment utilizing decision models. Importantly, certain individuals who understand each local region have the authority to make credit extension decisions to preserve our focus on the local communities in which we operate. For all classes within the consumer loan portfolio, loans are assigned pool level PD factors based on the FICO range within which the borrower’s credit bureau score falls. The credit bureau score is widely accepted as the standard measure of consumer credit risk used by lenders, regulators, rating agencies, and consumers. The LGD is related to the type of collateral associated with the credit extension, which typically does not change over the course of the loan term. This allows Huntington to maintain a current view of the customer for credit risk management and ACL purposes.

In consumer lending, credit risk is managed from a segment (i.e., loan type, collateral position, geography, etc.) and vintage performance analysis. All portfolio segments are continuously monitored for changes in delinquency trends and other asset quality indicators. We make extensive use of portfolio assessment models to continuously monitor the quality of the portfolio, which may result in changes to future origination strategies. The credit review group conducts ongoing independent credit origination and process reviews to ensure the effectiveness and efficiency of the consumer credit processes.

Collection actions by our customer assistance team are initiated as needed through a centrally managed collection and recovery function. We employ a series of collection methodologies designed to maintain a high level of effectiveness, while maximizing efficiency. In addition to the consumer loan portfolio, the customer assistance team is responsible for collection activity on all sold and securitized consumer loans and leases. Collection practices include a single contact point for the majority of the residential real estate secured portfolios.

RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE SECURED PORTFOLIOS

The properties securing our residential mortgage and home equity portfolios are primarily located within our geographic footprint. Huntington continues to support our local markets with consistent underwriting across all residential secured products. The residential secured portfolio originations continue to be of high quality. Our portfolio management strategies associated with our Home Savers group allow us to focus on effectively helping our customers with appropriate solutions for their specific circumstances.

Huntington underwrites all residential mortgage applications centrally, with a focus on higher quality borrowers. We do not originate residential mortgages that allow negative amortization or allow the borrower multiple payment options. Residential mortgages are originated based on a completed full appraisal during the credit underwriting process. We update values in compliance with applicable regulations to facilitate our portfolio management, as well as our workout and loss mitigation functions.

We are subject to repurchase risk associated with residential mortgage loans sold in the secondary market. An appropriate level of reserve for representations and warranties related to residential mortgage loans sold has been established to address this repurchase risk inherent in the portfolio.

AUTOMOBILE PORTFOLIO

Our strategy in the automobile portfolio continues to focus on high quality borrowers as measured by both FICO and internal custom scores, combined with appropriate LTVs, terms, and profitability. Our strategy and operational capabilities allow us to appropriately manage the origination quality across the entire portfolio, including our newer markets. Although increased origination volume and entering new markets can be associated with increased risk levels, we believe our disciplined strategy and operational processes significantly mitigate these risks.

We have continued to consistently execute our value proposition and take advantage of available market opportunities. Importantly, we have maintained our high credit quality standards while expanding the portfolio.

RV AND MARINE PORTFOLIO

Our strategy in the RV and Marine portfolio focuses on high quality borrowers, combined with appropriate LTVs, terms, and profitability. Although entering new markets can be associated with increased risk levels, we believe our disciplined strategy and operational processes significantly mitigate these risks.

2021 Form 10-K 63

Table of Contents

Credit Quality

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 5 “Loans / Leases and Note 6 “Allowance for Credit Losses” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

We believe the most meaningful way to assess overall credit quality performance is through an analysis of specific performance ratios. This approach forms the basis of the discussion in the sections immediately following: NPAs, NALs, ACL, and NCOs. In addition, we utilize delinquency rates, risk distribution and migration patterns, product segmentation, and origination trends in the analysis of our credit quality performance.

Credit quality performance in 2021 reflected NCOs of $215 million, or 0.22% of average total loans and leases, a decrease from $449 million or 0.57% in the prior year. The decrease was driven by $182 million decrease in Commercial NCOs and a $52 million decrease in Consumer NCOs. NPAs increased by $187 million, or 33%, to $750 million, largely driven by the TCF acquisition. The ACL to total loans ratio decreased to 1.88% at December 31, 2021 compared to 2.29% at December 31, 2020, primarily reflecting the improvement in the macroeconomic scenarios resulting primarily from lower forecasted unemployment. The prior year reflects the forecasted impact of COVID-19 and the related uncertainty.

NPAs and NALs

NPAs consist of (1) NALs, which represent loans and leases no longer accruing interest, (2) OREO properties, and (3) other NPAs. Any loan in our portfolio may be placed on nonaccrual status prior to the policies described below when collection of principal or interest is in doubt. Also, when a borrower with discharged non-reaffirmed debt in a Chapter 7 bankruptcy is identified and the loan is determined to be collateral dependent, the loan is placed on nonaccrual status.

Commercial loans are placed on nonaccrual status at 90-days past due, or earlier if repayment of principal and interest is in doubt. Of the $522 million of commercial related NALs at December 31, 2021, $382 million, or 73%, represent loans that were less than 30-days past due, demonstrating our continued commitment to proactive credit risk management. With the exception of residential mortgage loans guaranteed by government organizations which continue to accrue interest, first lien loans secured by residential mortgage collateral are placed on nonaccrual status at 150-days past due. Junior-lien home equity loans are placed on nonaccrual status at the earlier of 120-days past due or when the related first-lien loan has been identified as nonaccrual. Automobile, RV and marine and other consumer loans are generally fully charged-off at 120-days past due, and if not fully charged-off is placed on non-accrual.

When loans are placed on nonaccrual, any accrued interest is reversed against interest income. When, in our judgment, the borrower’s ability to make required interest and principal payments has resumed and collectability is no longer in doubt, the loan or lease could be returned to accrual status.

64 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The following table reflects period-end NALs and NPAs detail:

Table 8 - Nonaccrual Loans and Leases and Nonperforming Assets
December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20212020
Nonaccrual loans and leases (NALs):
Commercial and industrial$370$349
Commercial real estate10415
Lease financing484
Residential mortgage11188
Automobile34
Home equity7970
RV and marine12
Total nonaccrual loans and leases716532
Other real estate, net:
Residential84
Commercial1
Total other real estate, net94
Other NPAs (1)2527
Total nonperforming assets$750$563
Nonaccrual loans and leases as a % of total loans and leases0.64%0.65%
NPA ratio (2)0.670.69

(1)Other nonperforming assets include certain impaired investment securities and/or nonaccrual loans held-for-sale.

(2)Nonperforming assets divided by the sum of loans and leases, other real estate owned, and other NPAs.

Total NPAs increased $187 million, or 33%, compared with December 31, 2020, largely driven by the TCF acquisition.

ACL

Our ACL is comprised of two different components, both of which in our judgment are appropriate to absorb lifetime expected credit losses in our loan and lease portfolio: the ALLL and the AULC.

We use a statistically-based models that employ assumptions about current and future economic conditions throughout the contractual life of the loan. The process of estimating expected credit losses is based on three key parameters: PD, EAD, and LGD. Beyond the reasonable and supportable period (two to three years), the economic variables revert to a historical equilibrium at a pace dependent on the state of the economy reflected within the economic scenario.

These three parameters, PD, EAD, and LGD, are utilized to estimate the cumulative credit losses over the remaining expected life of the loan. We also consider the likelihood a previously charged-off account will be recovered. This calculation is dependent on how long ago the account was charged-off and future economic conditions, which estimate the likelihood and magnitude of recovery. Our models are developed using internal historical loss experience covering the full economic cycle and consider the impact of account characteristics on expected losses.

Future economic conditions consider multiple macroeconomic scenarios provided to us by an independent third party and are reviewed through the appropriate committee governance channels described below. These macroeconomic scenarios contain certain variables that are influential to our modeling process, the most significant being unemployment rates and GDP. The probability weights assigned to each scenario are generally expected to be consistent from period to period. Any changes in probability weights must be supported by appropriate documentation and approval of senior management. Additionally, we consider whether to adjust the modeled estimates to address possible limitations within the models or factors not captured within the macroeconomic scenarios. Lifetime losses for most of our loans and leases are evaluated collectively based on similar risk characteristics, risk ratings, origination credit bureau scores, delinquency status, and remaining months within loan agreements, among other factors.

2021 Form 10-K 65

Table of Contents

The macroeconomic scenarios evaluated by Huntington during the 2021 fourth quarter continued to reflect the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. The baseline scenario used at year-end assumes that the worst of the economic disruption from the pandemic has passed, with the expectation that subsequent waves of the virus will not carry the same level of economic disruption experienced to date. The unemployment variable is incorporated within our models as both a rate of change variable and an absolute level variable. Historically, changes in unemployment have taken gradual paths resulting in more measured impacts each quarter.

The table below is intended to show how the forecasted path of these key macroeconomic variables has changed since the end of 2020:

Table 9 - Forecasted Key Macroeconomic Variables
202020212022
Baseline scenario forecastQ4Q2Q4Q2Q4
Unemployment rate (1)
4Q 20207.2%7.5%7.2%6.4%5.5%
4Q 2021N/AN/A4.53.73.5
Gross Domestic Product (1)
4Q 20203.0%3.8%5.8%4.4%3.9%
4Q 2021N/AN/A6.63.62.5

(1)Values reflect the baseline scenario forecast inputs for each period presented, not updated for subsequent actual amounts.

Management continues to assess the uncertainty in the macroeconomic environment, including uncertainty related to the COVID-19 pandemic, and considered multiple macroeconomic forecasts that reflected a range of possible outcomes in order to address such uncertainty. While we have incorporated estimates of economic uncertainty into our ACL, the ultimate impact the unprecedented levels of government fiscal and monetary actions will have on the economy, including inflation and our credit losses remain uncertain.

Management develops additional analytics to support adjustments to our modeled results. Our governance committees reviewed model results of each economic scenario for appropriate usage, concluding that the quantitative transactional reserve (collectively assessed) will continue to utilize scenario weighting. Given the uncertainty associated with key economic scenario assumptions, the December 31, 2021 ACL included a general reserve that consists of various risk profile components, including profiles related to the commercial real estate portfolio, to capture economic uncertainty not addressed within the quantitative transaction reserve.

Our ACL methodology committee is responsible for developing the methodology, assumptions and estimates used in the calculation, as well as determining the appropriateness of the ACL. The ALLL represents the estimate of lifetime expected losses in the loan and lease portfolio at the reported date. The loss modeling process uses an EAD concept to calculate total expected losses on both funded balances and unfunded lending commitments, where appropriate. Losses related to the unfunded lending commitments are then recorded as AULC within other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. A liability for expected credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures is recognized if Huntington has a present contractual obligation to extend the credit and the obligation is not unconditionally cancelable.

The AULC is determined by applying the same quantitative reserve determination process to the unfunded portion of the loan exposures adjusted by an applicable funding expectation. (See Note 1 - "Significant Accounting Policies" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).

Our ACL evaluation process includes the on-going assessment of credit quality metrics, and a comparison of certain ACL benchmarks to current performance. The absolute level of the ACL balance increased year over year, driven by the impact of the TCF acquisition. However, all of the relevant allowance coverage ratios have improved from the prior year end, while still reflecting the level of uncertainty around the future macroeconomic environment resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic and indicated inflationary pressures. For further information, including the ALLL and AULC activity by portfolio segment, refer to Note 6 “Allowance for Credit Losses” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

66 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The table below reflects the allocation of our ALLL among our various loan categories and the reported ACL:

Table 10 - Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses (1)
(dollar amounts in millions)December 31,
20212020
ACL
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$83237%$87940%
Commercial real estate586142979
Lease financing444603
Total commercial1,462551,23652
Consumer
Residential mortgage145177915
Automobile1081216616
Home equity88912411
RV and marine10551295
Other consumer1222801
Total consumer5684557848
Total ALLL2,030100%1,814100%
AULC7752
Total ACL$2,107$1,866
Total ALLL as % of:
Total loans and leases1.81%2.22%
Nonaccrual loans and leases284341
NPAs271323
Total ACL as % of:
Total loans and leases1.88%2.29%
Nonaccrual loans and leases294351
NPAs281332

(1)Percentages represent the percentage of each loan and lease category to total loans and leases.

At December 31, 2021, the ACL was $2.1 billion or 1.88% of total loans and leases, compared to $1.9 billion or 2.29% at December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily related to the TCF acquisition and associated allowance attributable to the acquired loans and leases and unfunded lending commitments, partially offset by improvement in the forecasted macroeconomic environment resulting from anticipated lower unemployment and higher GDP.

NCOs

A loan in any portfolio may be charged-off prior to the policies described below if a loss confirming event has occurred. Loss confirming events include, but are not limited to, bankruptcy (unsecured), continued delinquency, foreclosure, or receipt of an asset valuation indicating a collateral deficiency where that asset is the sole source of repayment. Additionally, discharged, collateral dependent non-reaffirmed debt in Chapter 7 bankruptcy filings will result in a charge-off to estimated collateral value, less anticipated selling costs at the time of discharge.

Commercial loans are either charged-off or written down to net realizable value by 90-days past due with the exception of administrative small ticket lease delinquencies. Automobile loans, RV and marine, and other consumer loans are generally fully charged-off at 120-days past due. First-lien and junior-lien home equity loans are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral, less anticipated selling costs, at 150-days past due and 120-days past due, respectively. Residential mortgages are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral, less anticipated selling costs, at 150-days past due. The remaining balance is in delinquent status until a modification can be completed, or the loan goes through the foreclosure process.

2021 Form 10-K 67

Table of Contents

The following table reflects NCO detail:

Table 11 - Net Loan and Lease Charge-offs
(dollar amounts in millions)Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
Net charge-offs by loan and lease type:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$99$287$123
Commercial real estate:
Construction(1)(2)
Commercial1843(1)
Commercial real estate1743(3)
Lease financing44125
Total commercial160342125
Consumer:
Residential mortgage(1)36
Automobile(6)3332
Home equity(5)68
RV and marine51211
Other consumer625383
Total consumer55107140
Total net charge-offs (1)$215$449$265
Net charge-offs - annualized percentages:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial0.27%0.91%0.44%
Commercial real estate:
Construction(0.07)(0.05)(0.15)
Commercial0.180.74(0.02)
Commercial real estate0.140.61(0.05)
Lease financing1.180.540.19
Total commercial0.310.840.33
Consumer:
Residential mortgage0.030.06
Automobile(0.05)0.260.26
Home equity(0.05)0.070.08
RV and marine0.100.310.31
Other consumer4.844.846.62
Total consumer0.120.280.37
Net charge-offs as a % of average loans (1)0.22%0.57%0.35%

(1) Net charge-offs and associated metrics for the year ended December 31, 2021 exclude $80 million of charge-offs recognized immediately upon completion of the TCF acquisition and related to required purchase accounting treatment.

NCOs decreased $234 million, or 52%, in 2021 compared to 2020. The decrease was evident across both the commercial and consumer portfolios. The commercial decrease was primarily a function of elevated losses associated within the oil and gas portfolio in 2020, while the consumer decrease was broad based due to positive portfolio performance throughout 2021.

Market Risk

Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices, including the correlation among these factors and their volatility. When the value of an instrument is tied to such external factors, the holder faces market risk. We are primarily exposed to interest rate risk as a result of offering a wide array of financial products to our customers and secondarily to price risk from trading securities, securities owned by our broker-dealer subsidiaries, foreign exchange positions, equity investments, and investments in securities backed by mortgage loans.

68 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

We measure market risk exposure via financial simulation models, which provide management with insights on the potential impact to net interest income and other key metrics as a result of changes in market interest rates. Models are used to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of the balance sheet based on assumptions regarding the slope or shape of the yield curve, the direction and volatility of interest rates, and the changing composition and characteristics of the balance sheet resulting from strategic objectives and customer behavior. Assumptions and models provide insight on forecasted balance sheet growth and composition, and the pricing and maturity characteristics of current and future business.

In measuring the financial risks associated with interest rate sensitivity in our balance sheet, we compare a set of alternative interest rate scenarios to the results of a base case scenario derived using market forward rates. The market forward reflects the market consensus regarding the future level and slope of the yield curve across a range of tenor points. The standard set of interest rate scenarios includes two types: “shock” scenarios which are instantaneous parallel rate shifts, and “ramp” scenarios where the parallel shift is applied gradually over the first 12 months of the forecast on a pro rata basis. In both shock and ramp scenarios with falling rates, we presume that market rates will not go below 0%. The scenarios are inclusive of all executed interest rate risk hedging activities. Forward starting hedges are included to the extent that they have been transacted and that they start within the measurement horizon.

Interest rate risk measurement is calculated and reported to the Board of Directors at least quarterly. A comprehensive discussion of risk management governance can be found in Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the “Risk Governance” section of this Form 10-K.

We use two approaches to model interest rate risk: Net interest income at risk (NII at risk) and economic value of equity at risk modeling sensitivity analysis (EVE at Risk).

Table 12 - Net Interest Income at Risk
Net Interest Income at Risk (%)
Basis point change scenario-25+100+200
December 31, 2021-2.44.68.9
December 31, 2020-1.13.47.3

The NII at Risk results included in the table above reflect the analysis used monthly by management. It models gradual (“ramp” as defined above) +100 and +200 basis point parallel shifts in market interest rates, implied by the forward yield curve over the next twelve months as well as an instantaneous parallel shock of -25 basis points.

The NII at Risk shows that the balance sheet is asset sensitive at both December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The increase in sensitivity is primarily driven by changes in market interest rate expectations, and the size and mix of the balance sheet.

Table 13 - Economic Value of Equity at Risk
Economic Value of Equity at Risk (%)
Basis point change scenario-25+100+200
December 31, 2021-0.1-1.5-5.6
December 31, 2020-0.71.4-0.1

The EVE results included in the table above reflect the analysis used monthly by management. It models immediate -25, +100 and +200 basis point parallel shifts (“shocks” as defined above) in market interest rates.

As of December 31, 2021, the EVE depicts a liability sensitive (long duration) balance sheet profile. The change in sensitivity from December 31, 2020 asset sensitive (short duration) position was driven primarily by changes in the spot market rate curve impacting forecasted runoff expectations, and the size and composition of the balance sheet as a result of the TCF acquisition.

2021 Form 10-K 69

Table of Contents

We have LIBOR-based exposure in the form of variable rate loans, derivatives, Series B preferred stock, long term debt and other securities and financial arrangements. To address the discontinuance of LIBOR in its current form, we established a LIBOR transition team and project plan under the oversight of the CRO and CFO, providing periodic updates to the ROC. As of December 31, 2021, Huntington ceased issuance of new LIBOR loans. All legacy Huntington contracts that reference LIBOR have been reviewed to determine if fallback language is needed and legacy TCF contracts are in the review process. Remediation efforts coordinated by the LIBOR transition team will be complete by June of 2023. Source systems have been updated to support alternative reference rates. At this time alternative reference rates are predominantly SOFR based. As such, we have developed a SOFR-enabled interest rate risk monitoring framework and a strategy for managing interest rate risk during the transition from LIBOR to SOFR. We continue to monitor market developments and regulatory updates, including the recent announcements from the ICE Benchmark Administrator to extend the cessation date for several USD LIBOR tenors to June 30, 2023. For a discussion of the risks associated with the LIBOR transition to alternative reference rates, refer to "Item 1A: Risk Factors.”

Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate Risk

An integral component of our interest rate risk management strategy is the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings caused by changes in market interest rates. Examples of derivative instruments that we may use as part of our interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, caps and floors, forward contracts, and forward starting interest rate swaps.

Table 14 shows all swap and floor positions, and cap positions that existed at the prior year end, that are utilized for purposes of managing our exposures to the variability of interest rates. The interest rates variability may impact either the fair value of the assets and liabilities or impact the cash flows attributable to net interest margin. These positions are used to protect the fair value of asset and liabilities by converting the contractual interest rate on a specified amount of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index. The positions are also used to hedge the variability in cash flows attributable to the contractually specified interest rate by converting the variable rate index into a fixed rate. The volume, maturity and mix of derivative positions change frequently as we adjust our broader interest rate risk management objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For further information, including the notional amount and fair values of these derivatives, refer to Note 20 “Derivative Financial Instruments” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

70 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The following tables present additional information about the interest rate swaps and floors used in Huntington’s asset and liability management activities at December 31, 2021 and interest rate swaps, caps and floors at December 31, 2020.

Table 14 - Weighted-Average Maturity, Receive Rate and LIBOR Reset Rate on Asset Liability Management Instruments
December 31, 2021
Notional ValueAverage Maturity (years)Fair ValueWeighted-Average Fixed RateWeighted-Average Reset Rate
(dollar amounts in millions)
Asset conversion swaps
Receive Fixed - Pay 1 month LIBOR$10,7751.88$581.38%0.11%
Pay Fixed - Receive 1 month LIBOR (1)1,6258.83341.080.10
Pay Fixed - Receive SOFR677.981.32
Pay Fixed - Receive 1 month LIBOR - forward starting6,5003.97780.90
Pay Fixed - Receive SOFR - forward starting (3)367.321.29
Liability conversion swaps
Receive Fixed - Pay 1 month LIBOR1,9282.16542.130.10
Basis swaps
Pay SOFR- Receive Fed Fund (economic hedges) (4)$2303.66$0.080.06
Pay Fed Fund - Receive SOFR (economic hedges) (4)410.980.050.08
Total swap portfolio$21,202$224
December 31, 2021
Notional ValueAverage Maturity (years)Fair ValueWeighted-Average Floor StrikeWeighted-Average Reset Rate
(dollar amounts in millions)
Interest rate floors
Purchased Interest Rate Floors - 1 month LIBOR$3750.06$21.93%0.10%
Total floors portfolio$375$2
December 31, 2020
Notional ValueAverage Maturity (years)Fair ValueWeighted-Average Fixed RateWeighted-Average Reset Rate
(dollar amounts in millions)
Asset conversion swaps
Receive Fixed - Pay 1 month LIBOR$6,5252.03$2311.81%0.15%
Pay Fixed - Receive 1 month LIBOR (1)3,0761.9930.170.15
Receive Fixed - Pay 1 month LIBOR - forward starting (4)7503.29231.24
Pay Fixed - Receive 1 month LIBOR - forward starting (5)4089.0820.68
Liability conversion swaps
Receive Fixed - Pay 1 month LIBOR5,3972.022622.280.15
Receive Fixed - Pay 3 month LIBOR8000.2151.310.22
Basis swaps
Pay SOFR- Receive Fed Fund (economic hedges) (3)$2304.66$0.090.10
Pay Fed Fund - Receive SOFR (economic hedges) (3)411.980.090.09
Total swap portfolio$17,227$526
December 31, 2020
Notional ValueAverage Maturity (years)Fair ValueWeighted-Average Floor StrikeWeighted-Average Reset Rate
(dollar amounts in millions)
Interest rate floors
Purchased Interest Rate Floors - 1 month LIBOR$7,2000.37$591.81%0.15%
Purchased Floor Spread - 1 month LIBOR4001.7472.50 / 1.500.15
Purchased Floor Spread - 1 month LIBOR forward starting (6)2,5003.72761.65 / 0.70
Purchased Floor Spread - 1 month LIBOR (economic hedges)1,0002.29181.75 / 1.000.16
Interest rate caps
Purchased Cap - 1 month LIBOR (economic hedges)5,0006.91910.980.15
Total caps and floors portfolio$16,100$251

(1)Amounts include interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of fixed-rate investment securities using the last-of-layer method.

(2)Forward starting swaps effective starting between June 2022 and February 2023.

(3)Forward starting swaps effective starting January 2022.

(4)Swaps have variable pay and variable receive resets. Weighted Average Fixed Rate column represents pay rate reset.

(5)Forward starting swaps and caps effective starting in April 2021.

(6)Forward starting swaps become effective starting from January 2021 to May 2021.

(7)Forward starting floors become effective starting from March 2021 to June 2021.

2021 Form 10-K 71

Table of Contents

Net interest income in 2021 was benefited by $89 million mark-to-market of interest rate caps. The mark-to-market is not included in the NII at Risk calculations above. The interest rate caps were terminated in the 2021 second quarter.

MSRs

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 7 - “Mortgage Loan Sales and Servicing Rights” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

At December 31, 2021, we had a total of $351 million of capitalized MSRs representing the right to service $31.0 billion in mortgage loans.

MSR fair values are sensitive to movements in interest rates as expected future net servicing income depends on the projected outstanding principal balances of the underlying loans, which can be reduced by prepayments and declines in credit quality. Prepayments usually increase when mortgage interest rates decline and decrease when mortgage interest rates rise. We also employ hedging strategies to reduce the risk of MSR fair value changes or impairment. However, volatile changes in interest rates can diminish the effectiveness of these economic hedges. We report changes in the MSR value net of hedge-related trading activity in the mortgage banking income category of noninterest income.

MSR assets are included in servicing rights and other intangible assets in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Price Risk

Price risk represents the risk of loss arising from adverse movements in the prices of financial instruments that are carried at fair value and are subject to fair value accounting. We have price risk from trading securities, securities owned by our broker-dealer subsidiaries, foreign exchange positions, derivative instruments, and equity investments. We have established loss limits on the trading portfolio, on the amount of foreign exchange exposure that can be maintained, and on the amount of marketable equity securities that can be held.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the possibility of us being unable to meet current and future financial obligations in a timely manner. Liquidity is managed to ensure stable, reliable, and cost-effective sources of funds to satisfy demand for credit, deposit withdrawals and investment opportunities. We consider core earnings, strong capital ratios, and credit quality essential for maintaining high credit ratings, which allows us cost-effective access to market-based liquidity. We rely on a large, stable core deposit base and a diversified base of wholesale funding sources to manage liquidity risk. The Board of Directors approves the liquidity strategy and furthermore reviews the acceptable level of liquidity risk, policy, and procedures established by senior management. The ALCO is appointed by the ROC to oversee liquidity risk management and the establishment of liquidity risk policies and limits. Liquidity Risk is managed centrally by Corporate Treasury. Our liquidity position is evaluated daily, weekly, and monthly by analyzing the composition of all funding sources, reviewing projected liquidity commitments by future months, and identifying sources and uses of funds. The overall management of our liquidity position is also integrated into consumer and commercial pricing policies to ensure a stable core deposit base. Liquidity risk is reviewed and managed continuously for the Bank and the parent company, as well as its subsidiaries. In addition, liquidity working groups meet regularly to identify and monitor liquidity positions, provide policy guidance, review funding strategies, and oversee the adherence to, and maintenance of, the contingency funding plans.

72 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Our primary source of liquidity is our core deposit base. Core deposits comprised approximately 98% of total deposits at December 31, 2021. We also have available unused wholesale sources of liquidity, including advances from the FHLB, issuance through dealers in the capital markets, and access to certificates of deposit issued through brokers. Liquidity is further provided by unencumbered, or unpledged, investment securities that totaled $19.1 billion as of December 31, 2021. The treasury department also prepares a contingency funding plan that details the potential erosion of funds in the event of a systemic financial market crisis or institutional-specific stress scenario. An example of an institution specific event would be a downgrade in our public credit rating by a rating agency due to factors such as deterioration in asset quality, a large charge to earnings, a decline in profitability or other financial measures, or a significant merger or acquisition. Examples of systemic events unrelated to us that could have an effect on our access to liquidity would be terrorism or war, natural disasters, political events, or the default or bankruptcy of a major corporation, mutual fund or hedge fund. Similarly, market speculation or rumors about us, or the banking industry in general, may adversely affect the cost and availability of normal funding sources. The liquidity contingency plan therefore outlines the process for addressing a liquidity crisis. The plan provides for an evaluation of funding sources under various market conditions. It also assigns specific roles and responsibilities and communication protocols for effectively managing liquidity through a problem period.

Investment securities portfolio

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 4 - “Investment Securities and Other Securities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

Our investment securities portfolio is evaluated under established ALCO objectives. Changing market conditions could affect the profitability of the portfolio, as well as the level of interest rate risk exposure.

The weighted average yield by maturity of the held-to-maturity portfolio is presented on the following table:

Table 15 - Held-to-maturity Securities Weighted Average Yield by Maturity
At December 31, 2021
1 year or lessAfter 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 years through 10 yearsAfter 10 yearsTotal
(dollar amounts in millions)Yield (1)Yield (1)Yield (1)Yield (1)Yield (1)
Held-to-maturity securities, at cost:
Federal agencies:
Residential CMO%2.44%%2.05%2.06%
Residential MBS1.861.86
Commercial MBS2.772.932.92
Other agencies1.922.472.722.522.50
Total Federal agencies and other agencies1.922.462.752.092.10
Municipal securities2.632.63
Total held-to-maturity securities1.92%2.46%2.75%2.09%2.10%

(1)Weighted average yields were calculated using amortized cost on a fully-taxable equivalent basis, assuming a 21% tax rate where applicable.

Bank Liquidity and Sources of Funding

Our primary sources of funding for the Bank are consumer and commercial core deposits. At December 31, 2021, these core deposits funded 80% of total assets (125% of total loans). Other sources of liquidity include non-core deposits, FHLB advances, wholesale debt instruments, and securitizations. Demand deposit overdrafts that have been reclassified as loan balances were $29 million and $14 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

2021 Form 10-K 73

Table of Contents

The following table reflects deposit composition detail:

Table 16 - Deposit Composition
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20212020
By Type:
Demand deposits—noninterest-bearing$43,23630%$28,55329%
Demand deposits—interest-bearing39,8372826,75727
Money market deposits32,5222326,24827
Savings and other domestic deposits21,0881511,72212
Core certificates of deposit (1)2,74021,4251
Total core deposits:139,4239894,70596
Other domestic deposits of $250,000 or more359131
Negotiable CDs, brokered and other deposits3,48124,1124
Total deposits$143,263100%$98,948100%
Total core deposits:
Commercial$61,52144%$44,69847%
Consumer77,9025650,00753
Total core deposits$139,423100%$94,705100%

(1)Includes consumer certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more.

The following table reflects consolidated Huntington Bancshares Incorporated amounts. Uninsured deposits are defined as the portion of deposit accounts in U.S. offices that exceed the FDIC insurance limit or similar state deposit insurance regimes and amounts in any other uninsured investment or deposit accounts that are classified as deposits and not subject to any federal or state deposit insurance regimes.

Table 17 - Uninsured deposits
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20212020
Uninsured deposits (1)$48,869$35,414

(1)Uninsured deposits were determined by adjusting the amounts reported in the Bank Call Report to arrive at consolidated Huntington Bancshares Incorporated.

At December 31, 2021
(dollar amounts in millions)3 months or less3 months to 6 months6 months to 12 months12 months or moreTotal
Portion of U.S. time deposits in excess of insurance limit$162$114$75$36$387

The Bank maintains borrowing capacity at the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window. The Bank does not consider borrowing capacity from the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window as a primary source of liquidity. Total loans and securities pledged to the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window and the FHLB are $70.1 billion and $53.4 billion at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

At December 31, 2021, the market value of investment securities pledged to secure public and trust deposits, trading account liabilities, U.S. Treasury demand notes, and security repurchase agreements totaled $21.7 billion. There were no securities of a single issuer, which are not governmental or government-sponsored, that exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2021.

To the extent we are unable to obtain sufficient liquidity through core deposits, we may meet our liquidity needs through sources of wholesale funding, asset securitization or sale. Sources of wholesale funding include other domestic deposits of $250,000 or more, negotiable CDs, brokered and other deposits, short-term borrowings, and long-term debt. Our wholesale funding for both the Bank and parent company totaled $11.3 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to $12.8 billion at December 31, 2020. The decrease from the prior year-end primarily relates to a decrease in long-term debt.

74 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

The Bank may issue long-term debt pursuant to an authorization from the Bank’s board of directors that allows for the periodic issuance of senior and/or subordinated debt securities with fixed or floating interest rates. The aggregate principal amount of the debt securities available for issuance is capped by the board authorization and is reviewed periodically for adjustment.

At December 31, 2021, we believe the Bank has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet its cash flow obligations over the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future.

The following table reflects the composition and maturities of the loan and lease portfolio:

Table 18 - Maturity Schedule of Loans and leases
December 31, 2021
(dollar amounts in millions)One Year or LessOne to Five YearsFive to Fifteen YearsAfter Fifteen YearsTotalPercent of total
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$11,581$23,891$5,548$668$41,68837%
Commercial real estate2,7789,1242,9798014,96114%
Lease financing5003,5337112565,0004%
Total commercial14,85936,5489,2381,00461,64955%
Consumer:
Residential mortgage16942,10817,03819,25617%
Automobile1967,7935,3984713,43412%
Home equity2825752,0747,61910,5509%
RV and marine1973,1271,8335,0585%
Other consumer5631,092219991,9732%
Total consumer1,0589,65112,92626,63650,27145%
Total loans and leases$15,917$46,199$22,164$27,640$111,920100%
Percent of total14%41%20%25%100%

The following table reflects the loans and leases due after one year:

Table 21 - Loans and leases due after one year
Interest rate
(dollar amounts in millions)FixedFloating or Adjustable
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$10,965$19,142
Commercial real estate1,53010,653
Lease financing4,500
Total commercial16,99529,795
Consumer:
Residential mortgage9,6859,555
Automobile13,238
Home equity2,3837,885
RV and marine finance5,057
Other consumer677733
Total consumer31,04018,173
Total loans and leases$48,035$47,968

Parent Company Liquidity

The parent company’s funding requirements consist primarily of dividends to shareholders, debt service, income taxes, operating expenses, funding of nonbank subsidiaries, repurchases of our stock, and acquisitions. The parent company obtains funding to meet obligations from dividends and interest received from the Bank, interest and dividends received from direct subsidiaries, net taxes collected from subsidiaries included in the federal consolidated tax return, fees for services provided to subsidiaries, and the issuance of debt securities.

2021 Form 10-K 75

Table of Contents

During the 2021 first quarter, Huntington issued $500 million of Series H Preferred Stock. On June 9, 2021, each share of TCF’s Series C Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock was converted into a share of Series I Preferred Stock of Huntington having substantially the same terms as TCF’s preferred stock. See Note 13 - “Shareholders’ Equity” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the parent company had $2.8 billion and $4.5 billion, respectively, in cash and cash equivalents.

On January 19, 2022, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly common stock cash dividend of $0.155 per common share. The dividend is payable on April 1, 2022, to shareholders of record on March 18, 2022. Based on the current quarterly dividend of $0.155 per common share, cash demands required for common stock dividends are estimated to be approximately $223 million per quarter. On January 19, 2022, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly Series B, Series E, Series F, Series G and Series H Preferred Stock dividend payable on April 15, 2022 to shareholders of record on April 1, 2022. On December 9, 2022, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend for the Series I Preferred Stock payable on March 1, 2022 to shareholders of record on February 15, 2022. Total cash demands required for Series B, Series E, Series F, Series G, Series H and Series I Preferred Stock are expected to be approximately $28 million per quarter.

During 2021, the Bank paid preferred and common dividends to the parent company of $45 million and $1.3 billion, respectively. To meet any additional liquidity needs, the parent company may issue debt or equity securities. To support the parent company’s ability to issue debt or equity securities, we have filed with the SEC an automatic shelf registration statement covering an indeterminate amount or number of securities to be offered or sold from time to time as authorized by the Huntington’s Board of Directors.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, we enter into various off-balance sheet arrangements. These arrangements include commitments to extend credit, interest rate swaps, caps and floors, financial guarantees contained in standby letters-of-credit issued by the Bank, and commitments by the Bank to sell mortgage loans.

COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT

Commitments to extend credit generally have fixed expiration dates, are variable-rate, and contain clauses that permit Huntington to terminate or otherwise renegotiate the contracts in the event of a significant deterioration in the customer’s credit quality. These arrangements normally require the payment of a fee by the customer, the pricing of which is based on prevailing market conditions, credit quality, probability of funding, and other relevant factors. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash requirements. The interest rate risk arising from these financial instruments is insignificant as a result of their predominantly short-term, variable-rate nature. See Note 22 - “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

STANDBY LETTERS-OF-CREDIT

Standby letters-of-credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third-party. These guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing, and similar transactions. Most of these arrangements mature within two years and are expected to expire without being drawn upon. Standby letters-of-credit are included in the determination of the amount of risk-based capital that the parent company and the Bank are required to hold. Through our credit process, we monitor the credit risks of outstanding standby letters-of-credit. When it is probable that a standby letter-of-credit will be drawn and not repaid in full, a loss is recognized in the provision for credit losses. See Note 22 - “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

COMMITMENTS TO SELL LOANS

Activity related to our mortgage origination activity supports the hedging of the mortgage pricing commitments to customers and the secondary sale to third parties. In addition, we have commitments to sell residential real estate loans. These contracts mature in less than one year. See Note 22 - “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

76 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Contractual obligations, including off-balance sheet arrangements are properly considered in our liquidity risk management process. At December 31, 2021, we believe the Company has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet its cash flow obligations over the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future.

Table 20 - Contractual Obligations (1)
(dollar amounts in millions)At December 31, 2021
Less than 1 Year1 to 3Years3 to 5YearsMore than5 YearsTotal
Deposits without a stated maturity$139,348$$$$139,348
Certificates of deposit and other time deposits3,438393843,915
Short-term borrowings334334
Long-term debt1,4152,4721,2531,8637,003
Operating lease obligations6411579263521
Purchase commitments1361525891437

(1)Amounts do not include associated interest payments.

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss due to human error, third-party performance failures, inadequate or failed internal systems and controls, including the use of financial or other quantitative methodologies that may not adequately predict future results; violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices, or ethical standards; and external influences such as market conditions, fraudulent activities, disasters, failed business contingency plans, and security risks. We continuously strive to strengthen our system of internal controls to ensure compliance with significant contracts, agreements, laws, rules, and regulations, and to improve the oversight of our operational risk.

We actively monitor cyberattacks such as attempts related to online deception and loss of sensitive customer data. We evaluate internal systems, processes and controls to mitigate loss from cyber-attacks and, to date, have not experienced any material losses. Cybersecurity threats have increased, primarily through phishing campaigns. We are actively monitoring our email gateways for malicious phishing email campaigns. We have also increased our cybersecurity and fraud monitoring activities through the implementation of specific monitoring of remote connections by geography and volume of connections to detect anomalous remote logins, since a significant portion of our workforce is now working remotely.

Our objective for managing cyber security risk is to avoid or minimize the impacts of external threat events or other efforts to penetrate our systems. We work to achieve this objective by hardening networks and systems against attack, and by diligently managing visibility and monitoring controls within our data and communications environment to recognize events and respond before the attacker has the opportunity to plan and execute on its own goals. To this end we employ a set of defense in-depth strategies, which include efforts to make us less attractive as a target and less vulnerable to threats, while investing in threat analytic capabilities for rapid detection and response. Potential concerns related to cyber security may be escalated to our board-level Technology Committee, as appropriate. As a complement to the overall cyber security risk management, we use a number of internal training methods, both formally through mandatory courses and informally through written communications and other updates. Internal policies and procedures have been implemented to encourage the reporting of potential phishing attacks or other security risks. We also use third-party services to test the effectiveness of our cyber security risk management framework, and any such third parties are required to comply with our policies regarding information security and confidentiality.

2021 Form 10-K 77

Table of Contents

To mitigate operational risks, we have an Operational Risk Committee, a Legal, Regulatory, and Compliance Committee, a Funds Movement Committee, and a Third Party Risk Management Committee. The responsibilities of these committees, among other duties, include establishing and maintaining management information systems to monitor material risks and to identify potential concerns, risks, or trends that may have a significant impact and ensuring that recommendations are developed to address the identified issues. In addition, we have a Model Risk Oversight Committee that is responsible for policies and procedures describing how model risk is evaluated and managed and the application of the governance process to implement these practices throughout the enterprise. These committees report any significant findings and remediation recommendations to the Risk Management Committee. Potential concerns may be escalated to our ROC and our Audit Committee, as appropriate. Significant findings or issues are escalated by the Third Party Risk Management Committee to the Technology Committee of the Board, as appropriate.

The goal of this framework is to implement effective operational risk-monitoring; minimize operational, fraud, and legal losses; minimize the impact of inadequately designed models and enhance our overall performance.

Compliance Risk

Financial institutions are subject to many laws, rules, and regulations at both the federal and state levels. These broad-based laws, rules, and regulations include, but are not limited to, expectations relating to anti-money laundering, lending limits, client privacy, fair lending, prohibitions against unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices, protections for military members as they enter active duty, and community reinvestment. The volume and complexity of recent regulatory changes have increased our overall compliance risk. As such, we utilize various resources to help ensure expectations are met, including a team of compliance experts dedicated to ensuring our conformance with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations. Our colleagues receive training for several broad-based laws and regulations including, but not limited to, anti-money laundering and customer privacy. Additionally, colleagues engaged in lending activities receive training for laws and regulations related to flood disaster protection, equal credit opportunity, fair lending, and/or other courses related to the extension of credit. We set a high standard of expectation for adherence to compliance management and seek to continuously enhance our performance.

Capital

(This section should be read in conjunction with the “Regulatory Matters” section included in Part I, Item 1: Business and Note 23 - “Other Regulatory Matters” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

Both regulatory capital and shareholders’ equity are managed at the Bank and on a consolidated basis. We have an active program for managing capital and maintain a comprehensive process for assessing the Company’s overall capital adequacy. We believe our current levels of both regulatory capital and shareholders’ equity are adequate.

The U.S. federal banking regulatory agencies have permitted BHCs and banks to phase-in, for regulatory capital purposes, the day-one impact of the CECL accounting rule on retained earnings over a period of three years. As part of its response to the impact of COVID-19, the U.S. federal banking regulatory agencies issued a final rule that provides the option to temporarily delay certain effects of CECL on regulatory capital for two years, followed by a three-year transition period. The final rule allows BHCs and banks to delay for two years 100% of the day-one impact of adopting CECL and 25% of the cumulative change in the reported allowance for credit losses since adopting CECL. The cumulative impact of the two-year delay will be phased-in over the three-year transition period. We have elected to adopt the final rule, which is reflected in the regulatory capital data presented below.

Regulatory Capital

We are subject to the Basel III capital requirements including the standardized approach for calculating risk-weighted assets in accordance with subpart D of the final capital rule. The following table presents risk-weighted assets and other financial data necessary to calculate certain financial ratios, including CET1, which we use to measure capital adequacy.

78 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Table 21 - Capital Under Current Regulatory Standards (Basel III)
At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)20212020
CET 1 risk-based capital ratio:
Total shareholders’ equity$19,29712,992
Regulatory capital adjustments:
CECL transitional amount (1)437453
Shareholders’ preferred equity and related surplus(2,177)(2,196)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income) offset230(192)
Goodwill and other intangibles, net of taxes(5,484)(2,107)
Deferred tax assets that arise from tax loss and credit carryforwards(54)(63)
CET 1 capital12,2498,887
Additional tier 1 capital
Shareholders’ preferred equity and related surplus2,1772,196
Tier 1 capital14,42611,083
Long-term debt and other tier 2 qualifying instruments1,539660
Qualifying allowance for loan and lease losses1,2811,113
Total risk-based capital$17,246$12,856
RWA$131,266$88,878
CET 1 risk-based capital ratio9.33%10.00%
Other regulatory capital data:
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio10.9912.47
Total risk-based capital ratio13.1414.46
Tier 1 leverage ratio8.569.32

(1)Reflects Huntington's election of a five-year transition of CECL on regulatory capital. The CECL transitional amount includes the impact of Huntington's adoption of the CECL accounting standard on January 1, 2020 and 25% of the cumulative change in the reported allowance for credit losses since adopting CECL, excluding the allowance established at acquisition for purchased credit deteriorated loans.

Table 22 - Capital Adequacy—Non-Regulatory (Non-GAAP)
(dollar amounts in millions)At December 31,
20212020
Consolidated capital calculations:
Total shareholders’ equity$19,297$12,993
Goodwill and other intangible assets(5,591)(2,181)
Deferred tax liability on other intangible assets (1)5140
Total tangible equity13,75710,852
Preferred equity(2,167)(2,191)
Total tangible common equity$11,590$8,661
Total assets$174,064$123,038
Goodwill and other intangible assets(5,591)(2,181)
Deferred tax liability on other intangible assets (1)5140
Total tangible assets$168,524$120,897
Tangible equity / tangible asset ratio8.16%8.98%
Tangible common equity / tangible asset ratio6.887.16
Tangible common equity / RWA ratio8.839.74

(1)Deferred tax liability related to other intangible assets is calculated at a 21% tax rate.

2021 Form 10-K 79

Table of Contents

The following table presents certain regulatory capital data at both the consolidated and Bank levels for each of the periods presented:

Table 23 - Regulatory Capital Data (1)
Basel III
(dollar amounts in millions)At December 31,
20212020
Total risk-weighted assetsConsolidated$131,266$88,878
Bank130,59788,601
CET 1 risk-based capitalConsolidated12,2498,887
Bank13,2619,438
Tier 1 risk-based capitalConsolidated14,42611,083
Bank14,44510,601
Tier 2 risk-based capitalConsolidated2,8211,774
Bank1,9821,431
Total risk-based capitalConsolidated17,24612,856
Bank16,42712,032
CET 1 risk-based capital ratioConsolidated9.33%10.00%
Bank10.1510.65
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratioConsolidated10.9912.47
Bank11.0611.97
Total risk-based capital ratioConsolidated13.1414.46
Bank12.5813.58
Tier 1 leverage ratioConsolidated8.569.32
Bank8.608.94

(1)    Capital ratios reflect Huntington's election of a five-year transition of CECL on regulatory capital. The CECL transition amount includes the impact of Huntington’s adoption of the new CECL accounting standards on January 1, 2020 and 25% for the cumulative change in the reported ACL since adopting CECL, excluding the allowance established at acquisition for purchased credit deteriorated loans.

At December 31, 2021, we maintained Basel III capital ratios in excess of the well-capitalized standards established by the FRB. The decrease in regulatory capital ratios was driven by the repurchase of $650 million of common stock during 2021 and cash dividends, partially offset by earnings. The balance sheet growth as a result of the TCF acquisition was largely offset by the common stock issued related to the acquisition, net of goodwill and other intangibles, as both are deducted from capital in the ratio calculation. The change in regulatory Tier 1 risk-based capital and total risk-based capital ratios for 2021 also reflect the issuance of $500 million of Series H preferred stock and the issuance of $175 million of Series I preferred stock resulting from the conversion of TCF preferred stock, partially offset by the redemption of $600 million of Series D preferred stock and $100 million of Series C preferred stock. Additionally, the total risk-based capital ratio reflects the issuance of $558 million of subordinated notes in 2021.

Shareholders’ Equity

We generate shareholders’ equity primarily through the retention of earnings, net of dividends and share repurchases. Other potential sources of shareholders’ equity include issuances of common and preferred stock. Our objective is to maintain capital at an amount commensurate with our risk appetite and risk tolerance objectives, to meet both regulatory and market expectations, and to provide the flexibility needed for future growth and business opportunities.

Shareholders’ equity totaled $19.3 billion at December 31, 2021 an increase of $6.3 billion or 49% when compared with December 31, 2020, primarily due to the $7.2 billion of equity issued in conjunction with the acquisition of TCF.

On February 2, 2021, Huntington issued $500 million of preferred stock. Huntington issued 20,000,000 depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th ownership interest in a share of 4.50% Series H Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (Preferred H Stock), par value $0.01 per share, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share).

80 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

On June 9, 2021, each share of TCF Financial Corporation 5.70% Series C Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to acquisition of TCF Financial Corporation was converted into the right to receive a share of the newly created Huntington 5.70% Series I Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share.

On July 15, 2021, all 24,000,000 outstanding depositary shares, each representing 1/40th interest in a share of Huntington’s 6.250% Series D Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, were redeemed.

On October 15, 2021, all 4,000,000 outstanding depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of Huntington’s 5.875% Series C Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, were redeemed.

We were notified by the FRB on August 5, 2021 that Huntington’s SCB requirement would be unchanged at 2.5%, which is the minimum under the SCB framework. Huntington is authorized to make capital distributions that are consistent with the requirements in the FRB's capital rule, inclusive of the 2.5% SCB requirement.

Dividends

We consider disciplined capital management as a key objective, with dividends representing one component. Our strong capital positions us to take advantage of additional capital management opportunities.

Share Repurchases

From time to time the Board of Directors authorizes the Company to repurchase shares of our common stock. Although we announce when our Board authorizes share repurchases, we typically do not give any public notice before we repurchase our shares. Future stock repurchases may be private or open-market repurchases, including block transactions, accelerated or delayed block transactions, forward transactions, and similar transactions. Various factors determine the amount and timing of our share repurchases, including our capital requirements, the number of shares we expect to issue for employee benefit plans and acquisitions, market conditions (including the trading price of our stock), and regulatory and legal considerations.

On July 21, 2021, our Board authorized the repurchase of up to $800 million of common shares within the four quarter period from the third quarter of 2021 through the second quarter of 2022. Purchases of common stock under the authorization may include open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions, and accelerated share repurchase programs. During the 2021, Huntington repurchased a total of $650 million of common stock, representing 43.1 million common shares, at a weighted average price of $15.07.

BUSINESS SEGMENT DISCUSSION

Overview

Our business segments are based on our internally-aligned segment leadership structure, which is how we monitor results and assess performance. We have four major business segments: Commercial Banking, Consumer and Business Banking, Vehicle Finance, and Regional Banking and The Huntington Private Client Group (RBHPCG). The Treasury / Other function includes technology and operations, other unallocated assets, liabilities, revenue, and expense.

Business segment results are determined based upon our management practices, which assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each of the business segments. The process is designed around our organizational and management structure and, accordingly, the results derived are not necessarily comparable with similar information published by other financial institutions.

For a discussion of business segment trends for 2020 versus 2019, see “Part II, Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” Business Segment Discussion included in our 2020 Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 26, 2021.

2021 Form 10-K 81

Table of Contents

Revenue Sharing

Revenue is recorded in the business segment responsible for the related product or service. Fee sharing is recorded to allocate portions of such revenue to other business segments involved in selling to, or providing service to customers. Results of operations for the business segments reflect these fee sharing allocations.

Expense Allocation

The management process that develops the business segment reporting utilizes various estimates and allocation methodologies to measure the performance of the business segments. Expenses are allocated to business segments using a two-phase approach. The first phase consists of measuring and assigning unit costs (activity-based costs) to activities related to product origination and servicing. These activity-based costs are then extended, based on volumes, with the resulting amount allocated to business segments that own the related products. The second phase consists of the allocation of overhead costs to all four business segments from Treasury / Other. We utilize a full-allocation methodology, where all Treasury / Other expenses, except reported acquisition-related expenses, if any, and a small amount of other residual unallocated expenses, are allocated to the four business segments.

Funds Transfer Pricing (FTP)

We use an active and centralized FTP methodology to attribute appropriate net interest income to the business segments. The intent of the FTP methodology is to transfer interest rate risk from the business segments by providing matched duration funding of assets and liabilities. The result is to centralize the financial impact, management, and reporting of interest rate risk in the Treasury / Other function where it can be centrally monitored and managed. The Treasury / Other function charges (credits) an internal cost of funds for assets held in (or pays for funding provided by) each business segment. The FTP rate is based on prevailing market interest rates for comparable duration assets (or liabilities).

Net Income (Loss) by Business Segment

Net income (loss) by business segment for the past three years is presented in the following table:

Table 24 - Net Income (Loss) by Business Segment
Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)202120202019
Commercial Banking$798$78$553
Consumer and Business Banking$308$270$635
Vehicle Finance319120172
RBHPCG5585113
Treasury / Other(185)264(62)
Net income$1,295$817$1,411

82 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Commercial Banking
Table 25 - Key Performance Indicators for Commercial Banking
Year Ended December 31,Change from 2020
(dollar amounts in millions unless otherwise noted)20212020AmountPercent2019
Net interest income$1,284$903$38142%$1,037
Provision for credit losses4626(622)(99)132
Noninterest income52336415944359
Noninterest expense79154224946564
Provision for income taxes21221191910147
Income attributable to non-controlling interest22100
Net income$798$78$720923%$553
Number of employees (average full-time equivalent)1,7541,27647837%1,317
Total average assets$44,427$35,490$8,93725$33,843
Total average loans/leases38,09227,23410,8584027,151
Total average deposits29,35123,3216,0302621,072
Net interest margin3.15%3.04%0.11%43.49%
NCOs$119$302$(183)(61)$93
NCOs as a % of average loans and leases0.31%1.11%(0.80)%(72)0.34%

Commercial Banking reported net income of $798 million in 2021, an increase of $720 million, compared to the year ago period. Segment net interest income increased $381 million, or 42%, primarily due to an increase in average loans and leases reflecting the impact of the TCF acquisition and an 11 basis point increase in net interest margin driven by an increase in loan spread inclusive of purchase accounting accretion, partially offset by the continued decline in the benefit of deposits. The provision for credit losses decreased $622 million, or 99%, primarily due to changes in the forecasted economic outlook compared to the year-ago period, partially offset by the TCF acquisition initial provision for credit losses. Noninterest income increased $159 million, or 44%, reflecting the impact of the TCF acquisition, purchase accounting accretion from acquired unfunded loan commitments, an increase in capital markets fees reflecting an increase in market activity and improvement in business conditions, increased mezzanine investment income and an increase in leasing revenue reflecting higher gains on terminations and sales. Noninterest expense increased $249 million, or 46%, primarily due to personnel expense and lease financing equipment depreciation as a result of the TCF acquisition.

.

Consumer and Business Banking
Table 26 - Key Performance Indicators for Consumer and Business Banking
Year Ended December 31,Change from 2020
(dollar amounts in millions unless otherwise noted)20212020AmountPercent2019
Net interest income$1,667$1,436$23116%$1,766
Provision for credit losses91265(174)(66)114
Noninterest income1,04594510011825
Noninterest expense2,2311,774457261,673
Provision for income taxes82721014169
Net income$308$270$3814%$635
Number of employees (average full-time equivalent)9,2117,9081,30316%8,000
Total average assets$36,617$28,853$7,76427$25,411
Total average loans/leases31,43625,4535,9832422,130
Total average deposits81,28956,96024,3294351,645
Net interest margin2.02%2.48%(0.46)%(19)3.37%
NCOs$96$102$(6)(6)$128
NCOs as a % of average loans and leases0.31%0.40%(0.09)%(23)0.58%

2021 Form 10-K 83

Table of Contents

Consumer and Business Banking, including Home Lending, reported net income of $308 million in 2021, an increase of $38 million, or 14%, compared with net income of $270 million in 2020. Segment net interest income increased $231 million, or 16%, primarily due to an increase in average loans and leases reflecting the impact of the TCF acquisition and PPP revenue, partially offset by a 46 basis point decrease in net interest margin driven by a decrease in loan margin and the continued decline in the benefit of deposits. The provision for credit losses decreased $174 million, or 66%, primarily due to changes in the forecasted economic outlook compared to the year-ago period, partially offset by the TCF acquisition initial provision for credit losses. Noninterest income increased $100 million, or 11%, primarily due to higher interchange income and service charge income resulting from the TCF acquisition in addition to reduced customer activity and fee-waivers as a result of the pandemic in the beginning of the prior year period and a gain from branch divestiture, partially offset by decreased mortgage banking income. Noninterest expense increased $457 million, or 26%, primarily due to the impact of the TCF acquisition, in addition to increased allocated expense and personnel costs due to higher levels of production and origination volume.

Home Lending, an operating unit of Consumer and Business Banking, reflects the result of the origination, sale, and servicing of mortgage loans less referral fees and net interest income for mortgage banking products distributed by the retail branch network and other business segments. Home Lending reported net income of $3 million in 2021, compared with $78 million in the prior year. Noninterest income decreased $93 million, driven primarily by decreased spreads on salable originations, partially offset by higher salable originations. Noninterest expense increased $42 million due primarily to higher personnel expense as a result of the TCF acquisition and higher origination volumes.

Vehicle Finance
Table 27 - Key Performance Indicators for Vehicle Finance
Year Ended December 31,Change from 2020
(dollar amounts in millions unless otherwise noted)20212020AmountPercent2019
Net interest income$468$430$389%$397
Provision for credit losses(86)146(232)(159)44
Noninterest income13944412
Noninterest expense1631412216148
Provision for income taxes85325316645
Net income$319$120$199166%$172
Number of employees (average full-time equivalent)262266(4)(2)%265
Total average assets$19,787$19,760$27$19,393
Total average loans/leases20,02819,9398919,466
Total average deposits1,16165350878333
Net interest margin2.33%2.15%0.18%82.04%
NCOs$(1)$45$(46)(102)$43
NCOs as a % of average loans and leases%0.23%(0.23)%(100)0.22%

Vehicle Finance reported net income of $319 million in 2021, an increase of $199 million, or 166%, compared with net income of $120 million in 2020. Segment net interest income increased $38 million or 9%, primarily due to an 18 basis point increase in the net interest margin. The provision for credit losses decreased $232 million to a benefit of $86 million, primarily due to strong credit performance and improvement in the economic outlook as compared to the year ago period. Noninterest income increased $4 million, or 44%, primarily due to increases in fee income from commercial relationships. Noninterest expense increased $22 million, or 16%, primarily attributable to higher production related costs.

84 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Regional Banking and The Huntington Private Client Group
Table 28 - Key Performance Indicators for Regional Banking and The Huntington Private Client Group
Year Ended December 31,Change from 2020
(dollar amounts in millions unless otherwise noted)20212020AmountPercent2019
Net interest income$159$160$(1)(1)%$198
Provision for credit losses1611545(3)
Noninterest income2272012613198
Noninterest expense3002435723256
Provision for income taxes1522(7)(32)30
Net income$55$85$(30)(35)%$113
Number of employees (average full-time equivalent)1,0711,018535%1,057
Total average assets$7,496$6,845$65110$6,438
Total average loans/leases7,1996,574625106,132
Total average deposits8,1876,5311,656255,983
Net interest margin1.90%2.36%(0.46)%(19)3.18%
NCOs$$$$1
NCOs as a % of average loans and leases%0.01%(0.01)%(100)0.02%
Total assets under management (in billions)—eop$25.2$19.8$5.427$17.5
Total trust assets (in billions)—eop135.7123.012.710121.8

eop—End of Period.

RBHPCG reported net income of $55 million in 2021, a decrease of $30 million, or 35%, compared with a net income of $85 million in 2020. Segment net interest income decreased $1 million, or 1%, due to a 46 basis point decrease in net interest margin, largely driven by lower benefit in deposit spreads, partially offset by an increase in average loans and leases. Average loans and leases increased $625 million, or 10%, primarily due to an increase in residential real estate mortgage loans and the impact of the TCF acquisition. Average deposits increased $1.7 billion, or 25%, primarily related to higher customer liquidity levels and the impact of the acquired TCF deposit portfolio. Noninterest income increased $26 million, or 13%, reflecting higher sales production and overall market performance, and the impact of the TCF acquisition. 2020 included the sale of Retirement Plan Services recordkeeping and administrative services. Total assets under management increased 27% due to positive net asset flows, equity markets, and the impact of the TCF acquisition. Noninterest expense increased $57 million, or 23%, primarily due to the impact of the TCF acquisition and higher production related costs.

Treasury / Other

The Treasury / Other function includes revenue and expense related to assets, liabilities, derivatives (including the mark-to-market of interest rate caps), and equity not directly assigned or allocated to one of the four business segments. Assets include investment securities and bank owned life insurance.

Net interest income includes the impact of administering our investment securities portfolios, the net impact of derivatives used to hedge interest rate sensitivity as well as the financial impact associated with our FTP methodology, as described above. Noninterest income includes miscellaneous fee income not allocated to other business segments, such as bank owned life insurance income and securities and trading asset gains or losses. Noninterest expense includes certain corporate administrative, acquisition-related expenses, if any, and other miscellaneous expenses not allocated to other business segments. The provision for income taxes for the business segments is calculated at a statutory 21% tax rate, although our overall effective tax rate is lower.

2021 Form 10-K 85

Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL DISCLOSURES

Forward-Looking Statements

This report, including MD&A, contains certain forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, certain plans, expectations, goals, projections, and statements, which are not historical facts and are subject to numerous assumptions, risks, and uncertainties. Statements that do not describe historical or current facts, including statements about beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements may be identified by words such as expect, anticipate, believe, intend, estimate, plan, target, goal, or similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as will, may, might, should, would, could, or similar variations. The forward-looking statements are intended to be subject to the safe harbor provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, below are certain factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained or implied in the forward-looking statements: changes in general economic, political, or industry conditions; the magnitude and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and related variants and mutations and their impact on the global economy and financial market conditions and our business, results of operations, and financial condition; uncertainty in U.S. fiscal and monetary policy, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve Board; volatility and disruptions in global capital and credit markets; movements in interest rates; reform of LIBOR; competitive pressures on product pricing and services; success, impact, and timing of our business strategies, including market acceptance of any new products or services including those implementing our “Fair Play” banking philosophy; the nature, extent, timing, and results of governmental actions, examinations, reviews, reforms, regulations, and interpretations, including those related to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the Basel III regulatory capital reforms, as well as those involving the OCC, Federal Reserve, FDIC, and CFPB; the possibility that the anticipated benefits of the transaction with TCF are not realized when expected or at all, including as a result of the impact of, or problems arising from, the integration of the two companies or as a result of the strength of the economy and competitive factors in the areas where Huntington does business; and other factors that may affect the future results of Huntington.

All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and are based on information available at that time. Huntington does not assume any obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements were made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events except as required by federal securities laws. As forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties, caution should be exercised against placing undue reliance on such statements.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

This document contains GAAP financial measures and non-GAAP financial measures where management believes it to be helpful in understanding our results of operations or financial position. Where non-GAAP financial measures are used, the comparable GAAP financial measure, as well as the reconciliation to the comparable GAAP financial measure, can be found herein.

Fully-Taxable Equivalent Basis

Interest income, yields, and ratios on a FTE basis are considered non-GAAP financial measures. Management believes net interest income on a FTE basis provides an insightful picture of the interest margin for comparison purposes. The FTE basis also allows management to assess the comparability of revenue arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources. The FTE basis assumes a federal statutory tax rate of 21 percent. We encourage readers to consider the Consolidated Financial Statements and other financial information contained in this Form 10-K in their entirety, and not to rely on any single financial measure.

86 Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Table of Contents

Non-Regulatory Capital Ratios

In addition to capital ratios defined by banking regulators, the Company considers various other measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including:

•Tangible common equity to tangible assets,

•Tangible equity to tangible assets, and

•Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets using Basel III definitions.

These non-regulatory capital ratios are viewed by management as useful additional methods of reflecting the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions. Additionally, presentation of these ratios allows readers to compare our capitalization to other financial services companies. These ratios differ from capital ratios defined by banking regulators principally in that the numerator excludes goodwill and other intangible assets, the nature and extent of which varies among different financial services companies. These ratios are not defined in GAAP or federal banking regulations. As a result, these non-regulatory capital ratios disclosed by the Company are considered non-GAAP financial measures.

Because there are no standardized definitions for these non-regulatory capital ratios, the Company’s calculation methods may differ from those used by other financial services companies. Also, there may be limits in the usefulness of these measures to investors. As a result, we encourage readers to consider the Consolidated Financial Statements and other financial information contained in this Form 10-K in their entirety, and not to rely on any single financial measure.